168极速赛车 Herb' N Wisdom and Natural Living podcast

168极速赛车 Herb' N Wisdom and Natural Living podcast https://heatherearles.com/ The best in herbals, healthy eating, and overall natural living. Tue, 11 Mar 2025 18:40:35 +0000 en-US hourly 1 Blubrry PowerPress/11.12.2 Want to gain priceless knowledge that will help you and your health? In this podcast, you will learn about different herbals and how to use them, healthy eating which will include recipes in some episodes, and all around natural living. Heather Earles false episodic Heather Earles helmsdeep@nemitzhome.com Heather Earles Heather Earles podcast The best in herbals, healthy eating, and natural living 168极速赛车 Herb' N Wisdom and Natural Living podcast https://heatherearles.com/wp-content/uploads/powerpress/Podcast_Cover_For_Headliner.jpg https://heatherearles.com/blog/ TV-G Fargo, North Dakota USA Fargo, North Dakota USA weekly db66b52a-2874-5709-8129-0c259b1e7c02 168极速赛车 Calcium: Health Benefits, Deficiency, Foods, Supplements https://heatherearles.com/calcium/ Mon, 27 Feb 2023 21:27:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506225 To begin, let's break down what calcium is and why your body needs it. Calcium is a chemical element with the symbol Ca. It is the most plentiful metal and the fifth-most abundant element in the human body. As electrolytes, calcium ions play a vital role in organisms' and cells' physiological and biochemical processes. In short, calcium is good for your cells and bones and is crucial in maintaining the immune system. Calcium also makes up teeth and bones. Calcium Deficiency There are many groups at risk of calcium deficiency, in particular, the elderly. Bones become brittle in old age because your body takes what it needs from calcium out of your bones. Checking with your general, homeopathic, or natural doctor is a smart move if you think you are deficient or just want to know where your calcium numbers are. What Are Some Benefits of Calcium? When your calcium numbers are in good shape, that helps your body ward off destructive diseases. It also keeps certain organs healthy. For instance, it helps: Prevent osteoporosis and helps to treat the condition once symptoms manifest. Prevents cancer Useful in the treatment of high blood pressure Prevents heart disease useful in treating arthritis Helps to keep skin healthy Alleviates leg cramps Encourages regular beating of the heart Soothes insomnia Helps the body to metabolize iron Necessary for nerve-impulse transmission and muscular function. -The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Healing Remedies High Calcium Food Sources If you are looking to increase your calcium through your food, the best sources are milk, beans, nuts, tofu, salmon, cheese, yogurt, dairy products, leafy green vegetables, tinned fish, and eggs. How Much Should a Person Take? 1,000mg. Per day is recommended when you are taking calcium in a supplement form. However, more calcium is needed for women who are in their childbearing years, breastfeeding or have just gone through menopause. How Much is Too much? A person should not go over 2,000mg per day. If you do, it may cause hypercalcemia (calcium deposits in the kidneys). However, this is not likely unless you are also taking vitamin D, as excess calcium excretes itself through the body. There are multiple cases where people become deficient, so don't assume if you are elderly, you don't need to know what your calcium numbers look like. Besides calcium, it is important to know what all of your vitamin levels are, as deficiencies in any of them can cause significant problems and side effects inside and outside of your body. In Summary "Calcium is used in forming bones, also known as bone mineralization, and in the proper formation and maintenance of teeth. It is important in nerve impulse transmission, blood coagulation, and muscle contraction. Calcium functions in the body, solidity of the body, essential to fetal growth during pregnancy, found in cartilage, fluids and tissues and body alkalinity. Signs of possible deficiency --- weakness, fatigue, hemorrhaging, rickets, catarrh, bone softening, cramps, digestive disorders, abscesses and excessive sweating. Classical chiropractic conditions of the lumbar 5 areas known to receive nerve fibers from this spinal segment are lower legs, andles, feet, toes and arches. Some of the conditions that can follow a pressure on or interference with these nerves include poor circulation in the legs, swollen ankles, weak ankles and arches, cold feet, weakness in the legs, and leg cramps." -Minerals for the Genetic Code Magnesium helps calcium to not form rock candy in your kidneys, causing kidney stones. After all a kidney stone is a calcium saturated kidney. So think of Magnesium as a twin to Calcium. When you take one you should be taking the other. Magnesium keeps calcium in solution form so there is no build-up. The main goal is you and your health, so investigate pairing supplements, To begin, let's break down what calcium is and why your body needs it. Calcium is a chemical element with the symbol Ca. It is the most plentiful metal and the fifth-most abundant element in the human body. As electrolytes, To begin, let's break down what calcium is and why your body needs it. Calcium is a chemical element with the symbol Ca. It is the most plentiful metal and the fifth-most abundant element in the human body. As electrolytes, calcium ions play a vital role in organisms' and cells' physiological and biochemical processes. In short, calcium is good for your cells and bones and is crucial in maintaining the immune system. Calcium also makes up teeth and bones. Calcium Deficiency There are many groups at risk of calcium deficiency, in particular, the elderly. Bones become brittle in old age because your body takes what it needs from calcium out of your bones. Checking with your general, homeopathic, or natural doctor is a smart move if you think you are deficient or just want to know where your calcium numbers are. What Are Some Benefits of Calcium? When your calcium numbers are in good shape, that helps your body ward off destructive diseases. It also keeps certain organs healthy. For instance, it helps: Prevent osteoporosis and helps to treat the condition once symptoms manifest. Prevents cancer Useful in the treatment of high blood pressure Prevents heart disease useful in treating arthritis Helps to keep skin healthy Alleviates leg cramps Encourages regular beating of the heart Soothes insomnia Helps the body to metabolize iron Necessary for nerve-impulse transmission and muscular function. -The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Healing Remedies High Calcium Food Sources If you are looking to increase your calcium through your food, the best sources are milk, beans, nuts, tofu, salmon, cheese, yogurt, dairy products, leafy green vegetables, tinned fish, and eggs. How Much Should a Person Take? 1,000mg. Per day is recommended when you are taking calcium in a supplement form. However, more calcium is needed for women who are in their childbearing years, breastfeeding or have just gone through menopause. How Much is Too much? A person should not go over 2,000mg per day. If you do, it may cause hypercalcemia (calcium deposits in the kidneys). However, this is not likely unless you are also taking vitamin D, as excess calcium excretes itself through the body. There are multiple cases where people become deficient, so don't assume if you are elderly, you don't need to know what your calcium numbers look like. Besides calcium, it is important to know what all of your vitamin levels are, as deficiencies in any of them can cause significant problems and side effects inside and outside of your body. In Summary "Calcium is used in forming bones, also known as bone mineralization, and in the proper formation and maintenance of teeth. It is important in nerve impulse transmission, blood coagulation, and muscle contraction. Calcium functions in the body, solidity of the body, essential to fetal growth during pregnancy, found in cartilage, fluids and tissues and body alkalinity. Signs of possible deficiency --- weakness, fatigue, hemorrhaging, rickets, catarrh, bone softening, cramps, digestive disorders, abscesses and excessive sweating. Classical chiropractic conditions of the lumbar 5 areas known to receive nerve fibers from this sp... Heather Earles full false 6:28 168极速赛车 Easy Cream Cheese Cherry Scones https://heatherearles.com/cherry-scones/ Mon, 25 Jul 2022 20:47:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505856 Before we begin, may I just say these are DELICIOUS!!!! I love the cherry season and all of the fresh recipes I get to create and try when it arrives. If you don't have cherry trees, no problem, find out someone who does or buy them fresh from your local farmers market or store. Everything you bake and or make like these cream cheese cherry scones ALWAYS taste better when you have fresh ingredients—your egg, cream, and, of course, your cherries. What if I can't find cherries? No cherries, no problem. Simply use frozen ones, or substitute the cherries with raspberries, blueberries, plums, or strawberries. Since ingredients are so important let's begin... Fresh Cream Cheese Cherry Scones Ingredients 2 c. all-purpose flour1/3 c. coconut sugar or granulated sugar1 Tbsp. baking powder1/2 tsp. fine Himalayan pink salt or regular5 Tbsp. cold butter (I use our farm fresh butter, but store-bought works well also).4 Tbsp. cold cream cheese1/2 c. farm fresh heavy cream or heavy whipping cream from the store1 egg 1 tsp. almond extract (optional)1/2 tsp. vanilla (if you do not use the almond extract use 1 tsp. vanilla instead).1 1/3c. fresh cherries pitted and halved. If you are using Nanking cherries, you do not need to cut them in half.1/4 c. sliced almonds + 2 Tbsp. for topping (optional) The glaze for topping the cherry scones 1 c. powdered sugar2 Tbsp. cream cheese, room temperature. If it is too solid it will clump when you mix it.2-3 Tbsp. fresh heavy cream1 tsp. almond extract or vanilla extract Directions Preheat your oven to 400°F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. In a large mixing bowl, whisk or stir together the flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt. Next, cut with a fork or pastry cutter your cold butter and cream cheese into the dry ingredients until the mixture becomes like gravel or you see pea type sizes. Now, in a separate small bowl, mix with a fork or whisk, and combine the cream, egg, vanilla, and almond extract (optional). Once that looks smooth, pour the mixture into the dry ingredients and gently mix until all the ingredients look like a moistened dough. I use a fork at first then finish mixing with my clean washed hands. At this point, add in the cherries and almonds (optional) and mix until they are combined. Do not overwork the dough as it will make it tough. Sprinkle flour on your parchment paper, form a ball with the dough, and then transfer it onto the lined, floured, baking sheet. Next, press the dough (with floured hands to prevent sticking) into a disk or oblong shape that is about 1" thick. Cut the disk into 8 slices or more if you prefer a smaller scone and separate slightly with a butter knife dipped in flour for even baking. Bake for 22-24 minutes or until golden brown. While the cherry scones are baking, mix the glaze by combining the cream, powdered sugar, cream cheese, and extract. Mix until smooth. Add a few additional splashes of cream or powdered sugar if necessary. Once the cherry scones are finished, remove them from the oven and let them cool for 5-8 minutes. Drizzle the glaze over the warm scones and top with the additional almond slices. Sometimes I do half with almonds, and half plain as some family members do not like nuts. That's it!!! Your mouth WILL be watering by the time you get to this point. So eat, enjoy, and be sure to share ;). Note: Scones taste the best when they are fresh. If you do not plan on eating them the same day, wrap and freeze or wrap and put them in an airtight container for a couple of days. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Before we begin, may I just say these are DELICIOUS!!!! I love the cherry season and all of the fresh recipes I get to create and try when it arrives. If you don't have cherry trees, no problem, find out someone who does or buy them fresh from yo... Before we begin, may I just say these are DELICIOUS!!!! I love the cherry season and all of the fresh recipes I get to create and try when it arrives. If you don't have cherry trees, no problem, find out someone who does or buy them fresh from your local farmers market or store. Everything you bake and or make like these cream cheese cherry scones ALWAYS taste better when you have fresh ingredients—your egg, cream, and, of course, your cherries. What if I can't find cherries? No cherries, no problem. Simply use frozen ones, or substitute the cherries with raspberries, blueberries, plums, or strawberries. Since ingredients are so important let's begin... Fresh Cream Cheese Cherry Scones Ingredients 2 c. all-purpose flour1/3 c. coconut sugar or granulated sugar1 Tbsp. baking powder1/2 tsp. fine Himalayan pink salt or regular5 Tbsp. cold butter (I use our farm fresh butter, but store-bought works well also).4 Tbsp. cold cream cheese1/2 c. farm fresh heavy cream or heavy whipping cream from the store1 egg 1 tsp. almond extract (optional)1/2 tsp. vanilla (if you do not use the almond extract use 1 tsp. vanilla instead).1 1/3c. fresh cherries pitted and halved. If you are using Nanking cherries, you do not need to cut them in half.1/4 c. sliced almonds + 2 Tbsp. for topping (optional) The glaze for topping the cherry scones 1 c. powdered sugar2 Tbsp. cream cheese, room temperature. If it is too solid it will clump when you mix it.2-3 Tbsp. fresh heavy cream1 tsp. almond extract or vanilla extract Directions Preheat your oven to 400°F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. In a large mixing bowl, whisk or stir together the flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt. Next, cut with a fork or pastry cutter your cold butter and cream cheese into the dry ingredients until the mixture becomes like gravel or you see pea type sizes. Now, in a separate small bowl, mix with a fork or whisk, and combine the cream, egg, vanilla, and almond extract (optional). Once that looks smooth, pour the mixture into the dry ingredients and gently mix until all the ingredients look like a moistened dough. I use a fork at first then finish mixing with my clean washed hands. At this point, add in the cherries and almonds (optional) and mix until they are combined. Do not overwork the dough as it will make it tough. Sprinkle flour on your parchment paper, form a ball with the dough, and then transfer it onto the lined, floured, baking sheet. Next, press the dough (with floured hands to prevent sticking) into a disk or oblong shape that is about 1" thick. Cut the disk into 8 slices or more if you prefer a smaller scone and separate slightly with a butter knife dipped in flour for even baking. Bake for 22-24 minutes or until golden brown. While the cherry scones are baking, mix the glaze by combining the cream, powdered sugar, cream cheese, and extract. Mix until smooth. Add a few additional splashes of cream or powdered sugar if necessary. Once the cherry scones are finished, Heather Earles full false 7:40 168极速赛车 Mirror Neurons and How to Harness Them https://heatherearles.com/mirror-neurons/ Sun, 14 Nov 2021 21:35:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2070 In this article we are going to talk about Mirror Neurons, what they are and how they work. Wikipedia describes Mirror Neurons as this: A mirror neuron is a neuron that fires both when an animal acts and when the animal observes the same action performed by another. Thus, the neuron "mirrors" the behavior of the other, as though the observer were itself acting. Such neurons have been directly observed in primate species. Birds have been shown to have imitative resonance behaviors and neurological evidence suggests the presence of some form of mirroring system. In humans, brain activity consistent with that of mirror neurons has been found in the premotor cortex, the supplementary motor area, the primary somatosensory cortex, and the inferior parietal cortex. The function of the mirror system in humans is a subject of much speculation. Some researchers in cognitive neuroscience and cognitive psychology consider that this system provides the physiological mechanism for the perception/action coupling (see the common coding theory). They argue that mirror neurons may be important for understanding the actions of other people, and for learning new skills by imitation. Some researchers speculate that mirror systems may simulate observed actions, and thus contribute to theory of mind skills, while others relate mirror neurons to language abilities. Neuroscientists such as Marco Iacoboni (UCLA) have argued that mirror neuron systems in the human brain help us understand the actions and intentions of other people. In a study published in March 2005, Iacoboni and his colleagues reported that mirror neurons could discern whether another person who was picking up a cup of tea planned to drink from it or clear it from the table. In addition, Iacoboni has argued that mirror neurons are the neural basis of the human capacity for emotions such as empathy. So, that was the basis for what mirror neurons are, what they are capable of and what scientist think about them. I know there are different opinions regarding mirror neurons, but that's a good thing. It's good to ask question, discuss different ideas until we find out what is factual and what is merely a theory. I find the whole thing fascinating and have used different ways and forms of tapping into this amazing tool we all have inside of us. For instance, if you can think of being empathetic while communicating with another person or group of people. That is, if we are truly trying to understand their thoughts and feelings and allow ourselves to be influenced by their point of view we are much more likely to trigger mirror neurons and get the same kind of response in return from them. Why? Because they're going to be more empathetic to our response which means they will be more influenced by the way we're thinking. The opposite is if I'm really trying to persuade someone to my point of view, they're more likely to put up a wall and defend their stand. Or they might say it's pointless arguing with this person I'm just going to give in. I have personally witnessed this while serving on jury duty. A juror didn't agree with the argument of the juror in charge, but he was tired of being beaten down. So, although he didn't agree with the perspective, he still gave in to stop arguing and end the trial. His decision had nothing to do with evidence or the trial itself and thus it was a hung jury. It's much more powerful when we can mutually arrive at a destination. And that happens as a result of empathetic thinking. Understand I don't mean we should use this to influence people's core beliefs just so they agree with us. In the case of the juror however, if the one in charge would have been more empathetic one or the other might have seen a different side or point of view. That would have been beneficial not only to them but to the rest of us serving as jurors and the trial overall. You see, because of shoving a point down someone's throat, In this article we are going to talk about Mirror Neurons, what they are and how they work. Wikipedia describes Mirror Neurons as this: A mirror neuron is a neuron that fires both when an animal acts and when the animal observes the same action p... In this article we are going to talk about Mirror Neurons, what they are and how they work. Wikipedia describes Mirror Neurons as this: A mirror neuron is a neuron that fires both when an animal acts and when the animal observes the same action performed by another. Thus, the neuron "mirrors" the behavior of the other, as though the observer were itself acting. Such neurons have been directly observed in primate species. Birds have been shown to have imitative resonance behaviors and neurological evidence suggests the presence of some form of mirroring system. In humans, brain activity consistent with that of mirror neurons has been found in the premotor cortex, the supplementary motor area, the primary somatosensory cortex, and the inferior parietal cortex. The function of the mirror system in humans is a subject of much speculation. Some researchers in cognitive neuroscience and cognitive psychology consider that this system provides the physiological mechanism for the perception/action coupling (see the common coding theory). They argue that mirror neurons may be important for understanding the actions of other people, and for learning new skills by imitation. Some researchers speculate that mirror systems may simulate observed actions, and thus contribute to theory of mind skills, while others relate mirror neurons to language abilities. Neuroscientists such as Marco Iacoboni (UCLA) have argued that mirror neuron systems in the human brain help us understand the actions and intentions of other people. In a study published in March 2005, Iacoboni and his colleagues reported that mirror neurons could discern whether another person who was picking up a cup of tea planned to drink from it or clear it from the table. In addition, Iacoboni has argued that mirror neurons are the neural basis of the human capacity for emotions such as empathy. So, that was the basis for what mirror neurons are, what they are capable of and what scientist think about them. I know there are different opinions regarding mirror neurons, but that's a good thing. It's good to ask question, discuss different ideas until we find out what is factual and what is merely a theory. I find the whole thing fascinating and have used different ways and forms of tapping into this amazing tool we all have inside of us. For instance, if you can think of being empathetic while communicating with another person or group of people. That is, if we are truly trying to understand their thoughts and feelings and allow ourselves to be influenced by their point of view we are much more likely to trigger mirror neurons and get the same kind of response in return from them. Why? Because they're going to be more empathetic to our response which means they will be more influenced by the way we're thinking. The opposite is if I'm really trying to persuade someone to my point of view, they're more likely to put up a wall and defend their stand. Or they might say it's pointless arguing with this person I'm just going to give in. I have personally witnessed this while serving on jury duty. A juror didn't agree with the argument of the juror in charge, but he was tired of being beaten down. So, although he didn't agree with the perspective, he still gave in to stop arguing and end the trial. His decision had nothing to do with evidence or the trial itself and thus it was a hung jury. It's much more powerful when we can mutually arrive at a destination. And that happens as a result of empathetic thinking. Understand I don't mean we should use this to influence people's core beliefs just so they agree with us. In the case of the juror however, Heather Earles full false 11:20 168极速赛车 Enjoying Every Little Thing https://heatherearles.com/enjoying-every-little-thing/ Sat, 06 Nov 2021 18:42:56 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506900 Hey Everyone! Well, it has been an up and down week between weather, getting the garden cleaned out, and driving kids to practice/work. But finally, today I got to stay home ALL day, and it was fantastic. Running around is more unusual for me as the farm needs attention, but sometimes life throws you curve balls that you have to roll with. That being said, when you get out of a routine, you also appreciate the little things more, like waking up to a rooster crowing and enjoying him instead of wanting to shoot him, or your daughter saying pillow fight and then giggling as she waylays you. Walking down the stairs, the house is freezing because the fire went out during the night. Normally this might bring a grumpy response, but once you light the fire and feel the soft fingertips of the flame reaching, your body awakes, and you don't mind the task so much. When you run around, you are overloaded or pressured with time and people. It may not seem to affect you or your health at first, but the longer you do it, the more you miss the quiet or special little things. Even if you love the hustle of the city, you still have a routine or things you love about simple pleasures. Trust me, I believe in getting out, being refreshed, and taking a vacation. It is the mindless running around that I'm talking about and can affect people. So what's my point? Well, people are always saying they need to get away or want to go somewhere. But I don't believe it's necessarily the getting away or mindless running that needs to happen. It is simply making the life where you are at where you want to be. There will always be a bigger and better place in your mind or scenario. And there will always be the possibility that your child will turn out to be an Olympic star. But don't give up living and enjoying the simple pleasures because you always want to be somewhere else. Or feel you will ruin your child's life if they are not in every school event. Harrison Ford said it best in, Six Days and Seven Nights, "It's an island, babe. If you don't bring it here, you won't find it here." Contentment comes in finding out who you are, not in how many places you can go or how often you run around. As I write about health, I'm reminded that contentment is probably the biggest key to every person's health. Because if you are content, you are not stressed. As we all know, stress kills, so every person should avoid it or the environment where you feel it. Now sometimes you can't control the environment, like for me this week. So to keep the stress low, I needed to find joy in running instead of stressing myself out because things were piling up at home. And by doing that, I learned to enjoy the tiny little things at the same time. Kind of a domino effect; once the dominos fall, you can see over the top and have a new perspective. You may be thinking, "well, duh," but even when something seems like common sense, we still overlook it. So I'm challenging you for your health and contentment to stop running in circles and learn to be who you are where you are while appreciating life's small everyday pleasures. Well, that's my health tip and thought of the week. Go, take a walk, make a meal for the family, stop at a coffee shop and people watch. Or, sit by the fire, work in your yard, talk to a friend, and remember it's the simple and little things that keep a smile on your face. And if you're put in an environment where you can't help it, smile and find a blessing anyway. Love you, and as always, remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, Hey Everyone! Well, it has been an up and down week between weather, getting the garden cleaned out, and driving kids to practice/work. But finally, today I got to stay home ALL day, and it was fantastic. Hey Everyone! Well, it has been an up and down week between weather, getting the garden cleaned out, and driving kids to practice/work. But finally, today I got to stay home ALL day, and it was fantastic. Running around is more unusual for me as the farm needs attention, but sometimes life throws you curve balls that you have to roll with. That being said, when you get out of a routine, you also appreciate the little things more, like waking up to a rooster crowing and enjoying him instead of wanting to shoot him, or your daughter saying pillow fight and then giggling as she waylays you. Walking down the stairs, the house is freezing because the fire went out during the night. Normally this might bring a grumpy response, but once you light the fire and feel the soft fingertips of the flame reaching, your body awakes, and you don't mind the task so much. When you run around, you are overloaded or pressured with time and people. It may not seem to affect you or your health at first, but the longer you do it, the more you miss the quiet or special little things. Even if you love the hustle of the city, you still have a routine or things you love about simple pleasures. Trust me, I believe in getting out, being refreshed, and taking a vacation. It is the mindless running around that I'm talking about and can affect people. So what's my point? Well, people are always saying they need to get away or want to go somewhere. But I don't believe it's necessarily the getting away or mindless running that needs to happen. It is simply making the life where you are at where you want to be. There will always be a bigger and better place in your mind or scenario. And there will always be the possibility that your child will turn out to be an Olympic star. But don't give up living and enjoying the simple pleasures because you always want to be somewhere else. Or feel you will ruin your child's life if they are not in every school event. Harrison Ford said it best in, Six Days and Seven Nights, "It's an island, babe. If you don't bring it here, you won't find it here." Contentment comes in finding out who you are, not in how many places you can go or how often you run around. As I write about health, I'm reminded that contentment is probably the biggest key to every person's health. Because if you are content, you are not stressed. As we all know, stress kills, so every person should avoid it or the environment where you feel it. Now sometimes you can't control the environment, like for me this week. So to keep the stress low, I needed to find joy in running instead of stressing myself out because things were piling up at home. And by doing that, I learned to enjoy the tiny little things at the same time. Kind of a domino effect; once the dominos fall, you can see over the top and have a new perspective. You may be thinking, "well, duh," but even when something seems like common sense, we still overlook it. So I'm challenging you for your health and contentment to stop running in circles and learn to be who you are where you are while appreciating life's small everyday pleasures. Well, that's my health tip and thought of the week. Go, take a walk, make a meal for the family, stop at a coffee shop and people watch. Or, sit by the fire, work in your yard, talk to a friend, and remember it's the simple and little things that keep a smile on your face. And if you're put in an environment where you can't help it, smile and find a blessing anyway. Heather Earles full false 5:27 168极速赛车 Dance like Nobody’s Watching https://heatherearles.com/dance/ Sat, 09 Oct 2021 20:37:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1495 Dancing to me is such a part of everything I think about, do and who I am. I dance in the kitchen, at home with the kids, the car, airport, and even while I write my manuscripts; which character will end up on the dance floor, moving to the music?:) Dancing brings out emotions that could never be expressed or explained with words. You feel, therefore you dance. To me it's that simple. I can escape in a Bourrée or pretend I'm on top of a mountain in a field of flowers, leaping and chaînéing. Dancing to me is like opening the first pages of a new book. The anticipation and excitement of finding out who the characters are and what will unfold are the same as when a person first starts moving to the music. Our bodies feel every beat, every movement, either alone or while dancing with a partner. Every sensation is alive and burning through our veins. I don't think there is a feeling more beautiful than when our minds and bodies come together creating movement in the form of a dance. We release, we let go, we become free and no one holds us back as it's impossible to cage a soul on fire. So many people are afraid of what they look like on a dance floor or beyond. But there is no wrong way to feel unless the outcome is driven by fear. So, put your fears aside and step into the beauty of a moment to share love, joy even suffering. Opportunities pass swiftly when you overthink or take for granted time. Dance can heal the soul faster than the majority of things on earth because you can release your grief, not only through tears but through every part of yourself. Our bodies and minds are connected through the spirit, so stop trying to separate what is intended to be together. You can no more separate soul mates with distant, a wave from the ocean than you can a body from its form of dance. Some say, "I can't dance." I wholeheartedly disagree. You are human and therefore created to move. The way we were designed with joints, tendons, and muscles allows for movement of every kind. Perhaps you don't because you don't know-how. You think you need to be shown. Perhaps your "Don't" or "Can't" is only fear because you think you need to have so many steps down first. The steps to dance don't determine whether you can dance, your soul dances without a lesson. You just need to let it out and not be afraid. We have all looked or done silly things in our lives, but instead of hiding in a corner blushing you just have to laugh and enjoy the learning process. Watching people enjoy the art of dancing or life brings so much pleasure. You see the radiant light come to life in their eyes and almost feel as if you are right there with them on the floor. And friends, that's what it means to dance! I have been thinking a lot about this topic not only because it's a part of who I am but because of what's happening in our country. My advice, if you are struggling or need a reset is attend a children's ballet or recital. Students study all year, putting their heart and soul into a performance to bring their talent, and joy to those who come and watch. This is the chance for them to express to an audience what they feel and let go of stress, showing family and friends it's okay to be nervous and afraid but to dance anyway. What they will show you in performance is the expression. An expression of a soul on fire ready to live. Perhaps you will finally understand what it means to dance. "If you want to dance, dance like nobody's watching and become free. Mind, body, soul, free." Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. Dancing to me is such a part of everything I think about, do and who I am. I dance in the kitchen, at home with the kids, the car, airport, and even while I write my manuscripts; which character will end up on the dance floor, moving to the music? Dancing to me is such a part of everything I think about, do and who I am. I dance in the kitchen, at home with the kids, the car, airport, and even while I write my manuscripts; which character will end up on the dance floor, moving to the music?:) Dancing brings out emotions that could never be expressed or explained with words. You feel, therefore you dance. To me it's that simple. I can escape in a Bourrée or pretend I'm on top of a mountain in a field of flowers, leaping and chaînéing. Dancing to me is like opening the first pages of a new book. The anticipation and excitement of finding out who the characters are and what will unfold are the same as when a person first starts moving to the music. Our bodies feel every beat, every movement, either alone or while dancing with a partner. Every sensation is alive and burning through our veins. I don't think there is a feeling more beautiful than when our minds and bodies come together creating movement in the form of a dance. We release, we let go, we become free and no one holds us back as it's impossible to cage a soul on fire. So many people are afraid of what they look like on a dance floor or beyond. But there is no wrong way to feel unless the outcome is driven by fear. So, put your fears aside and step into the beauty of a moment to share love, joy even suffering. Opportunities pass swiftly when you overthink or take for granted time. Dance can heal the soul faster than the majority of things on earth because you can release your grief, not only through tears but through every part of yourself. Our bodies and minds are connected through the spirit, so stop trying to separate what is intended to be together. You can no more separate soul mates with distant, a wave from the ocean than you can a body from its form of dance. Some say, "I can't dance." I wholeheartedly disagree. You are human and therefore created to move. The way we were designed with joints, tendons, and muscles allows for movement of every kind. Perhaps you don't because you don't know-how. You think you need to be shown. Perhaps your "Don't" or "Can't" is only fear because you think you need to have so many steps down first. The steps to dance don't determine whether you can dance, your soul dances without a lesson. You just need to let it out and not be afraid. We have all looked or done silly things in our lives, but instead of hiding in a corner blushing you just have to laugh and enjoy the learning process. Watching people enjoy the art of dancing or life brings so much pleasure. You see the radiant light come to life in their eyes and almost feel as if you are right there with them on the floor. And friends, that's what it means to dance! I have been thinking a lot about this topic not only because it's a part of who I am but because of what's happening in our country. My advice, if you are struggling or need a reset is attend a children's ballet or recital. Students study all year, putting their heart and soul into a performance to bring their talent, and joy to those who come and watch. This is the chance for them to express to an audience what they feel and let go of stress, showing family and friends it's okay to be nervous and afraid but to dance anyway. What they will show you in performance is the expression. An expression of a soul on fire ready to live. Perhaps you will finally understand what it means to dance. "If you want to dance, dance like nobody's watching and become free. Mind, body, soul, free." Heather Earles full false 5:22 168极速赛车 How to Dehydrate Apples https://heatherearles.com/apples/ Sat, 25 Sep 2021 02:26:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=936 The windows are open, and a cool fall breeze is blowing the curtains back and forth. The chickens are clucking, and the cow is starting to bellar as it is close to milking time. On our farm we have several fruit trees, apples being one of them. It's kind of funny because every time I mow with my daughter she points to the trees and depending on the season we eat cherries, crandall currents, apricots, plums, or apples. What a treat and blessing it is to pick fresh fruit right off the trees and bushes. Although you should wait to pick apples until after the first frost as they become sweeter, ours don't last that long with little fingers. For this reason, it may seem a little early, but I want to give you a quick tutorial on how to dehydrate apples. How to Dehydrate Apples Food and Items needed: ApplesDehydratorLarge bowlLemon juice (optional).Small paring knife. Directions: Step one is to pick apples from your tree, purchase at a farmers market, or buy them from the store. Then wash your apples to make sure they are clean from spray, dirt, etc. My children eat the peelings, so I want to make sure they are clean. Next, set up your apple peeler and place an apple on the tongs. Turn the apple peeler until you remove the core and peelings from the apple. As you peel the apples, discard the core into a bowl and feed them to your chickens or pigs, put them in the compost, or throw them in the trash. The peelings you can munch on or discard the same way. The next step is to cut the ends of your apple ring with your knife and down one side. Or you can snap them off with your fingers. Depending on your apple peeler, some skin might be left on the apple coils. No worries, if you don't want to dehydrate that part, merely cut it off. Place the now peeled and cut apple slices in a bowl, and as an option, you can sprinkle lemon juice over the top to keep them from turning brown. I don't do this part because the apples taste the same either way when dehydrated. Once you have enough apples, start placing them on the trays until the trays are full. Once the trays are filled, place the lid on, plug in your dehydrator, and set the temperature to 130 degrees. Depending on the thickness of the apple slices it should take 4 to 5 hours until the batch is done, and your apples have a rubbery consistency. Then place the apple slices in bags and or jars and store until you are ready to munch and Enjoy! The dehydrated apples don't last long in our house, and sometimes I wonder why I went through all that trouble! But they seem to taste better. You can also take them as snacks in the car and don't have as great of a mess to clean up. Or bring them out for movie night along with popcorn for a nice snack. Either way, enjoy and remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author The windows are open, and a cool fall breeze is blowing the curtains back and forth. The chickens are clucking, and the cow is starting to bellar as it is close to milking time. On our farm we have several fruit trees, apples being one of them. The windows are open, and a cool fall breeze is blowing the curtains back and forth. The chickens are clucking, and the cow is starting to bellar as it is close to milking time. On our farm we have several fruit trees, apples being one of them. It's kind of funny because every time I mow with my daughter she points to the trees and depending on the season we eat cherries, crandall currents, apricots, plums, or apples. What a treat and blessing it is to pick fresh fruit right off the trees and bushes. Although you should wait to pick apples until after the first frost as they become sweeter, ours don't last that long with little fingers. For this reason, it may seem a little early, but I want to give you a quick tutorial on how to dehydrate apples. How to Dehydrate Apples Food and Items needed: ApplesDehydratorLarge bowlLemon juice (optional).Small paring knife. Directions: Step one is to pick apples from your tree, purchase at a farmers market, or buy them from the store. Then wash your apples to make sure they are clean from spray, dirt, etc. My children eat the peelings, so I want to make sure they are clean. Next, set up your apple peeler and place an apple on the tongs. Turn the apple peeler until you remove the core and peelings from the apple. As you peel the apples, discard the core into a bowl and feed them to your chickens or pigs, put them in the compost, or throw them in the trash. The peelings you can munch on or discard the same way. The next step is to cut the ends of your apple ring with your knife and down one side. Or you can snap them off with your fingers. Depending on your apple peeler, some skin might be left on the apple coils. No worries, if you don't want to dehydrate that part, merely cut it off. Place the now peeled and cut apple slices in a bowl, and as an option, you can sprinkle lemon juice over the top to keep them from turning brown. I don't do this part because the apples taste the same either way when dehydrated. Once you have enough apples, start placing them on the trays until the trays are full. Once the trays are filled, place the lid on, plug in your dehydrator, and set the temperature to 130 degrees. Depending on the thickness of the apple slices it should take 4 to 5 hours until the batch is done, and your apples have a rubbery consistency. Then place the apple slices in bags and or jars and store until you are ready to munch and Enjoy! The dehydrated apples don't last long in our house, and sometimes I wonder why I went through all that trouble! But they seem to taste better. You can also take them as snacks in the car and don't have as great of a mess to clean up. Or bring them out for movie night along with popcorn for a nice snack. Either way, enjoy and remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:43 168极速赛车 How to Dehydrate Onions https://heatherearles.com/dehydrating-onions/ Mon, 13 Sep 2021 04:01:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=871 Top of the morning to you! Well, it has been about three weeks since we’ve pulled the onions from the garden and laid them on our wagon to dry. Now comes the fun part. However, dehydrating onions is not a job for the weak. Even after I give you a few tips to reduce the smell, in the end, it still stinks. Some batches are better than others but if you make it out without crying, you are a stronger person than me. With that being said, if you have your tissue box, we are ready to begin. Tips for reducing the potency while dehydrating onions: Tip one is to use yellow onions over white.Tip two, don't cut a large number at one time.And tip three, prepare the onions in a garage or a place that is well ventilated. List of items needed: DehydratorSharp knifeChopping boardOnionsQuart jar or another storage containerFunnel Now that you have all of your items and onions it's time to begin. First dig your onions out of the garden or buy some from the store. Peel, slice, and chop onions one at a time using a slap chopper or knife. Once you have the desired amount of chopped onions you would like to dehydrate, place them on the layers of your dehydrator until the trays are all filled or you run out of onions. Set temperature to 135 degrees. You can lower the temperature if you'd like, but your onions will be done in about 4 hours at this temperature. Place the dehydrator in a garage or porch to reduce the smell in the house. When your timer goes off just check to see if the batch is finished. You will know when they feel rubbery but also dry. If they turn to dust you have obviously left them in for too long. Or if they have not finished leave them in for a little while longer. Once they have fished, set up your jar with a funnel or another container of your choice. I can fill a one-quart jar with a medium-sized dehydrator with 4 layers. Once your machine is turned off, remove the lid and take out the onions using your hands or another kitchen tool and fill your jar or jars. After the jar is filled and sealed, store your now dehydrated onions in a cupboard or a cool, dry place. Now that you have finished dehydrating, you are ready for winter. You can also use the onions as a gift to family or when you are short on time. On a side note. If you want to make onion powder, you would merely dehydrate longer until the onions are dried and crunchy. Place them in a gallon bag at that point and use a rolling pin to roll over them until you have powder. That’s it, friends. For more tips and recipes on natural and healthy living, stay tuned each week. Until then, stay free! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local and state newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author How to make Butter Top of the morning to you! Well, it has been about three weeks since we’ve pulled the onions from the garden and laid them on our wagon to dry. Now comes the fun part. However, dehydrating onions is not a job for the weak. Top of the morning to you! Well, it has been about three weeks since we’ve pulled the onions from the garden and laid them on our wagon to dry. Now comes the fun part. However, dehydrating onions is not a job for the weak. Even after I give you a few tips to reduce the smell, in the end, it still stinks. Some batches are better than others but if you make it out without crying, you are a stronger person than me. With that being said, if you have your tissue box, we are ready to begin. Tips for reducing the potency while dehydrating onions: Tip one is to use yellow onions over white.Tip two, don't cut a large number at one time.And tip three, prepare the onions in a garage or a place that is well ventilated. List of items needed: DehydratorSharp knifeChopping boardOnionsQuart jar or another storage containerFunnel Now that you have all of your items and onions it's time to begin. First dig your onions out of the garden or buy some from the store. Peel, slice, and chop onions one at a time using a slap chopper or knife. Once you have the desired amount of chopped onions you would like to dehydrate, place them on the layers of your dehydrator until the trays are all filled or you run out of onions. Set temperature to 135 degrees. You can lower the temperature if you'd like, but your onions will be done in about 4 hours at this temperature. Place the dehydrator in a garage or porch to reduce the smell in the house. When your timer goes off just check to see if the batch is finished. You will know when they feel rubbery but also dry. If they turn to dust you have obviously left them in for too long. Or if they have not finished leave them in for a little while longer. Once they have fished, set up your jar with a funnel or another container of your choice. I can fill a one-quart jar with a medium-sized dehydrator with 4 layers. Once your machine is turned off, remove the lid and take out the onions using your hands or another kitchen tool and fill your jar or jars. After the jar is filled and sealed, store your now dehydrated onions in a cupboard or a cool, dry place. Now that you have finished dehydrating, you are ready for winter. You can also use the onions as a gift to family or when you are short on time. On a side note. If you want to make onion powder, you would merely dehydrate longer until the onions are dried and crunchy. Place them in a gallon bag at that point and use a rolling pin to roll over them until you have powder. That’s it, friends. For more tips and recipes on natural and healthy living, stay tuned each week. Until then, stay free! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local and state newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author How to make Butter Heather Earles full false 5:06 168极速赛车 Chai Hot Chocolate https://heatherearles.com/chai-hot-chocolate/ Fri, 10 Sep 2021 18:46:34 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506853 The weather has been so incredible lately. It’s still warm but with a little breeze. I checked the garden yesterday, and the little sugar pumpkins are a beautiful orange, so I picked one. Since I had my little daughter with me, we also picked some large zucchini and fed them to the milk cows, calves, and our little pony, Sylvia. It was just like a sweet story playing out. After a while, however, the sun was going down, which meant it was getting chilly, and Chai was on my mind. So, we walked back to the house with our little pumpkin and washed it up. I had to convince my daughter I was not baking it down to make pumpkin pie yet, but instead, we were going to make some delicious chai hot chocolate. I, like a lot of people, although we love coming up with our own brew or creation, we also appreciate a good recipe when we find one. This Chai hot chocolate is a simple version, and when I don’t have a lot of time, I like to use it and modify it a touch. Since I am a huge advocate for healthy living, I always add a dash of turmeric and pepper, which will aid in your health yet bring out the flavor in your drink. So here it is… Chai Hot Chocolate This recipe is for 2 serving and created by Christina Lane and modified by Heather Earles PREP TIME 5 minutesCOOK TIME 5 minutesTOTAL TIME 10 minutes Ingredients 1 1/2 cups chai concentrate1/2 cup whole milk of your choice2 tablespoons organic cocoa powderwhipped cream, for servingcinnamon sticks, for serving¼ tsp turmeric with a dash of cayenne or black pepper (optional) Instructions In a small pan, combine the chai concentrate and your milk of choice over medium heat. Heat until steaming, about 5 minutes. (Alternatively, heat it in the microwave for 1-2 minutes until steaming).Add one tablespoon of cocoa powder to the bottom of two mugs along with the turmeric and pepper. Slowly whisk half of the hot chai mixture into the cocoa powder into each cup.Top with whipped cream, an extra dusting of cinnamon, and serve. Chai hot chocolate is a simple drink, yet very warming, and a perfect way to end your day alone with a book or with the family.Enjoy your day, friends, and remember to enjoy the simple pleasures in life. Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local and state newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author The weather has been so incredible lately. It’s still warm but with a little breeze. I checked the garden yesterday, and the little sugar pumpkins are a beautiful orange, so I picked one. Since I had my little daughter with me, The weather has been so incredible lately. It’s still warm but with a little breeze. I checked the garden yesterday, and the little sugar pumpkins are a beautiful orange, so I picked one. Since I had my little daughter with me, we also picked some large zucchini and fed them to the milk cows, calves, and our little pony, Sylvia. It was just like a sweet story playing out. After a while, however, the sun was going down, which meant it was getting chilly, and Chai was on my mind. So, we walked back to the house with our little pumpkin and washed it up. I had to convince my daughter I was not baking it down to make pumpkin pie yet, but instead, we were going to make some delicious chai hot chocolate. I, like a lot of people, although we love coming up with our own brew or creation, we also appreciate a good recipe when we find one. This Chai hot chocolate is a simple version, and when I don’t have a lot of time, I like to use it and modify it a touch. Since I am a huge advocate for healthy living, I always add a dash of turmeric and pepper, which will aid in your health yet bring out the flavor in your drink. So here it is… Chai Hot Chocolate This recipe is for 2 serving and created by Christina Lane and modified by Heather Earles PREP TIME 5 minutesCOOK TIME 5 minutesTOTAL TIME 10 minutes Ingredients 1 1/2 cups chai concentrate1/2 cup whole milk of your choice2 tablespoons organic cocoa powderwhipped cream, for servingcinnamon sticks, for serving¼ tsp turmeric with a dash of cayenne or black pepper (optional) Instructions In a small pan, combine the chai concentrate and your milk of choice over medium heat. Heat until steaming, about 5 minutes. (Alternatively, heat it in the microwave for 1-2 minutes until steaming).Add one tablespoon of cocoa powder to the bottom of two mugs along with the turmeric and pepper. Slowly whisk half of the hot chai mixture into the cocoa powder into each cup.Top with whipped cream, an extra dusting of cinnamon, and serve. Chai hot chocolate is a simple drink, yet very warming, and a perfect way to end your day alone with a book or with the family.Enjoy your day, friends, and remember to enjoy the simple pleasures in life. Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for a local and state newspaper, has written several books to include A Busy Morning On The Farm and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:17 168极速赛车 Preparing Your Book/Files/Manuscript Part 2 https://heatherearles.com/preparing-your-book-files-manuscript-part-2/ Thu, 02 Sep 2021 12:15:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506833 Hey book lovers, I’m back again. You’ve made it through the first round and to give you a little refresher, this is what we discussed in Part 1 of how to Prepare your Book/Files/Manuscript: Traditional publishingSelf-PublishingIndie PublishingAnd a mixture of Indie and Self-Publishing We also went through how to: Prepare your book/files/manuscriptWhat to do after you've finished your manuscript like,Making a checklist,Writing a query letter,Researching, companies and literary agents,And the last, turning in your project. Now you are at the point where you've turned in your manuscript to several agents. Please note we are talking about traditional publishing at this point. I will cover self-publishing, Indie, and a mixture later. Turning in your book/manuscript/files to one or ten literary agents doesn't cut it. Unless you have an inside connection, you need to turn your manuscript into at least a hundred literary agents or more if you hope to hear something back. I'm not trying to discourage you. But this is the reality since so many people are writing and wanting to be published. Hearing Back from A Literary Agent If or when you hear from an agent, it will likely be a request to see your entire manuscript. Remember, they often do not read your book/files/manuscripts, only your query letter, unless it is the first three chapters. But now they are interested, so they will request your entire book. Once the agent has read through it, they will either love it or leave it. If they love it, you may start to talk about signing on with them, or they will ask general questions to see if you are willing to change the title name, etc. In short, they want to know if you are willing to work with them, at which point you can either decline or accept their offer. What to Do When You Get a Call Would you please not act like a moron when you get a call? At least not on the phone. Stay professional and giggle or pop a bottle of champagne AFTER you hang up. There is NOTHING wrong with being excited. For heaven's sake, you have been through the wringer and spent hours upon hours of your time seeing this project through. No, go ahead and celebrate once your meeting or phone call is over with the agent. What Comes Next? Do I accept the offer or not? When you have an offer to sign with a literary agent, take a day and consider if this is the person that you want to work with. No one can make this decision for you. However, it is worth noting that not everyone will even get one response, and by not everyone, I mean, according to Mark Malatesta, "your odds of getting a literary agent are 1 in 6,000. That does NOT mean 1 out of every 6,000 authors who try to get an agent will make it, and the other 5,999 will fail. It means the best book agents can get as many as 1,500 queries per month, and they sometimes only offer to represent approximately 6 new clients per year. Some writer representatives take on more. But, for this example, let's use that math. If a literary agent only offers to represent 6 new writers per year, that's one every two months. Or the odds of getting a literary agent in that scenario are 1 in 3,000. But let's assume, in this example, the chances of getting a literary agent are less. Because we're talking about one of the most powerful or famous literary agents here. In other words, 3 of the 6 authors that the most successful literary agents offer to represent each year are already published with traditional publishers. Those authors might even already have a bestseller or two—or they might have a very strong author platform. That's why your chances of getting a literary agent are 1 in 6,000." Those numbers do not favor the author, so consider the literary agent who has chosen you, but do not get too picky as that could be your only offer. Take a day, decide, celebrate, or keep looking. I've Accepted. Now What? Now it's time to let the literary agent find yo... Hey book lovers, I’m back again. You’ve made it through the first round and to give you a little refresher, this is what we discussed in Part 1 of how to Prepare your Book/Files/Manuscript: Traditional publishingSelf-PublishingIndie PublishingAnd a ... Hey book lovers, I’m back again. You’ve made it through the first round and to give you a little refresher, this is what we discussed in Part 1 of how to Prepare your Book/Files/Manuscript: Traditional publishingSelf-PublishingIndie PublishingAnd a mixture of Indie and Self-Publishing We also went through how to: Prepare your book/files/manuscriptWhat to do after you've finished your manuscript like,Making a checklist,Writing a query letter,Researching, companies and literary agents,And the last, turning in your project. Now you are at the point where you've turned in your manuscript to several agents. Please note we are talking about traditional publishing at this point. I will cover self-publishing, Indie, and a mixture later. Turning in your book/manuscript/files to one or ten literary agents doesn't cut it. Unless you have an inside connection, you need to turn your manuscript into at least a hundred literary agents or more if you hope to hear something back. I'm not trying to discourage you. But this is the reality since so many people are writing and wanting to be published. Hearing Back from A Literary Agent If or when you hear from an agent, it will likely be a request to see your entire manuscript. Remember, they often do not read your book/files/manuscripts, only your query letter, unless it is the first three chapters. But now they are interested, so they will request your entire book. Once the agent has read through it, they will either love it or leave it. If they love it, you may start to talk about signing on with them, or they will ask general questions to see if you are willing to change the title name, etc. In short, they want to know if you are willing to work with them, at which point you can either decline or accept their offer. What to Do When You Get a Call Would you please not act like a moron when you get a call? At least not on the phone. Stay professional and giggle or pop a bottle of champagne AFTER you hang up. There is NOTHING wrong with being excited. For heaven's sake, you have been through the wringer and spent hours upon hours of your time seeing this project through. No, go ahead and celebrate once your meeting or phone call is over with the agent. What Comes Next? Do I accept the offer or not? When you have an offer to sign with a literary agent, take a day and consider if this is the person that you want to work with. No one can make this decision for you. However, it is worth noting that not everyone will even get one response, and by not everyone, I mean, according to Mark Malatesta, "your odds of getting a literary agent are 1 in 6,000. That does NOT mean 1 out of every 6,000 authors who try to get an agent will make it, and the other 5,999 will fail. It means the best book agents can get as many as 1,500 queries per month, and they sometimes only offer to represent approximately 6 new clients per year. Some writer representatives take on more. But, for this example, let's use that math. If a literary agent only offers to represent 6 new writers per year, that's one every two months. Or the odds of getting a literary agent in that scenario are 1 in 3,000. But let's assume, in this example, the chances of getting a literary agent are less. Because we're talking about one of the most powerful or famous literary agents here. In other words, 3 of the 6 authors that the most successful literary agents offer to represent each year are already published with traditional publishers. Heather Earles full false 12:33 168极速赛车 How to Make and Freeze Sweet Corn https://heatherearles.com/sweet-corn/ Mon, 16 Aug 2021 15:50:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=881 Hello, gardeners, and Herb 'N Wisdom™fans. Well, it's another gorgeous day on the farm. It's also that time of the year where the garden is producing all kinds of golden delicious splendor. Speaking of golden, today we are learning how to make and freeze sweet corn. As with canning and freezing most produce, it's not difficult it just takes a little time. Although freezing sweet corn goes pretty quickly the batch size will determine how long it takes. Here is a list of items you will need to make and freeze sweet corn: Corn:)SugarSaltButterWaterTwo bowls or one bowl and a cake panKnife of choiceGarbage can or animals who like scrapsQuart Freezer bagsLadleFunnel (optional)PotLarge Spoon Now that you have what you need the first step is to shuck the corn. After you have shucked all of the corn and have taken the silks off, put the ears of corn in your sink and wash them off. Once they are washed and all remaining silks removed, bring them to your work area to begin cutting the corn off the cob. Use your large bowl or cake pan for this and your knife of choice. Start cutting from the top and work your way down. While cutting, place the empty cobs in another bowl to take out to the animals or throw them away in the garbage can. Once all of the corn is off the cob, it is now time to start measuring the loose corn then dump it into your large pot on the stove. Recipe for a single batch of sweet corn: 8 cups of corn2 cups water2 Tbls sugar1 tsp salt1/4 pound or 1 stick of butter Measure your corn first to determine if you will have a single, double or triple batch. Once that is determined you can now measure the other ingredients accordingly. After all of the items are measured and in your large pot, stir often with your large spoon. Heat the mixture on medium-high heat until you bring the corn mixture to a boil. Boil it for 5 minutes then remove it from the heat. Your next step is to cool the corn. This can be done a couple different ways. Fill a large bowl with ice and set the pot in it. Stir frequently to release steam, allowing it to cool faster.Scoop corn into cake pans and place it in the fridge to cool. After your sweet corn has cooled, it is time to scoop the mixture into your freezer bags. I would suggest using a funnel for this part to keep the stickiness of the corn away from where it seals on the bag. Fill each bag 3/4 full or less with a ladle or large spoon, seal the bag, and lay it flat on a cookie sheet. You can mark your bags with the proper date before or after your corn is in them. Please put all of your corn in your freezer when bagged and on the cookie sheet or sheets. After the corn is frozen you can take them off the cookie sheet. Notice how nicely they stack in the freezer because you froze evenly and flat. Last but not least. Pull corn out of the freezer and use as desired:). You are now an expert on how to make and freeze sweet corn! For another great tutorial visit How to make Sauerkraut Cheers! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for her local newspaper, has written several books to include a children’s book and an upcoming thriller/drama series called “Prisoner Within.” She is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint, writes a blog on healthy living to aid and inspire. She has a podcast called Herb ‘N Wisdom™, enjoys country living, God, and her family. “I love helping people feel better about life.” Learn more about the author Hello, gardeners, and Herb 'N Wisdom™fans. Well, it's another gorgeous day on the farm. It's also that time of the year where the garden is producing all kinds of golden delicious splendor. Speaking of golden, Hello, gardeners, and Herb 'N Wisdom™fans. Well, it's another gorgeous day on the farm. It's also that time of the year where the garden is producing all kinds of golden delicious splendor. Speaking of golden, today we are learning how to make and freeze sweet corn. As with canning and freezing most produce, it's not difficult it just takes a little time. Although freezing sweet corn goes pretty quickly the batch size will determine how long it takes. Here is a list of items you will need to make and freeze sweet corn: Corn:)SugarSaltButterWaterTwo bowls or one bowl and a cake panKnife of choiceGarbage can or animals who like scrapsQuart Freezer bagsLadleFunnel (optional)PotLarge Spoon Now that you have what you need the first step is to shuck the corn. After you have shucked all of the corn and have taken the silks off, put the ears of corn in your sink and wash them off. Once they are washed and all remaining silks removed, bring them to your work area to begin cutting the corn off the cob. Use your large bowl or cake pan for this and your knife of choice. Start cutting from the top and work your way down. While cutting, place the empty cobs in another bowl to take out to the animals or throw them away in the garbage can. Once all of the corn is off the cob, it is now time to start measuring the loose corn then dump it into your large pot on the stove. Recipe for a single batch of sweet corn: 8 cups of corn2 cups water2 Tbls sugar1 tsp salt1/4 pound or 1 stick of butter Measure your corn first to determine if you will have a single, double or triple batch. Once that is determined you can now measure the other ingredients accordingly. After all of the items are measured and in your large pot, stir often with your large spoon. Heat the mixture on medium-high heat until you bring the corn mixture to a boil. Boil it for 5 minutes then remove it from the heat. Your next step is to cool the corn. This can be done a couple different ways. Fill a large bowl with ice and set the pot in it. Stir frequently to release steam, allowing it to cool faster.Scoop corn into cake pans and place it in the fridge to cool. After your sweet corn has cooled, it is time to scoop the mixture into your freezer bags. I would suggest using a funnel for this part to keep the stickiness of the corn away from where it seals on the bag. Fill each bag 3/4 full or less with a ladle or large spoon, seal the bag, and lay it flat on a cookie sheet. You can mark your bags with the proper date before or after your corn is in them. Please put all of your corn in your freezer when bagged and on the cookie sheet or sheets. After the corn is frozen you can take them off the cookie sheet. Notice how nicely they stack in the freezer because you froze evenly and flat. Last but not least. Pull corn out of the freezer and use as desired:). You are now an expert on how to make and freeze sweet corn! For another great tutorial visit How to make Sauerkraut Cheers! Heather EarlesIs the owner of H&E Literary Works LLC, writes for her local newspaper, Heather Earles full false 6:38 168极速赛车 Preparing Your Book/Files/Manuscript Part One https://heatherearles.com/preparing-your-book-file-manuscript/ Mon, 09 Aug 2021 13:46:04 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506800 Hello Book Lovers, Authors, dreamers, and those of you interested in taking the next step to learn about getting a book published. I live on a sustainable farm with my husband and four children for those of you who don't know me. I'm an established author of inspiration, fiction, children's books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. I publish a weekly blog and podcast (Herb' N Wisdom™) and am a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. If you're like me and want to know everything I can about someone and their upcoming projects, here is an interview I did with the Veteran Crowd Spotlight. Since you now know who I am, we can dive right into our topic: Heather's book writing tips and how you can use these tips to make your dreams and book writing goals come to life. In short, Preparing Your Book/Files/Manuscript Part One. It doesn't matter if we are talking about a children's book, the book printing process to include how to print your own book, or novel writing. Or simple things like what information you need before heading to a publisher to include ISBNs and author bios. We are going to cover it all and, in the end, ease your mind and frustration so you can take that next step or create a more fluid process of getting your book published the next time around. Ready to start? Let's do it! To begin, I want to clarify a few things. I will be talking about different types of publishing. For instance, traditional publishing is where the author turns in their work to a literary agent who finds them a traditional publisher. That publisher then uses their resources to edit, advertise, etc. Self-publishing is another platform where you go through a company such as WestBow Press, turn in your manuscript or files, and then they charge you a certain amount to edit, create the cover, advertise, and take you from the beginning of the process to the printing of your book. Indie publishing is where you do all of the work, cover, layout, bio, acquire your own ISBN, and then take it to a printing company to have it printed or use an online platform like Smashwords, Amazon, or Barns&Noble. And lastly, we have a mixture where you are like an Indie publisher but companies like Pufferprint offer ISBN's, barcodes, and formatting help. These have an additional cost but are calculated for each project, so you are aware upfront of what those will be before you begin. So to recap, we will discuss: Traditional publishingSelf-PublishingIndie PublishingAnd a mixture of Indie and Self-Publishing With those in mind, let's start with preparing your files. Preparing your book/files/Manuscript Part One Since we are talking about different books, like children's books versus fiction or biographies, there are different processes. Not only in what you need to complete before submitting your work but because some of you are going straight to a literary agent and some of you are going through a print company, like Pufferprint or the self-publishing route. For traditional publishing, where you are trying to catch the eye of a literary agent, it is best and most of the time required to have your manuscript finished/fully completed. In cases where you already have a literary agent, you may have a partial idea or manuscript for your next book since you have an established relationship. Now, if you have multiple books, say a series, it is wise to have your first book completed and then a snippet or one-page synopsis of EACH additional book in the series. This way, a literary agent/publisher is not only aware that your book is a series but that you as the author know the storyline and direction of your project. For self-publishing, you can sign on with a company before completing your manuscript, but nothing happens until you turn your finished project in, so I would recommend, no matter what, complete your manuscript. Your Manuscript is Finished. Now what? Hello Book Lovers, Authors, dreamers, and those of you interested in taking the next step to learn about getting a book published. I live on a sustainable farm with my husband and four children for those of you who don't know me. Hello Book Lovers, Authors, dreamers, and those of you interested in taking the next step to learn about getting a book published. I live on a sustainable farm with my husband and four children for those of you who don't know me. I'm an established author of inspiration, fiction, children's books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. I publish a weekly blog and podcast (Herb' N Wisdom™) and am a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. If you're like me and want to know everything I can about someone and their upcoming projects, here is an interview I did with the Veteran Crowd Spotlight. Since you now know who I am, we can dive right into our topic: Heather's book writing tips and how you can use these tips to make your dreams and book writing goals come to life. In short, Preparing Your Book/Files/Manuscript Part One. It doesn't matter if we are talking about a children's book, the book printing process to include how to print your own book, or novel writing. Or simple things like what information you need before heading to a publisher to include ISBNs and author bios. We are going to cover it all and, in the end, ease your mind and frustration so you can take that next step or create a more fluid process of getting your book published the next time around. Ready to start? Let's do it! To begin, I want to clarify a few things. I will be talking about different types of publishing. For instance, traditional publishing is where the author turns in their work to a literary agent who finds them a traditional publisher. That publisher then uses their resources to edit, advertise, etc. Self-publishing is another platform where you go through a company such as WestBow Press, turn in your manuscript or files, and then they charge you a certain amount to edit, create the cover, advertise, and take you from the beginning of the process to the printing of your book. Indie publishing is where you do all of the work, cover, layout, bio, acquire your own ISBN, and then take it to a printing company to have it printed or use an online platform like Smashwords, Amazon, or Barns&Noble. And lastly, we have a mixture where you are like an Indie publisher but companies like Pufferprint offer ISBN's, barcodes, and formatting help. These have an additional cost but are calculated for each project, so you are aware upfront of what those will be before you begin. So to recap, we will discuss: Traditional publishingSelf-PublishingIndie PublishingAnd a mixture of Indie and Self-Publishing With those in mind, let's start with preparing your files. Preparing your book/files/Manuscript Part One Since we are talking about different books, like children's books versus fiction or biographies, there are different processes. Not only in what you need to complete before submitting your work but because some of you are going straight to a literary agent and some of you are going through a print company, like Pufferprint or the self-publishing route. For traditional publishing, where you are trying to catch the eye of a literary agent, it is best and most of the time required to have your manuscript finished/fully completed. In cases where you already have a literary agent, you may have a partial idea or manuscript for your next book since you have an established relationship. Now, if you have multiple books, say a series, it is wise to have your first book completed and then a snippet or one... Heather Earles full false 15:34 168极速赛车 Asian Lettuce Wrap https://heatherearles.com/asian-lettuce-wrap/ Fri, 30 Jul 2021 05:18:59 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506826 By Rachel Castro Delicious and bursting with flavor, Asian lettuce wraps are a great idea for entertaining or a family-style meal. Each person can build their own fresh, delicious wrap. Just be sure to have plates or napkins available since the mixture can sometimes drip a little. To serve the Asian Lettuce Wrap, allow each person to spoon a portion of the meat into a lettuce leaf. Wrap the lettuce around the meat like a burrito and enjoy! This recipe first appeared on RED Cipes. Ingredients 16 Boston Bibb or butter lettuce leaves 1 pound lean ground beef 1 tablespoon cooking oil ¼ cup hoisin sauce 1 large onion, chopped 2 cloves fresh garlic, minced 1 tablespoon fermented real soy sauce 1 tablespoon rice wine vinegar 2 teaspoons minced pickled ginger 1 dash Asian chile pepper sauce, or to taste (Optional)1 (8 ounce) can water chestnuts, drained and finely chopped 2 teaspoons Asian (dark) sesame oil1 bunch green onions, chopped Directions Step 1Rinse whole lettuce leaves and pat dry, being careful not to tear them. Set aside.Step 2Heat a large skillet over medium-high heat. Cook and stir beef and cooking oil in the hot skillet until browned and crumbly, about 5 to 7 minutes. Drain and discard grease; transfer beef to a bowl. Now cook and stir onion in the same skillet used for the beef until it's slightly tender about 5 to 10 minutes. Stir hoisin sauce, garlic, soy sauce, vinegar, ginger, and chile pepper sauce into onions. Add water chestnuts, green onions, sesame oil, and cooked beef; cook and stir until the onions just begin to wilt, about 2 minutes.Step 3Arrange lettuce leaves around the outer edge of a large serving platter and pile meat mixture in the center.Serve and enjoy. For those of you who like cheese with everything, you can sprinkle a little on like a garnish or place some in the center before you roll the lettuce around the meat. That's it. Until next time remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™), is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint and has her own company H&E Literary Works. Learn more about the author By Rachel Castro Delicious and bursting with flavor, Asian lettuce wraps are a great idea for entertaining or a family-style meal. Each person can build their own fresh, delicious wrap. Just be sure to have plates or napkins available since t... By Rachel Castro Delicious and bursting with flavor, Asian lettuce wraps are a great idea for entertaining or a family-style meal. Each person can build their own fresh, delicious wrap. Just be sure to have plates or napkins available since the mixture can sometimes drip a little. To serve the Asian Lettuce Wrap, allow each person to spoon a portion of the meat into a lettuce leaf. Wrap the lettuce around the meat like a burrito and enjoy! This recipe first appeared on RED Cipes. Ingredients 16 Boston Bibb or butter lettuce leaves 1 pound lean ground beef 1 tablespoon cooking oil ¼ cup hoisin sauce 1 large onion, chopped 2 cloves fresh garlic, minced 1 tablespoon fermented real soy sauce 1 tablespoon rice wine vinegar 2 teaspoons minced pickled ginger 1 dash Asian chile pepper sauce, or to taste (Optional)1 (8 ounce) can water chestnuts, drained and finely chopped 2 teaspoons Asian (dark) sesame oil1 bunch green onions, chopped Directions Step 1Rinse whole lettuce leaves and pat dry, being careful not to tear them. Set aside.Step 2Heat a large skillet over medium-high heat. Cook and stir beef and cooking oil in the hot skillet until browned and crumbly, about 5 to 7 minutes. Drain and discard grease; transfer beef to a bowl. Now cook and stir onion in the same skillet used for the beef until it's slightly tender about 5 to 10 minutes. Stir hoisin sauce, garlic, soy sauce, vinegar, ginger, and chile pepper sauce into onions. Add water chestnuts, green onions, sesame oil, and cooked beef; cook and stir until the onions just begin to wilt, about 2 minutes.Step 3Arrange lettuce leaves around the outer edge of a large serving platter and pile meat mixture in the center.Serve and enjoy. For those of you who like cheese with everything, you can sprinkle a little on like a garnish or place some in the center before you roll the lettuce around the meat. That's it. Until next time remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™), is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint and has her own company H&E Literary Works. Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:16 168极速赛车 What to do when your Chicks arrive in the mail https://heatherearles.com/chicks/ Fri, 09 Jul 2021 05:10:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=648 One of the favorite things for my family this time of year, is when our baby chicks arrive in the mail. It's like Easter and Christmas, all tied into one. Previously we spent time picking out different breeds to add color and class to our coop, and now they are here. This year we have beautiful reds, speckled, and black chicks. And, of course, they were all given names. As with each year, we choose themes for our animals that are born. This year the theme is rock bands. So two of the baby chicks are named Guns and Roses. It is fun for the kids, and with themes, I remember their names a whole lot easier. Because baby chicks bring so much joy to our family, I want to give you that same experience. Even if this is your first year buying chicks, there is no need to be stressed. As far as animals go, chicks/chickens are the easiest, in my opinion, to take care of. With that being said, this post, along with my YouTube video, should set your mind at ease on what to do when your chicks arrive in the mail or if you get them from a store. Buying Your Chicks You can order your chicks online or from a local store. For years now we have ordered ours from Murray McMurray. When Should You Order Your Baby Chicks? We order ours in February, March, or April so that they will arrive by June or July. Since we live in the North, this allows them to come when our temperatures are a little warmer. But if you have a nice place with a heat lamp, you can order when it is best for you. If you buy them from a local store, I would ask when they expect their chicks in prior, so you are ready for them when they come. If ordering online, they will show you when to expect your shipment if you order on a certain date, so no guessing is necessary. Getting Your Pen Ready After you have ordered your baby chicks or found out from your local store when they will arrive, it is time to get your pen all set up. Here is a list of what you need: Chick feed. There is medicated and non-medicated feed, which you can find at a Fleet Farm or local feed store. You can also make your own mixture. I would recommend buying two 25lb bags to start.Feed holder.Water Holder. You can also buy these at the same place as the feed or online.Heat Lamp. Depending on the number of chicks and temperature, you might need two.Some type of chick pen, or galvanized tank, homemade box, etc.Sawdust or straw. We use both. Once you have all the items, set up your pen so that all you have left to do is add the water and feed when the chicks arrive. We put a layer of sawdust down first and then a layer of straw. Trust me, this makes pen cleanup a lot simpler and also keeps the smell down. See the picture below. The straw bales we use as a border to keep our large pen a tad smaller. This helps with heat and containment. The Chicks Have Arrived! It's time, your chicks have just arrived in the mail, or you have brought them home from the store. The first thing you want to do is bring the box with the chicks into the pen. Be sure other animals like cats do not have access to this pen. Now, open the lid carefully, and one by one, take the chicks out, dip their beaks in the water, and then set them by the feed. Do this until you have gone through all of the chicks, and then remove the box from the pen. Turn on your heat lamp if the temp is below 65° and leave it on until the chicks are a couple of months old or the temperature has increased. Sometimes it can be a daily temperature check where your mornings are cool, so you turn it on, and then by afternoon, you turn it off. A good way to tell if they still need the heat lamp is if they are huddled under it. If they start sleeping away from it, they are warm, and you can unplug the heat lamp. Watching Your Chicks Grown Once your chicks are running all over the pen, you now need to maintain and watch them grow. Keep their feed and water-filled, One of the favorite things for my family this time of year, is when our baby chicks arrive in the mail. It's like Easter and Christmas, all tied into one. Previously we spent time picking out different breeds to add color and class to our coop, One of the favorite things for my family this time of year, is when our baby chicks arrive in the mail. It's like Easter and Christmas, all tied into one. Previously we spent time picking out different breeds to add color and class to our coop, and now they are here. This year we have beautiful reds, speckled, and black chicks. And, of course, they were all given names. As with each year, we choose themes for our animals that are born. This year the theme is rock bands. So two of the baby chicks are named Guns and Roses. It is fun for the kids, and with themes, I remember their names a whole lot easier. Because baby chicks bring so much joy to our family, I want to give you that same experience. Even if this is your first year buying chicks, there is no need to be stressed. As far as animals go, chicks/chickens are the easiest, in my opinion, to take care of. With that being said, this post, along with my YouTube video, should set your mind at ease on what to do when your chicks arrive in the mail or if you get them from a store. Buying Your Chicks You can order your chicks online or from a local store. For years now we have ordered ours from Murray McMurray. When Should You Order Your Baby Chicks? We order ours in February, March, or April so that they will arrive by June or July. Since we live in the North, this allows them to come when our temperatures are a little warmer. But if you have a nice place with a heat lamp, you can order when it is best for you. If you buy them from a local store, I would ask when they expect their chicks in prior, so you are ready for them when they come. If ordering online, they will show you when to expect your shipment if you order on a certain date, so no guessing is necessary. Getting Your Pen Ready After you have ordered your baby chicks or found out from your local store when they will arrive, it is time to get your pen all set up. Here is a list of what you need: Chick feed. There is medicated and non-medicated feed, which you can find at a Fleet Farm or local feed store. You can also make your own mixture. I would recommend buying two 25lb bags to start.Feed holder.Water Holder. You can also buy these at the same place as the feed or online.Heat Lamp. Depending on the number of chicks and temperature, you might need two.Some type of chick pen, or galvanized tank, homemade box, etc.Sawdust or straw. We use both. Once you have all the items, set up your pen so that all you have left to do is add the water and feed when the chicks arrive. We put a layer of sawdust down first and then a layer of straw. Trust me, this makes pen cleanup a lot simpler and also keeps the smell down. See the picture below. The straw bales we use as a border to keep our large pen a tad smaller. This helps with heat and containment. The Chicks Have Arrived! It's time, your chicks have just arrived in the mail, or you have brought them home from the store. The first thing you want to do is bring the box with the chicks into the pen. Be sure other animals like cats do not have access to this pen. Now, open the lid carefully, and one by one, take the chicks out, dip their beaks in the water, and then set them by the feed. Do this until you have gone through all of the chicks, and then remove the box from the pen. Turn on your heat lamp if the temp is below 65° and leave it on until the chicks are a couple of months old or... Heather Earles full false 8:22 168极速赛车 Cleaning Hacks and Tips https://heatherearles.com/cleaning-hacks-tips/ Fri, 02 Jul 2021 05:04:40 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506779 You can't always get what you want, but you don't have to accept defeat. Whether the store doesn’t carry it, they’re out, or you are in a time crunch and need a particular item, there are ways to substitute. Here are some cleaning hacks and tips to keep things moving along. Get Rid Of Soap Scrum Spritz that gunk with cooking spray and let it sit for a couple of minutes. The scum will come off with just a swipe of a towel. Then wash the surface with soap and water. Eliminate Grease Stains Rub some chalk on greasy spots on clothes or table linens and let it absorb the oil before you brush it off. If the stain lingers, rub more chalk into it before laundering. To get rid of ring-around-the-collar stains, mark them heavily with chalk before laundering to absorb the oils that hold in the dirt. Repel Dust From Your Screens Because televisions and computers are electrically charged, they attract dust. Fabric softener sheets will get them clean and keep them that way. Rescue A Rug If you've spilled coffee or tea on the carpet, there's another tasty beverage that can clean the mess: beer. Rub a few teaspoons (or more, if you made a really big mess) lightly into the fabric. Flat beer will also polish up your wood furniture. Dissolve Tarnish On Silverware Grab some potatoes and boil them up. Remove them from the water and save them to eat later. Then place your silverware in the potato water and let it sit for an hour. Remove and wash it. The tarnish should have disappeared. Unstick Gum Tip Got chewing gum smooshed into the carpet or on the wall? WD-40 will loosen it. This works on wax drippings too. Remove Water Stains From Furniture Did your guests somehow miss the coasters? To get rid of those annoying white rings left by moist glasses, gently rub some non-gel toothpaste on the wood with a soft cloth. Wipe it off with a damp cloth and let the area dry. Lemon Juice Besides brightening the flavor of recipes, lemon juice can clean and freshen your microwave and your laundry. It's also a potent exfoliant, dandruff fighter, wart remover, and disinfectant. Lift a Scorch Mark If you singe your favorite shirt with a hot iron, wet the area and cover it with cornstarch. Allow the cornstarch to dry, then brush it away. I'm sure there are many, many more cleaning hacks and tips we could add to this list, but for now, I hope the ones listed are helpful. Until next time, always remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. Learn more about the author You can't always get what you want, but you don't have to accept defeat. Whether the store doesn’t carry it, they’re out, or you are in a time crunch and need a particular item, there are ways to substitute. You can't always get what you want, but you don't have to accept defeat. Whether the store doesn’t carry it, they’re out, or you are in a time crunch and need a particular item, there are ways to substitute. Here are some cleaning hacks and tips to keep things moving along. Get Rid Of Soap Scrum Spritz that gunk with cooking spray and let it sit for a couple of minutes. The scum will come off with just a swipe of a towel. Then wash the surface with soap and water. Eliminate Grease Stains Rub some chalk on greasy spots on clothes or table linens and let it absorb the oil before you brush it off. If the stain lingers, rub more chalk into it before laundering. To get rid of ring-around-the-collar stains, mark them heavily with chalk before laundering to absorb the oils that hold in the dirt. Repel Dust From Your Screens Because televisions and computers are electrically charged, they attract dust. Fabric softener sheets will get them clean and keep them that way. Rescue A Rug If you've spilled coffee or tea on the carpet, there's another tasty beverage that can clean the mess: beer. Rub a few teaspoons (or more, if you made a really big mess) lightly into the fabric. Flat beer will also polish up your wood furniture. Dissolve Tarnish On Silverware Grab some potatoes and boil them up. Remove them from the water and save them to eat later. Then place your silverware in the potato water and let it sit for an hour. Remove and wash it. The tarnish should have disappeared. Unstick Gum Tip Got chewing gum smooshed into the carpet or on the wall? WD-40 will loosen it. This works on wax drippings too. Remove Water Stains From Furniture Did your guests somehow miss the coasters? To get rid of those annoying white rings left by moist glasses, gently rub some non-gel toothpaste on the wood with a soft cloth. Wipe it off with a damp cloth and let the area dry. Lemon Juice Besides brightening the flavor of recipes, lemon juice can clean and freshen your microwave and your laundry. It's also a potent exfoliant, dandruff fighter, wart remover, and disinfectant. Lift a Scorch Mark If you singe your favorite shirt with a hot iron, wet the area and cover it with cornstarch. Allow the cornstarch to dry, then brush it away. I'm sure there are many, many more cleaning hacks and tips we could add to this list, but for now, I hope the ones listed are helpful. Until next time, always remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:53 168极速赛车 Food and Cooking Tips & Life Hacks https://heatherearles.com/food-and-cooking-tips/ Sat, 19 Jun 2021 05:01:48 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506771 Have you ever run out of something or thrown away a food item because it didn't get used? Well, hopefully, with these food and cooking tips, you can save a little time and money by substituting or preserving. Ready to start? Me too! Here we go... Substitute For Yeast: Are you looking to make a loaf of bread? Mix one teaspoon each of powdered vitamin C (or citric acid) and baking soda. What's more, the dough you add it to won't have to rise before baking. Replace Baking Powder: Substitute two parts cream of tartar mixed with one part each baking soda and cornstarch. The cornstarch slows the reaction between the acidic cream of tartar and the alkaline baking soda, which helps the compound maintain its leavening power longer. Protect Veggies In The Fridge: Line your refrigerator's crisper drawer with paper towels. They will absorb the moisture that causes your fruits and vegetables to rot. When the lining gets dirty, throw it out and replace it with fresh paper towels. Keep Fruit Fresh: Do your berries, and grapes get moldy before you've had a chance to enjoy them? Store them in a colander--not a closed plastic container--in the refrigerator. The cold air will circulate through the holes and around the fruit, keeping it fresher for days. Revive Soggy Lettuce: Don't toss those sorry leaves in the garbage. Add the juice of half a lemon to a bowl of cold water, put the soggy lettuce in it, and refrigerate for about an hour. Make sure the leaves are completely dry before using them in salads or sandwiches. Tenderize Meat: Soaking inexpensive cuts of meat in vinegar for up to four hours doesn't just break down tough fibers; it also reduces carcinogenic compounds that form during grilling. Experiment with different vinegar varieties for added flavor, or simply use apple cider vinegar or distilled vinegar. Just be sure to rinse the meat off before cooking. Save A Bottle Of Wine: If the cork breaks apart when you open a bottle, no problem. Pour the wine through a coffee filter. It will catch everything but the liquid. Baking Soda: In addition to being a stand-in for baking powder and other cooking staples, baking soda can clean and deodorize your vegetables, your pots and get hard stains like cool-aid, turmeric, pen, or grime off of your countertops. These are just a few Food and Cooking tips to make your life easier. If you have any more, I would love to hear about them. Otherwise, stay tuned next week for some additional Life Hacks and Tips. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. Learn more about the author Have you ever run out of something or thrown away a food item because it didn't get used? Well, hopefully, with these food and cooking tips, you can save a little time and money by substituting or preserving. Ready to start? Me too! Have you ever run out of something or thrown away a food item because it didn't get used? Well, hopefully, with these food and cooking tips, you can save a little time and money by substituting or preserving. Ready to start? Me too! Here we go... Substitute For Yeast: Are you looking to make a loaf of bread? Mix one teaspoon each of powdered vitamin C (or citric acid) and baking soda. What's more, the dough you add it to won't have to rise before baking. Replace Baking Powder: Substitute two parts cream of tartar mixed with one part each baking soda and cornstarch. The cornstarch slows the reaction between the acidic cream of tartar and the alkaline baking soda, which helps the compound maintain its leavening power longer. Protect Veggies In The Fridge: Line your refrigerator's crisper drawer with paper towels. They will absorb the moisture that causes your fruits and vegetables to rot. When the lining gets dirty, throw it out and replace it with fresh paper towels. Keep Fruit Fresh: Do your berries, and grapes get moldy before you've had a chance to enjoy them? Store them in a colander--not a closed plastic container--in the refrigerator. The cold air will circulate through the holes and around the fruit, keeping it fresher for days. Revive Soggy Lettuce: Don't toss those sorry leaves in the garbage. Add the juice of half a lemon to a bowl of cold water, put the soggy lettuce in it, and refrigerate for about an hour. Make sure the leaves are completely dry before using them in salads or sandwiches. Tenderize Meat: Soaking inexpensive cuts of meat in vinegar for up to four hours doesn't just break down tough fibers; it also reduces carcinogenic compounds that form during grilling. Experiment with different vinegar varieties for added flavor, or simply use apple cider vinegar or distilled vinegar. Just be sure to rinse the meat off before cooking. Save A Bottle Of Wine: If the cork breaks apart when you open a bottle, no problem. Pour the wine through a coffee filter. It will catch everything but the liquid. Baking Soda: In addition to being a stand-in for baking powder and other cooking staples, baking soda can clean and deodorize your vegetables, your pots and get hard stains like cool-aid, turmeric, pen, or grime off of your countertops. These are just a few Food and Cooking tips to make your life easier. If you have any more, I would love to hear about them. Otherwise, stay tuned next week for some additional Life Hacks and Tips. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 5:02 168极速赛车 Health And Beauty Life Hacks https://heatherearles.com/health-and-beauty-life-hacks/ Sat, 12 Jun 2021 05:08:54 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506760 I love when something makes my life easier or more efficient. With these life hacks, I can do just that even if I don't have what I would call the right product for the job. Substituting isn't a bad thing as long as the job gets done in the proper way. So read on for these simple health and beauty hacks. Disinfect A Cut No rubbing alcohol or hydrogen peroxide? An alcohol-based mouthwash can clean a shallow cut and disinfect your skin. Alternatively, you can dab a few drops of lemon juice directly on the cut. Treat Minor Burns If you sustain a minor skin burn, quickly pour some baking soda into a container of ice water, soak a cloth or quake pad in it, and apply it to the burn. Keep applying the solution until the burn no longer feels hot. This treatment will also prevent many burns from blistering. Another option: Apply vanilla extract. The evaporation of the alcohol into vanilla extract cools the burn. Ease Achy Spots For pain in your knee or other joints or muscles, rub in some warming liniment and wrap the area with plastic wrap. The wrap will increase the heating effect of the liniment. Test on a small area first to make sure your skin does not burn. Relax Stiff Muscles If you prefer to soak your sore spots, take a bath in Epsom salts and throw in a few tablespoons of prepared yellow mustard. The mustard will enhance the soothing effects of the salts. Remove A Splinter You can avoid the agony of digging a splinter out with a needle by covering it with adhesive tape instead. After about three days, pull the tape off slowly, and the splinter should come out with it. Save Your Shave If you run out of shaving cream, try slathering some soft butter on your wet skin for a smooth, close shave. Make a Dehumidifier A humid closet, attic, or cellar can wreak havoc on your health as well as on your clothes. Get rid of all that humidity with homemade dehumidifiers. To make one, just put some charcoal briquettes in a large, clean, lidded can and punch a few holes in the lid. Place one or more in humid areas. Replace the charcoal every few months. Repel Ticks And Other Insects Going for a walk in the woods? Smear some mentholated chest rub on your ankles, wrists, and neck before you leave the house. It might not be your favorite scent, but gnats, mosquitos, and disease-carrying ticks hate it, and they'll go in search of a sweeter-smelling victim. That's it friends. Check-in next week to get some more life hacks. But in the meantime remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. Learn more about the author I love when something makes my life easier or more efficient. With these life hacks, I can do just that even if I don't have what I would call the right product for the job. Substituting isn't a bad thing as long as the job gets done in the proper w... I love when something makes my life easier or more efficient. With these life hacks, I can do just that even if I don't have what I would call the right product for the job. Substituting isn't a bad thing as long as the job gets done in the proper way. So read on for these simple health and beauty hacks. Disinfect A Cut No rubbing alcohol or hydrogen peroxide? An alcohol-based mouthwash can clean a shallow cut and disinfect your skin. Alternatively, you can dab a few drops of lemon juice directly on the cut. Treat Minor Burns If you sustain a minor skin burn, quickly pour some baking soda into a container of ice water, soak a cloth or quake pad in it, and apply it to the burn. Keep applying the solution until the burn no longer feels hot. This treatment will also prevent many burns from blistering. Another option: Apply vanilla extract. The evaporation of the alcohol into vanilla extract cools the burn. Ease Achy Spots For pain in your knee or other joints or muscles, rub in some warming liniment and wrap the area with plastic wrap. The wrap will increase the heating effect of the liniment. Test on a small area first to make sure your skin does not burn. Relax Stiff Muscles If you prefer to soak your sore spots, take a bath in Epsom salts and throw in a few tablespoons of prepared yellow mustard. The mustard will enhance the soothing effects of the salts. Remove A Splinter You can avoid the agony of digging a splinter out with a needle by covering it with adhesive tape instead. After about three days, pull the tape off slowly, and the splinter should come out with it. Save Your Shave If you run out of shaving cream, try slathering some soft butter on your wet skin for a smooth, close shave. Make a Dehumidifier A humid closet, attic, or cellar can wreak havoc on your health as well as on your clothes. Get rid of all that humidity with homemade dehumidifiers. To make one, just put some charcoal briquettes in a large, clean, lidded can and punch a few holes in the lid. Place one or more in humid areas. Replace the charcoal every few months. Repel Ticks And Other Insects Going for a walk in the woods? Smear some mentholated chest rub on your ankles, wrists, and neck before you leave the house. It might not be your favorite scent, but gnats, mosquitos, and disease-carrying ticks hate it, and they'll go in search of a sweeter-smelling victim. That's it friends. Check-in next week to get some more life hacks. But in the meantime remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, children’s books, a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and is a Print Specialist for Pufferprint. Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 5:05 168极速赛车 Enjoying the Town and People Near You https://heatherearles.com/enjoy-the-town-and-people-near-you/ Sat, 05 Jun 2021 05:22:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2542 Taking time to enjoy the things around you is good for the soul. Everyone has work to do and only so much time to do it, but that doesn’t mean we can’t take time to enjoy those around us or events that are happening in our hometowns. A community takes people coming together. Local business owners need support from their patrons to keep their doors open. This allows everyone to enjoy their services, including visitors. Whether you’re single or have a family enjoying the town and people near you is positive. When events such as parades, crazy days, or other exciting things are held, it gives everyone a chance to participate and celebrate living in the town where they’re at. I love heading to town when there is something going on. The kids get to see their friends and I get to walk around different shops looking at what’s new. The sun is shining, so we are soaking in some vitamin D and for a few hours, we leave the work behind. Now I love my farm, the great outdoors, and plants, so a stop at the local nursery to pick up some beautiful flowers for my pots or herbs for the garden is usually on the bucket list :). To me, that’s 100% pure joy, plus I am supporting my community. For you, it might be getting out of the house and talking to someone at the parade. Or shopping at your favorite store which is now running sales because it’s crazy days. Whatever the case is, enjoying the community is for everyone. Libraries usually have an event for adults and children, which is a perfect way to get out no matter which season it is. Our local library is great for this! They have author readings, a summer reading program that encourages an active reading schedule for the kiddos, and coding and building classes. The library stays open, giving the community access to wonderful books, movies, and computers. Everyone wins from this. Lumber stores, groceries, hairdressers are all in need of your support, especially after being shut down or partially last year like our local L&H shoe repair shop. It’s a family-owned business that has been around for a long time providing a great service to our community. Also, the Ace Hardware and Bong's Bootery right on Central. These stores have serviced the community for decades and are irreplaceable. Another stop you should make is to your second-hand store. You never know what treasure you’re going to find, plus you can get an entire wardrobe for a wonderfully cheap price :). I love shopping there and having the kids pick out clothes for the season. They grow so fast; who wants to spend a fortune every time they have a growth spurt? Garage sales, rummage sales, those are a couple more ideas to get you out and enjoy a summer day. Some of these places are also great for picking up discounted items. Having a new baby? You can find so many clothes for only $0.25 to $0.30 each. Talk about a bargain! If you’re not into shopping check out your local town's baseball schedule. Whether it’s the little guys or a minor league team you can enjoy an All-American event with an enthusiastic crowd around you. Don’t forget the pool. When it’s hot and you want to cool off, pack up the sunscreen and towels and enjoy some pool time or head to the lake. In our small town, they have a little stage in the park. The setting is perfect. You sit in the grass or bring a chair and listen to the rhythm of local musicians once a week—everything from jazz, contemporary, country, and classic. Are you a quilter? When crazy days come around, so do the amazing sales at our quilting and sewing store. I admit this is one of my favorite places to browse :). Farmers' markets are also great. Fresh food, healthy meals, you support your local gardeners and they support your health. Getting out and socializing or walking your local town is extremely healthy for the mind. We all need pick-me-ups, and showing up for an event, enjoying the entertainment, Taking time to enjoy the things around you is good for the soul. Everyone has work to do and only so much time to do it, but that doesn’t mean we can’t take time to enjoy those around us or events that are happening in our hometowns. Taking time to enjoy the things around you is good for the soul. Everyone has work to do and only so much time to do it, but that doesn’t mean we can’t take time to enjoy those around us or events that are happening in our hometowns. A community takes people coming together. Local business owners need support from their patrons to keep their doors open. This allows everyone to enjoy their services, including visitors. Whether you’re single or have a family enjoying the town and people near you is positive. When events such as parades, crazy days, or other exciting things are held, it gives everyone a chance to participate and celebrate living in the town where they’re at. I love heading to town when there is something going on. The kids get to see their friends and I get to walk around different shops looking at what’s new. The sun is shining, so we are soaking in some vitamin D and for a few hours, we leave the work behind. Now I love my farm, the great outdoors, and plants, so a stop at the local nursery to pick up some beautiful flowers for my pots or herbs for the garden is usually on the bucket list :). To me, that’s 100% pure joy, plus I am supporting my community. For you, it might be getting out of the house and talking to someone at the parade. Or shopping at your favorite store which is now running sales because it’s crazy days. Whatever the case is, enjoying the community is for everyone. Libraries usually have an event for adults and children, which is a perfect way to get out no matter which season it is. Our local library is great for this! They have author readings, a summer reading program that encourages an active reading schedule for the kiddos, and coding and building classes. The library stays open, giving the community access to wonderful books, movies, and computers. Everyone wins from this. Lumber stores, groceries, hairdressers are all in need of your support, especially after being shut down or partially last year like our local L&H shoe repair shop. It’s a family-owned business that has been around for a long time providing a great service to our community. Also, the Ace Hardware and Bong's Bootery right on Central. These stores have serviced the community for decades and are irreplaceable. Another stop you should make is to your second-hand store. You never know what treasure you’re going to find, plus you can get an entire wardrobe for a wonderfully cheap price :). I love shopping there and having the kids pick out clothes for the season. They grow so fast; who wants to spend a fortune every time they have a growth spurt? Garage sales, rummage sales, those are a couple more ideas to get you out and enjoy a summer day. Some of these places are also great for picking up discounted items. Having a new baby? You can find so many clothes for only $0.25 to $0.30 each. Talk about a bargain! If you’re not into shopping check out your local town's baseball schedule. Whether it’s the little guys or a minor league team you can enjoy an All-American event with an enthusiastic crowd around you. Don’t forget the pool. When it’s hot and you want to cool off, pack up the sunscreen and towels and enjoy some pool time or head to the lake. In our small town, they have a little stage in the park. The setting is perfect. You sit in the grass or bring a chair and listen to the rhythm of local musicians once a week—everything from jazz, contemporary, country, and classic. Heather Earles full false 6:15 168极速赛车 Hydrating Green Tea Face Serum https://heatherearles.com/hydrating-green-tea-face-serum/ Sat, 29 May 2021 16:33:17 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506742 As I was looking for something to add a little oomph to my skin, I ran across this recipe by Kendle Moon of Mountain Rose Herbs that I think you will enjoy. Green-tea skin-care formulations can offer gentle yet stimulating hydration support for skin that requires a little extra nourishment and moisture. This hydrating green tea face/skin-serum recipe infuses the benefits of green tea leaves into organic olive oil and brings in the goodness of select essential oils for a pampering and beautifully scented blend. This particular recipe is suitable for a wide range of folks, and many find it light enough to use on the face before bed, in the morning, or both. It is also generally friendly for mature or sensitive skin, as the essential oil ratio is quite low. You'll notice that this recipe makes approximately 1 cup of serum, which is quite a bit. You can divide the batch up among friends if you plan to primarily use it on your face, or you can use it as a whole-body oil during seasons or occasions when you're bothered by overall skin dryness. The recipe is also easy to reduce if you'd like to make a smaller amount. But, the first step is to create an infused oil. Green Tea Infused Oil Makes: About 1 1/2 cups infused oil Ingredients: 1 cup organic green tea1 2/3 cups organic olive oil Directions: Pour loose green tea into a pint-sized canning or glass pantry jar with a lid.Top tea with olive oil until completely covered.Allow the mixture to infuse for 4-6 weeks, shake regularly, and make sure tea stays completely covered with oil.Push tea down with a clean spoon or add more oil if needed.Strain oil using a funnel strainer and or cheesecloth.Discard tea into compost. Green Tea Face Serum Makes: About 1 Cup Ingredients: 1/2 cup organic green-tea-infused olive oil (recipe above)1/4 cup organic avocado oil1/4 cup jojoba oil2 T organic sunflower oil12 drops organic rosemary essential oil12 drops organic lavender essential oil8 drops organic geranium essential oil4 drops organic myrtle essential oil Directions: Combine all the ingredients in a glass jar with the lid and shake well to combine.Transfer serum into a dark amber or cobalt blue bottle to protect from light and store in a cool, dark place.This serum does not need to be refrigerated and should keep for several months if properly stored.Use accordingly. Pro Tips: A little skin serum goes a long way! Use an oil dropper or a low-volume pump to add a small amount of liquid, then gently spread serum over your face.Any kind of high-quality green tea will work well in this serum. I used sencha in this particular recipe, but I've also infused spring green tea or gunpowder green tea with great success. Use this green tea face serum accordingly and enjoy the hydrating effects it has on your skin. That's it until next time. Remember to stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author As I was looking for something to add a little oomph to my skin, I ran across this recipe by Kendle Moon of Mountain Rose Herbs that I think you will enjoy. Green-tea skin-care formulations can offer gentle yet stimulating hydration support for skin... As I was looking for something to add a little oomph to my skin, I ran across this recipe by Kendle Moon of Mountain Rose Herbs that I think you will enjoy. Green-tea skin-care formulations can offer gentle yet stimulating hydration support for skin that requires a little extra nourishment and moisture. This hydrating green tea face/skin-serum recipe infuses the benefits of green tea leaves into organic olive oil and brings in the goodness of select essential oils for a pampering and beautifully scented blend. This particular recipe is suitable for a wide range of folks, and many find it light enough to use on the face before bed, in the morning, or both. It is also generally friendly for mature or sensitive skin, as the essential oil ratio is quite low. You'll notice that this recipe makes approximately 1 cup of serum, which is quite a bit. You can divide the batch up among friends if you plan to primarily use it on your face, or you can use it as a whole-body oil during seasons or occasions when you're bothered by overall skin dryness. The recipe is also easy to reduce if you'd like to make a smaller amount. But, the first step is to create an infused oil. Green Tea Infused Oil Makes: About 1 1/2 cups infused oil Ingredients: 1 cup organic green tea1 2/3 cups organic olive oil Directions: Pour loose green tea into a pint-sized canning or glass pantry jar with a lid.Top tea with olive oil until completely covered.Allow the mixture to infuse for 4-6 weeks, shake regularly, and make sure tea stays completely covered with oil.Push tea down with a clean spoon or add more oil if needed.Strain oil using a funnel strainer and or cheesecloth.Discard tea into compost. Green Tea Face Serum Makes: About 1 Cup Ingredients: 1/2 cup organic green-tea-infused olive oil (recipe above)1/4 cup organic avocado oil1/4 cup jojoba oil2 T organic sunflower oil12 drops organic rosemary essential oil12 drops organic lavender essential oil8 drops organic geranium essential oil4 drops organic myrtle essential oil Directions: Combine all the ingredients in a glass jar with the lid and shake well to combine.Transfer serum into a dark amber or cobalt blue bottle to protect from light and store in a cool, dark place.This serum does not need to be refrigerated and should keep for several months if properly stored.Use accordingly. Pro Tips: A little skin serum goes a long way! Use an oil dropper or a low-volume pump to add a small amount of liquid, then gently spread serum over your face.Any kind of high-quality green tea will work well in this serum. I used sencha in this particular recipe, but I've also infused spring green tea or gunpowder green tea with great success. Use this green tea face serum accordingly and enjoy the hydrating effects it has on your skin. That's it until next time. Remember to stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 6:49 168极速赛车 Cinnamon and Orange Body Scrub https://heatherearles.com/orange-and-cinnamon-body-scrub/ Wed, 19 May 2021 21:33:57 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506738 picture from mitzyathome.com I am a true believer that homemade gifts are the best kind. I also believe that gifts for self are a must. Everyone needs spoiled, even if it's in the smallest of ways. Just imagine closing your eyes and rubbing on this aromatic cinnamon and orange body scrub. The coconut oil moisturizes, creating a spa-type experience. The ingredients are few, but the feeling is powerful. Cinnamon and Orange Body Scrub by Alice Krek Ingredients and Items needed: 2 cups granulated sugar1/2 cup + 2 Tbls. coconut oil6 drops orange essential oilZest of 1 orange1/2-2 tsp. ground cinnamon2 small glass jars (9.8 fl. oz. each)White feltRibbonGift labels/White paper Directions: In a small bowl, combine the sugar and coconut oil. Mix with a spatula until well combined, and the mixture resembles a paste.Add essential oil, orange zest, and as much ground cinnamon as you wish (more cinnamon means the scrub will be a darker color).Split into two jars (or use just one big jar if you wish) and cover with lids.Cut two felt circles, each twice as big as the side of the lid. Place them on top of each jar, and then tie a ribbon and a tag around the jar.Keep in a cool, dark place until you are ready to give this as a gift. If you're making this for yourself, you can easily keep the scrub at room temperature in the bathroom. It'll keep for about two months. How to Use: Use lukewarm water; allow it to run for 5-10 minutes to soften the skin.Pause running water and apply the scrub in circular motions; start at your feet and move upwards towards your heart to enhance circulation.Maintain gentle pressure (don't scrub too hard!)Rinse thoroughly. That's it!!! Enjoy and be sure to make some for yourself! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author picture from mitzyathome.com I am a true believer that homemade gifts are the best kind. I also believe that gifts for self are a must. Everyone needs spoiled, even if it's in the smallest of ways. Just imagine closing your eyes and rubbing on th... picture from mitzyathome.com I am a true believer that homemade gifts are the best kind. I also believe that gifts for self are a must. Everyone needs spoiled, even if it's in the smallest of ways. Just imagine closing your eyes and rubbing on this aromatic cinnamon and orange body scrub. The coconut oil moisturizes, creating a spa-type experience. The ingredients are few, but the feeling is powerful. Cinnamon and Orange Body Scrub by Alice Krek Ingredients and Items needed: 2 cups granulated sugar1/2 cup + 2 Tbls. coconut oil6 drops orange essential oilZest of 1 orange1/2-2 tsp. ground cinnamon2 small glass jars (9.8 fl. oz. each)White feltRibbonGift labels/White paper Directions: In a small bowl, combine the sugar and coconut oil. Mix with a spatula until well combined, and the mixture resembles a paste.Add essential oil, orange zest, and as much ground cinnamon as you wish (more cinnamon means the scrub will be a darker color).Split into two jars (or use just one big jar if you wish) and cover with lids.Cut two felt circles, each twice as big as the side of the lid. Place them on top of each jar, and then tie a ribbon and a tag around the jar.Keep in a cool, dark place until you are ready to give this as a gift. If you're making this for yourself, you can easily keep the scrub at room temperature in the bathroom. It'll keep for about two months. How to Use: Use lukewarm water; allow it to run for 5-10 minutes to soften the skin.Pause running water and apply the scrub in circular motions; start at your feet and move upwards towards your heart to enhance circulation.Maintain gentle pressure (don't scrub too hard!)Rinse thoroughly. That's it!!! Enjoy and be sure to make some for yourself! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 3:55 168极速赛车 Be a Light of Hope for Others https://heatherearles.com/light/ Fri, 07 May 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1366 photos by: Kim Henry -Eric Pare "Be proactive. Take a stand. Be a light. And in everything you do, spread Hope!" -Christopher Gambino. Why are we here? Are we here to fulfill the desires of the body? To look beautiful or handsome? Are we here to have the highest number of followers on social media? There is a common theme with the list above. All of them relate to the smallness of oneself, and therefore none of them are the valid reason. To give light is to be a light or a beacon of hope. Taking a stand requires a need to protect someone you love, something you believe in, or both. And to be proactive requires a drive to do something even when we don't like it to create an outcome that will benefit someone else. These require a person to be selfless and act. Sure, you could twist them all around and once again do it for the sole purpose of you being the outcome, the one who reaps the benefits and gains credit, but how much of life and the true purpose of it you will miss. The human body is one of the greatest and most magical mysteries in life. So why do we choose to use it and abuse it in ways that destroy its sole purpose? All that does is take away our ability to help others and lead a life of example. To be a light requires you to use all your, body, mind, heart, and soul. What if I told you your sole purpose in life was to be a passionate tool that had nothing to do with you. We are so self-absorbed as humans that we rarely see a gift we have in this life. We work hard, make money, have a mind to be the best in the game, get the girl or guy, the perfect house, and then what? Can the soul really be satisfied with these things? To pursue strictly one's own happiness is to have nothing in life to look forward to. To pursue life and be light because we have been called to a bigger purpose is everything in life. I am the light of the world, says the Lord; whoever follows me will have the light of life. - John 8:12. Getting the girl, the house, etc. aren't bad things, but if all your hope and happiness depend on you having them, it is meaningless. I have found through my own experience that when I put my hope in an object or person, I always come crashing down hard and that sharing my light with the world couldn't be dependent on a noun. We are held in esteem by a higher commander, who calls all the shots, and if we would just follow Him, our light would shine brighter and brighter. That doesn't mean we tell people off, quit our jobs, and self-mediate in hopes a beam of glory will come. God has plenty to say about laziness and people who talk without thinking. No. The point is to let your light shine wherever you're at or in whatever you are doing. To be a beacon of hope by example in your home, with your friends, or at your workplace. That includes jumping out of airplane soldiers. Get past what someone might think or say about you. "Be proactive, Take a stand. Be a light. And in everything, you do spread Hope!" Someone wise once said, "I will pay the price to be the light." Because there is no worse death than the end of hope. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author photos by: Kim Henry -Eric Pare "Be proactive. Take a stand. Be a light. And in everything you do, spread Hope!" -Christopher Gambino. Why are we here? Are we here to fulfill the desires of the body? To look beautiful or handsome? photos by: Kim Henry -Eric Pare "Be proactive. Take a stand. Be a light. And in everything you do, spread Hope!" -Christopher Gambino. Why are we here? Are we here to fulfill the desires of the body? To look beautiful or handsome? Are we here to have the highest number of followers on social media? There is a common theme with the list above. All of them relate to the smallness of oneself, and therefore none of them are the valid reason. To give light is to be a light or a beacon of hope. Taking a stand requires a need to protect someone you love, something you believe in, or both. And to be proactive requires a drive to do something even when we don't like it to create an outcome that will benefit someone else. These require a person to be selfless and act. Sure, you could twist them all around and once again do it for the sole purpose of you being the outcome, the one who reaps the benefits and gains credit, but how much of life and the true purpose of it you will miss. The human body is one of the greatest and most magical mysteries in life. So why do we choose to use it and abuse it in ways that destroy its sole purpose? All that does is take away our ability to help others and lead a life of example. To be a light requires you to use all your, body, mind, heart, and soul. What if I told you your sole purpose in life was to be a passionate tool that had nothing to do with you. We are so self-absorbed as humans that we rarely see a gift we have in this life. We work hard, make money, have a mind to be the best in the game, get the girl or guy, the perfect house, and then what? Can the soul really be satisfied with these things? To pursue strictly one's own happiness is to have nothing in life to look forward to. To pursue life and be light because we have been called to a bigger purpose is everything in life. I am the light of the world, says the Lord; whoever follows me will have the light of life. - John 8:12. Getting the girl, the house, etc. aren't bad things, but if all your hope and happiness depend on you having them, it is meaningless. I have found through my own experience that when I put my hope in an object or person, I always come crashing down hard and that sharing my light with the world couldn't be dependent on a noun. We are held in esteem by a higher commander, who calls all the shots, and if we would just follow Him, our light would shine brighter and brighter. That doesn't mean we tell people off, quit our jobs, and self-mediate in hopes a beam of glory will come. God has plenty to say about laziness and people who talk without thinking. No. The point is to let your light shine wherever you're at or in whatever you are doing. To be a beacon of hope by example in your home, with your friends, or at your workplace. That includes jumping out of airplane soldiers. Get past what someone might think or say about you. "Be proactive, Take a stand. Be a light. And in everything, you do spread Hope!" Someone wise once said, "I will pay the price to be the light." Because there is no worse death than the end of hope. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:41 168极速赛车 Getting the Soil Ready for Spring Planting https://heatherearles.com/preparing-the-soil-for-planting/ Fri, 30 Apr 2021 03:57:52 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506722 The birds are singing, the ground is thawed, which means it's time to prepare your soil for planting. In different areas of the country, you can start preparing your soil earlier. For instance, down south, the weather becomes warmer earlier, but up here in the north, a person needs to wait a while longer as our weather is bipolar at times (especially this year). Nevertheless, when the ground is thawed and the freezing temperature is behind you, it's time to prepare the soil for planting. Now there are different beliefs on preparing the soil. Some believe in no-tilling through the entire planting process and harvesting. "No-till farming (also known as zero tillage or direct drilling) is an agricultural technique for growing crops or pasture without disturbing the soil through tillage. No-till farming decreases the amount of soil erosion tillage causes in certain soils, especially in sandy and dry soils on sloping terrain. Other possible benefits include an increase in the amount of water that infiltrates into the soil, soil retention of organic matter, and nutrient cycling. These methods may increase the amount and variety of life in and on the soil. While conventional no-tillage systems use herbicides to control weeds, organic systems use a combination of strategies, such as planting cover crops as mulch to suppress weeds." -Wikipedia No-tilling is one method and then there are others, like us, who till first thing in the spring. I love it when the ground gets turned up, and you see the dark layers of soil. Note, you shouldn't till when the wind is blowing extremely hard as you do not want your top soil blowing away. Also, through out the winter and even early spring add compost, ashes, and other natural supplements to keep replenishing your soil so it does not become depleted. If you are unsure what your soil needs, you can get information or bring in a sample to your county extension office. How Much Soil is Enough? You do not need a large plot of dirt to have a garden. There are lots of methods where vertical planting can save on space. Also, using five-gallon buckets for tomatoes adds additional planting space. If using a bucket, however, you still need to make sure you have quality soil. Where Should you Plant a Garden? When you have tilled or are ready to plant using the no-till method, make sure your garden area is not a bog. Yes, you want water, but you don't need to drown your seeds or plants. This means do not plant where gutters will drain into your garden or where there is a low area that holds water when it rains. Natural drainage is the best kind, so choose areas where the garden will sit a little higher or where there is a natural small slope. The soil will not be so hard when you choose these types of areas, which means your seedlings will have an easier time germinating and growing. Keeping your soil happy is the best way to keep your veggies or plants growing healthy and nutritious. Just think of it as your body. What you put in your body, fill up with, or ingest, creates your entire body's strength and overall health. Your movement, energy, etc., comes from the food and minerals you feed it just like a plant. In other words what we feed the soil produces the quality of the entire plant and thus your produce. Now there are elements that come along depleting the nutrition and minerals which is why it's a good idea to get the soil checked every few years. Or simply keep an eye on your plants each year to see if they are still healthy and thriving. Remember keeping your soil healthy is like your body; it's the base and foundation. Once that is taken care of the plants will thrive. Continuing the Care of the Soil After your seeds have been planted and all through harvest time, keep the soil free of weeds which will rob your plants of the nutrients they need. This can be done by spacing out your rows so you can till in-between or pull out the weeds usi... The birds are singing, the ground is thawed, which means it's time to prepare your soil for planting. In different areas of the country, you can start preparing your soil earlier. For instance, down south, the weather becomes warmer earlier, The birds are singing, the ground is thawed, which means it's time to prepare your soil for planting. In different areas of the country, you can start preparing your soil earlier. For instance, down south, the weather becomes warmer earlier, but up here in the north, a person needs to wait a while longer as our weather is bipolar at times (especially this year). Nevertheless, when the ground is thawed and the freezing temperature is behind you, it's time to prepare the soil for planting. Now there are different beliefs on preparing the soil. Some believe in no-tilling through the entire planting process and harvesting. "No-till farming (also known as zero tillage or direct drilling) is an agricultural technique for growing crops or pasture without disturbing the soil through tillage. No-till farming decreases the amount of soil erosion tillage causes in certain soils, especially in sandy and dry soils on sloping terrain. Other possible benefits include an increase in the amount of water that infiltrates into the soil, soil retention of organic matter, and nutrient cycling. These methods may increase the amount and variety of life in and on the soil. While conventional no-tillage systems use herbicides to control weeds, organic systems use a combination of strategies, such as planting cover crops as mulch to suppress weeds." -Wikipedia No-tilling is one method and then there are others, like us, who till first thing in the spring. I love it when the ground gets turned up, and you see the dark layers of soil. Note, you shouldn't till when the wind is blowing extremely hard as you do not want your top soil blowing away. Also, through out the winter and even early spring add compost, ashes, and other natural supplements to keep replenishing your soil so it does not become depleted. If you are unsure what your soil needs, you can get information or bring in a sample to your county extension office. How Much Soil is Enough? You do not need a large plot of dirt to have a garden. There are lots of methods where vertical planting can save on space. Also, using five-gallon buckets for tomatoes adds additional planting space. If using a bucket, however, you still need to make sure you have quality soil. Where Should you Plant a Garden? When you have tilled or are ready to plant using the no-till method, make sure your garden area is not a bog. Yes, you want water, but you don't need to drown your seeds or plants. This means do not plant where gutters will drain into your garden or where there is a low area that holds water when it rains. Natural drainage is the best kind, so choose areas where the garden will sit a little higher or where there is a natural small slope. The soil will not be so hard when you choose these types of areas, which means your seedlings will have an easier time germinating and growing. Keeping your soil happy is the best way to keep your veggies or plants growing healthy and nutritious. Just think of it as your body. What you put in your body, fill up with, or ingest, creates your entire body's strength and overall health. Your movement, energy, etc., comes from the food and minerals you feed it just like a plant. In other words what we feed the soil produces the quality of the entire plant and thus your produce. Now there are elements that come along depleting the nutrition and minerals which is why it's a good idea to get the soil checked every few years. Or simply keep an eye on your plants each year to see if they are still healthy and thriving. Heather Earles full false 7:12 168极速赛车 Health Concerns about Juul Smoking & Vaping https://heatherearles.com/juul-smoking/ Sun, 25 Apr 2021 22:08:19 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506706 A hot topic of conversation at the school board meeting this last week was the rise in popularity of Juul smoking cartridges. Juul smoking is a growing problem among young people nationwide to include the small schools and communities such as Wishek and Ashley. Juul smoking is when a cartridge (or pod) is filled with liquid. “The liquid typically contains nicotine, flavorings, and other chemicals. When you puff on the mouthpiece of the device, it activates a heating element. This heats up the liquid in the pod and turns it into vapor.” -familydoctor.org One Juul pod (cartridge) can last for 200 puffs and contains about 0.7ml of liquid. This liquid or nicotine in an entire pod is equal to a pack of 20 cigarettes, and 10 puffs equal 1 cigarette. As the number of puffs depends on the person, so does the level of nicotine. However, a large minority of individuals take more than 140 puffs per day. For teachers and teens, this poses a problem. When talking with Principal Christopher Doane of the Ashley School, his main concern was the teens’ health. “Whether those health issues come now or down the road, I honestly don’t think the kids realize the risks.” Doane compared it to “20 years ago when cigarettes were a trend and cool to do. Kid’s think Juul smoking is mostly vaping water, and it isn’t, which they will find out later on when certain health conditions arise as they did from cigarettes. At present, however, there aren’t enough studies done to make those conditions well known.” However, some studies and health concerns that have been done include the following: You have a chronic cough. Chemicals in vapes could irritate your throat. ... You have chest pain or shortness of breath. Fluid could collect in your lungs and make breathing difficult or even impossible. ... You vomit, feel nauseous, or have diarrhea. ... You’re running a fever. ... You feel tired. A person is considered to be vaping too much if they show any of these signs. -insider.com Is vaping less harmful than smoking? Although Juul smoking or vaping is less harmful than smoking, it is still not considered safe. Michael Blaha, M.D., M.P.H., director of clinical research at the Johns Hopkins Ciccarone Center for the Prevention of Heart Disease, explains, “E-cigarettes heat nicotine (extracted from tobacco), flavorings and other chemicals to create an aerosol that you inhale. Regular tobacco cigarettes contain 7,000 chemicals, many of which are toxic. While we don’t know exactly what chemicals are in e-cigarettes, Blaha says, “there’s almost no doubt that they expose you to fewer toxic chemicals than traditional cigarettes.” However, there has also been an outbreak of lung injuries and deaths associated with vaping. As of Jan. 21, 2020, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) confirmed 60 deaths in patients with e-cigarette, or vaping, product use associated lung injury (EVALI).” Other health concerns in students and vaping include decreased oxygen supply to the brain each time a student vapes, which can negatively affect brain development, decrease concentration levels, and clear learning. As vaping contains nicotine, it can also be detected in a student’s urine, blood, saliva, hair, and nails, showing how absorbent a person’s body reacts and the proven harmful effects on the lungs and cardiovascular health. These are major health concerns in which students seem to be unaware. According to certain teachers’ reports and the Truth Initiative research, and local Principals and teachers to include Principal Doane from Ashley and Superintendent Shawn Kuntz from Wishek, some of their students had no idea what they were vaping was nicotine or contained harmful chemicals. In fact, “nearly two-thirds of JUUL users aged 15-21 were not aware the product always contains nicotine.” As health is the main concern, it is not the only concern. How the youth vaping epidemic is impacting teachers and... A hot topic of conversation at the school board meeting this last week was the rise in popularity of Juul smoking cartridges. Juul smoking is a growing problem among young people nationwide to include the small schools and communities such as Wishe... A hot topic of conversation at the school board meeting this last week was the rise in popularity of Juul smoking cartridges. Juul smoking is a growing problem among young people nationwide to include the small schools and communities such as Wishek and Ashley. Juul smoking is when a cartridge (or pod) is filled with liquid. “The liquid typically contains nicotine, flavorings, and other chemicals. When you puff on the mouthpiece of the device, it activates a heating element. This heats up the liquid in the pod and turns it into vapor.” -familydoctor.org One Juul pod (cartridge) can last for 200 puffs and contains about 0.7ml of liquid. This liquid or nicotine in an entire pod is equal to a pack of 20 cigarettes, and 10 puffs equal 1 cigarette. As the number of puffs depends on the person, so does the level of nicotine. However, a large minority of individuals take more than 140 puffs per day. For teachers and teens, this poses a problem. When talking with Principal Christopher Doane of the Ashley School, his main concern was the teens’ health. “Whether those health issues come now or down the road, I honestly don’t think the kids realize the risks.” Doane compared it to “20 years ago when cigarettes were a trend and cool to do. Kid’s think Juul smoking is mostly vaping water, and it isn’t, which they will find out later on when certain health conditions arise as they did from cigarettes. At present, however, there aren’t enough studies done to make those conditions well known.” However, some studies and health concerns that have been done include the following: You have a chronic cough. Chemicals in vapes could irritate your throat. ... You have chest pain or shortness of breath. Fluid could collect in your lungs and make breathing difficult or even impossible. ... You vomit, feel nauseous, or have diarrhea. ... You’re running a fever. ... You feel tired. A person is considered to be vaping too much if they show any of these signs. -insider.com Is vaping less harmful than smoking? Although Juul smoking or vaping is less harmful than smoking, it is still not considered safe. Michael Blaha, M.D., M.P.H., director of clinical research at the Johns Hopkins Ciccarone Center for the Prevention of Heart Disease, explains, “E-cigarettes heat nicotine (extracted from tobacco), flavorings and other chemicals to create an aerosol that you inhale. Regular tobacco cigarettes contain 7,000 chemicals, many of which are toxic. While we don’t know exactly what chemicals are in e-cigarettes, Blaha says, “there’s almost no doubt that they expose you to fewer toxic chemicals than traditional cigarettes.” However, there has also been an outbreak of lung injuries and deaths associated with vaping. As of Jan. 21, 2020, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) confirmed 60 deaths in patients with e-cigarette, or vaping, product use associated lung injury (EVALI).” Other health concerns in students and vaping include decreased oxygen supply to the brain each time a student vapes, which can negatively affect brain development, decrease concentration levels, and clear learning. As vaping contains nicotine, it can also be detected in a student’s urine, blood, saliva, hair, and nails, showing how absorbent a person’s body reacts and the proven harmful effects on the lungs and cardiovascular health. These are major health concerns in which students seem to be unaware. Heather Earles full false 10:57 168极速赛车 The Tradition & Recipe of Pork and Cabbage Pasties https://heatherearles.com/pork-and-cabbage-pasties/ Fri, 16 Apr 2021 02:27:52 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506697 In Butte, Montana, which was once a mining hub, several restaurants boast of their dedication to pasty and pesties on their menus. According to Wikipedia, "a pasty (pass-tee) is a British baked pastry, a traditional variety of which is particularly associated with Cornwall, United Kingdom. It is made by placing an uncooked filling on one half of a flat shortcrust pastry circle, folding the pastry in half to wrap the filling in a semicircle, and crimping the curved edge to form a seal before baking." "During the mining boom, which began in the late 1800s and lasted well into the 20th-century, Cornish immigrants flooded into the Montana area. These minors referred to their pasties as 'a letter from' "ome." Pasty or pasties like Pork and Cabbage Pasties are often filled with meat, potatoes, rutabagas, onions, and carrots and served hot but are also delicious cold. You can add a sauce like ketchup or gravy. However, some now fill them with a variety of sweet and savory fillings. For the purpose of keeping tradition, Here is a hearty recipe for... Pork and Cabbage Pasties Prep time: 1 hour, 10 minutes Cook time: 45-50 minutes Makes: 6 Pasties Please use organic ingredients if possible. Ingredients: 3/4 lb pork loin, cut into 1/4" cubes1/2 small head cabbage, cored and shredded (about 4 cups)1 large, sweet potato, peeled and cut into 1/4" cubes (about 2 1/2 cups)1 medium turnip, peeled, and cut into 1/4" cubes (about 1 1/2 cups)2 T cornstarch1 1/4 t salt1 t ground dry mustard1/2 t caraway seed, pulverized1 recipe Classic Flour Pastry Dough or Gluten-free Pasty Dough (see below)1/2 t pepper1 egg, beaten1 t water Directions: Preheat oven to 400°F. Line a baking sheet with a silicone baking mat or parchment paper.In a medium bowl, combine pork, cabbage, sweet potato, turnip, cornstarch, salt, mustard, caraway seed, and pepper.Divide pasty dough into 6 equal portions. Lightly dust a clean work surface with flour (if using Gluten-free Pastry Dough, dust with oat flour). Roll dough portion out 1/16" thick (this will make roughly a 9" circle with flour dough and a 10" circle with gluten-free dough).Add a generous 1 cup filling to the center of the dough. If using Classic Flour Pasty Dough, fold two opposite ends toward the center and gently press dough into filling. Fold two remaining ends toward the center and roll up to form a clean line across the top of the pastry. Place pasty on the prepared baking sheet and repeat with the remaining dough and filling. If using Gluten-free Pasty Dough, carefully fold the dough in half over filling and roll up edges to form a half-moon shape.In a small bowl, mix egg and water together until frothy. Brush over Pastries and cut an "x" on the top of each to vent.Bake for 45-50 minutes until the crust is golden. Serve with Apple-Ginger Chutney. Classic Flour Pasty Dough Prep time: 10 minutes Makes: 6 pasties 1 3/4 cups flour, plus more for dusting 1/4 t salt1/4 cup butter, cut into pieces6 T cold water1/4 cup coconut oil, cut into pieces Directions: In a medium bowl, combine flour and salt. Using a pastry blender or food processor, cut in butter and coconut oil until the mixture resembles coarse crumbs.Add water and mix until dough forms. Shape dough into a disc, wrap in plastic wrap and refrigerate while preparing pasty filling. Gluten-Free Pasty Dough Prep time: 15 minutes Makes: 6 pasties Ingredients: 1/2 cup oat flour, plus more for dusting1/2 cup brown rice flour1/4 cup potato starch1/4 cup tapioca starch2 T nonfat dry milk1/2 t salt1/2 t xanthan gum4 oz’s (1/2 cup) cream cheese, cut into pieces6 T butter, cut into pieces 1/2 cup water Directions: In a medium bowl, combine oat flour, rice flour, potato starch, tapioca starch, dry milk, salt, and xanthan gum. Using a pastry blender or food processor, cut in cream cheese and butter until the mixture resembles coarse crumbs.Add water and mix until dough forms. In Butte, Montana, which was once a mining hub, several restaurants boast of their dedication to pasty and pesties on their menus. According to Wikipedia, "a pasty (pass-tee) is a British baked pastry, a traditional variety of which is particularly ... In Butte, Montana, which was once a mining hub, several restaurants boast of their dedication to pasty and pesties on their menus. According to Wikipedia, "a pasty (pass-tee) is a British baked pastry, a traditional variety of which is particularly associated with Cornwall, United Kingdom. It is made by placing an uncooked filling on one half of a flat shortcrust pastry circle, folding the pastry in half to wrap the filling in a semicircle, and crimping the curved edge to form a seal before baking." "During the mining boom, which began in the late 1800s and lasted well into the 20th-century, Cornish immigrants flooded into the Montana area. These minors referred to their pasties as 'a letter from' "ome." Pasty or pasties like Pork and Cabbage Pasties are often filled with meat, potatoes, rutabagas, onions, and carrots and served hot but are also delicious cold. You can add a sauce like ketchup or gravy. However, some now fill them with a variety of sweet and savory fillings. For the purpose of keeping tradition, Here is a hearty recipe for... Pork and Cabbage Pasties Prep time: 1 hour, 10 minutes Cook time: 45-50 minutes Makes: 6 Pasties Please use organic ingredients if possible. Ingredients: 3/4 lb pork loin, cut into 1/4" cubes1/2 small head cabbage, cored and shredded (about 4 cups)1 large, sweet potato, peeled and cut into 1/4" cubes (about 2 1/2 cups)1 medium turnip, peeled, and cut into 1/4" cubes (about 1 1/2 cups)2 T cornstarch1 1/4 t salt1 t ground dry mustard1/2 t caraway seed, pulverized1 recipe Classic Flour Pastry Dough or Gluten-free Pasty Dough (see below)1/2 t pepper1 egg, beaten1 t water Directions: Preheat oven to 400°F. Line a baking sheet with a silicone baking mat or parchment paper.In a medium bowl, combine pork, cabbage, sweet potato, turnip, cornstarch, salt, mustard, caraway seed, and pepper.Divide pasty dough into 6 equal portions. Lightly dust a clean work surface with flour (if using Gluten-free Pastry Dough, dust with oat flour). Roll dough portion out 1/16" thick (this will make roughly a 9" circle with flour dough and a 10" circle with gluten-free dough).Add a generous 1 cup filling to the center of the dough. If using Classic Flour Pasty Dough, fold two opposite ends toward the center and gently press dough into filling. Fold two remaining ends toward the center and roll up to form a clean line across the top of the pastry. Place pasty on the prepared baking sheet and repeat with the remaining dough and filling. If using Gluten-free Pasty Dough, carefully fold the dough in half over filling and roll up edges to form a half-moon shape.In a small bowl, mix egg and water together until frothy. Brush over Pastries and cut an "x" on the top of each to vent.Bake for 45-50 minutes until the crust is golden. Serve with Apple-Ginger Chutney. Classic Flour Pasty Dough Prep time: 10 minutes Makes: 6 pasties 1 3/4 cups flour, plus more for dusting 1/4 t salt1/4 cup butter, cut into pieces6 T cold water1/4 cup coconut oil, cut into pieces Directions: In a medium bowl, combine flour and salt. Using a pastry blender or food processor, cut in butter and coconut oil until the mixture resembles coarse crumbs.Add water and mix until dough forms. Shape dough into a disc, wrap in plastic wrap and refrigerate while preparing pasty filling. Gluten-Free Pasty Dough Prep time: 15 minutes Makes: 6 pasties Heather Earles full false 8:10 168极速赛车 Natural Bronzing Lotion to Add a Little Glow https://heatherearles.com/natural-bronzing-lotion/ Thu, 08 Apr 2021 20:35:10 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506688 There is nothing wrong with light-colored or milky-toned skin. In fact, you are saving your skin and youth when you keep harmful rays and tanning beds away. The sun is not a bad element, as we get natural vitamin D from the sun, but overexposure is. However, people become tempted as a tan is considered beautiful or sexy. Well, what if you could have both worlds; a natural glow using a natural bronzing lotion? This product is for Men, Woman, and is also safe for children. Carlynn Woolsey is the author of this recipe and has created a way for fair-type skin to be sun-kissed in a beautiful glow. Coconut oil is a natural skin protector, but if you plan to be in the sun for a long time, I recommend placing sunscreen on before or even mixing it with your natural bronzer so your skin stays protected. Ready to be sun-kissed? Me too, so let's start! Natural Bronzing Lotion Ingredients: 1/4 cup beeswax pellets1/4 cup carrier oil: (almond/grapeseed/jojoba)1 cup coconut oil1/2 cup coffee grounds1 tsp. ground cinnamon Directions for Coconut oil infusion: In a small saucepan, combine the coconut oil, coffee grounds, and cinnamon. Simmer over low heat for approximately two hours. Then allow the mixture to cool. After it cools, strain the coconut oil. Discard the grounds, or use them to make a body scrub. Directions to make the cream: In a small saucepan set over low heat, combine the coconut oil infusion, a carrier oil of your choice, and the beeswax pellets. Whisk the mixture to ensure the oils are fully incorporated and heat just until the beeswax is melted.Remove the mixture from the heat and stir in the essential oils, if desired. Place the pan in the freezer for approximately 30 minutes and whisk once while freezing. If you can't place it in the freezer, allow the mixture to cool at room temperature for at least an hour. Essentially, you are melting everything down to combine the ingredients and then letting it harden back up again. Once hardened, give the mixture another good stir with the whisk; it should have a slightly whipped consistency. Store the cream in an airtight jar, in a cool place, for up to three weeks.Apply when you want that sun-kissed natural bronzing glow. Not only will this give you a glow, but the cream will nourish your skin, leaving it soft and brilliant. This recipe is also perfect if you are planning a trip to a sunny location and don’t want to feel out of place or blind someone with your brilliant fair-type skin ;). Apply as often as you need and as always, remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author There is nothing wrong with light-colored or milky-toned skin. In fact, you are saving your skin and youth when you keep harmful rays and tanning beds away. The sun is not a bad element, as we get natural vitamin D from the sun, There is nothing wrong with light-colored or milky-toned skin. In fact, you are saving your skin and youth when you keep harmful rays and tanning beds away. The sun is not a bad element, as we get natural vitamin D from the sun, but overexposure is. However, people become tempted as a tan is considered beautiful or sexy. Well, what if you could have both worlds; a natural glow using a natural bronzing lotion? This product is for Men, Woman, and is also safe for children. Carlynn Woolsey is the author of this recipe and has created a way for fair-type skin to be sun-kissed in a beautiful glow. Coconut oil is a natural skin protector, but if you plan to be in the sun for a long time, I recommend placing sunscreen on before or even mixing it with your natural bronzer so your skin stays protected. Ready to be sun-kissed? Me too, so let's start! Natural Bronzing Lotion Ingredients: 1/4 cup beeswax pellets1/4 cup carrier oil: (almond/grapeseed/jojoba)1 cup coconut oil1/2 cup coffee grounds1 tsp. ground cinnamon Directions for Coconut oil infusion: In a small saucepan, combine the coconut oil, coffee grounds, and cinnamon. Simmer over low heat for approximately two hours. Then allow the mixture to cool. After it cools, strain the coconut oil. Discard the grounds, or use them to make a body scrub. Directions to make the cream: In a small saucepan set over low heat, combine the coconut oil infusion, a carrier oil of your choice, and the beeswax pellets. Whisk the mixture to ensure the oils are fully incorporated and heat just until the beeswax is melted.Remove the mixture from the heat and stir in the essential oils, if desired. Place the pan in the freezer for approximately 30 minutes and whisk once while freezing. If you can't place it in the freezer, allow the mixture to cool at room temperature for at least an hour. Essentially, you are melting everything down to combine the ingredients and then letting it harden back up again. Once hardened, give the mixture another good stir with the whisk; it should have a slightly whipped consistency. Store the cream in an airtight jar, in a cool place, for up to three weeks.Apply when you want that sun-kissed natural bronzing glow. Not only will this give you a glow, but the cream will nourish your skin, leaving it soft and brilliant. This recipe is also perfect if you are planning a trip to a sunny location and don’t want to feel out of place or blind someone with your brilliant fair-type skin ;). Apply as often as you need and as always, remember to stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 6:02 168极速赛车 Making Syrup from Boxelder Trees with Lewis Legge https://heatherearles.com/making-syrup-from-boxelder/ Sun, 04 Apr 2021 04:13:55 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506659 It's that time of year, syrup-making season, and so a curious group of us headed on over to the Legge farmstead, where not only grinding heritage corn happens, but also the tapping of Boxelders trees. Legge has been tapping boxelder trees since 2016 and has kept very detailed records each year to perfect the process and taste. Legge first started when a friend of his from Mandan, "who has just as many bad habits as I do, got curious about collecting and started. I said, 'this is going to happen here.'" Legge considers bad habits to be, tapping trees, making rhubarb wine, building a root cellar, and of course, working on his sawmill, among other things. What is a Boxelder Tree? boxelder tree "It's an easy-to-grow, very adaptable tree that is in the Acer family of trees which includes the maple. The wood of boxelder trees is soft and has no commercial value. Boxelder tree facts tell us that it usually grows on riverbanks or near water in the wild. These trees help to shelter wildlife and stabilize stream banks. However, in urban areas, they are considered a type of weed. Some boxelder maple trees are male, and some are female. The females bear blossoms that turn bright green when they pollinate." -Teo Spengler Most people do not care for a boxelder as the tree's wood is weak which does not hold up to the wind or ice storms. The seeds also germinate very easily and can become a nuisance to keep out of your flower beds or gardens. However, they are GREAT for making syrup! What you need to know to tap a boxelder tree, including supplies Tapping a tree is not difficult, but the entire process does take time and attention. Researching what type of product, for instance, plastic versus metal, also takes time. Speaking of plastic versus metal when tapping trees, in the northern country, plastic is preferred as it is cheaper and will not freeze, Legge explained. "You can order your supplies online or look for used. People often try to tap and find out the work involved so you can find taps for very cheap, and most times, they are brand new." Normal prices range from $.60-$2.00 per tap, depending on what type you get. The ones for $.60 work as well as any. Legge purchased some of his lines, which connect to the taps, from https://www.usplastic.com. Please make sure they are food-grade. The lines go into an ice-cream bucket with a lid and hole in the center. The bucket sits on the ground. When do you start tapping your boxelder trees? Legge starts tapping his boxelder trees about the second week in March as freezing temperatures are needed at night and warm temperatures are needed during the day to help the flowing or pumping process of the sap. Then once the buds start to come out, it's time to leave the tree be. When drilling into a boxelder tree, use a 5/16 bit and drill 1 1/2 inches deep and about 2 1/2 to 3 feet from the base's bottom. If you drill into the same tree the previous year, move your tap over 6 inches and continue the same method each year following. Tap into the tree until it bounces. This means you have a good seal. The tap stays in day and night. Once your tap is in, you need some kind of line where your syrup can go. If you plan on tapping over 50 trees, you may want to set up a system where the taps are connected and flow into one large tank or container. However, if you are tapping less than 50, Legge's method works well. Collecting the Sap and What it Looks Like boxelder tree sap Your sap will look clear when it comes out. If using buckets versus having your lines go into a tank or large container, you need to check them often to prevent overflowing. "If the tree is really running, I get about an ice cream bucket full each day," Legge stated. "Once you're in the throes of collecting sap, it's pretty hard to boil," so Legge created a clean place to store the sap using 55-gallon drums with a lid. You can use a screen to get large pieces of debris, It's that time of year, syrup-making season, and so a curious group of us headed on over to the Legge farmstead, where not only grinding heritage corn happens, but also the tapping of Boxelders trees. Legge has been tapping boxelder trees since 2016 an... It's that time of year, syrup-making season, and so a curious group of us headed on over to the Legge farmstead, where not only grinding heritage corn happens, but also the tapping of Boxelders trees. Legge has been tapping boxelder trees since 2016 and has kept very detailed records each year to perfect the process and taste. Legge first started when a friend of his from Mandan, "who has just as many bad habits as I do, got curious about collecting and started. I said, 'this is going to happen here.'" Legge considers bad habits to be, tapping trees, making rhubarb wine, building a root cellar, and of course, working on his sawmill, among other things. What is a Boxelder Tree? boxelder tree "It's an easy-to-grow, very adaptable tree that is in the Acer family of trees which includes the maple. The wood of boxelder trees is soft and has no commercial value. Boxelder tree facts tell us that it usually grows on riverbanks or near water in the wild. These trees help to shelter wildlife and stabilize stream banks. However, in urban areas, they are considered a type of weed. Some boxelder maple trees are male, and some are female. The females bear blossoms that turn bright green when they pollinate." -Teo Spengler Most people do not care for a boxelder as the tree's wood is weak which does not hold up to the wind or ice storms. The seeds also germinate very easily and can become a nuisance to keep out of your flower beds or gardens. However, they are GREAT for making syrup! What you need to know to tap a boxelder tree, including supplies Tapping a tree is not difficult, but the entire process does take time and attention. Researching what type of product, for instance, plastic versus metal, also takes time. Speaking of plastic versus metal when tapping trees, in the northern country, plastic is preferred as it is cheaper and will not freeze, Legge explained. "You can order your supplies online or look for used. People often try to tap and find out the work involved so you can find taps for very cheap, and most times, they are brand new." Normal prices range from $.60-$2.00 per tap, depending on what type you get. The ones for $.60 work as well as any. Legge purchased some of his lines, which connect to the taps, from https://www.usplastic.com. Please make sure they are food-grade. The lines go into an ice-cream bucket with a lid and hole in the center. The bucket sits on the ground. When do you start tapping your boxelder trees? Legge starts tapping his boxelder trees about the second week in March as freezing temperatures are needed at night and warm temperatures are needed during the day to help the flowing or pumping process of the sap. Then once the buds start to come out, it's time to leave the tree be. When drilling into a boxelder tree, use a 5/16 bit and drill 1 1/2 inches deep and about 2 1/2 to 3 feet from the base's bottom. If you drill into the same tree the previous year, move your tap over 6 inches and continue the same method each year following. Tap into the tree until it bounces. This means you have a good seal. The tap stays in day and night. Once your tap is in, you need some kind of line where your syrup can go. If you plan on tapping over 50 trees, you may want to set up a system where the taps are connected and flow into one large tank or container. However, if you are tapping less than 50, Legge's method works well. Collecting the Sap and What it Looks Like boxelder tree sap Your sap will look clear when it comes out. Heather Earles full false 11:53 168极速赛车 Clean up Your Cosmetics, Bring Health Back to Your Skin https://heatherearles.com/clean-up-your-cosmetics/ Fri, 26 Mar 2021 04:29:49 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506640 Most women don't give a second thought to what's in their cosmetics. They are used to one brand or one product and often don't deviate from that because they are either used to it, the product provides coverage, or meets their skin needs. This is good and bad. Good in the sense women are aware of what works well on their skin tone but bad because they don't care what ingredients fill the back label. What does it really matter? Well, harmful chemicals like phthalates, parabens, formaldehyde, and soy dirty the ingredients label and store in your body's system. So, how can you clean up your cosmetics? Good question and here are a few ideas: Make your own beauty products and soaps. I didn't say this was the easiest, but it is the absolute only way to know what you are putting on your skin. You can find an audio-video and a step-by-step tutorial here https://heatherearles.com/lye-soap/. I use this bar soap for everything—hands, body, face, and hair. My entire family, male or female, also has used it for years.Next, research your ingredients, so you know what each ingredient is and what health impacts it can have.If you don't have time for research, you can find information on more than 68,000 personal care products at the Environmental Working Group’s Skin Deep Cosmetic Database, EWG.org/SkinDeep. If you have a smartphone, make it work for you. Lily Tse has created an app called “Dirty Meter,” which will scan a barcode and then give you a rating on that product. The rating is on a 1-10 scale, with 1 being the cleanest and 10 the dirtiest. “Beauty products are not as strictly regulated as food and drugs, so the labeling is not very standardized.” Which makes it hard for the everyday shopper to understand what the chemicals are.” Tse stated. For example, “fragrance” on a label disguises up to 3,163 ingredients including several known hormone disruptors. Your skin is one of your largest and most vulnerable organs and you do not want chemicals and hormone disruptors soaking into your skin. Certain companies know this and have seen the need for clean products like bareminerals. They offer a full line of products for every skin tone and type of coverage a woman is looking to achieve. BUT, you still need to research each product you use within the bareminerals or other companies as it is not an across-the-board rating. Each product is rated and even on bareminerals, some products are not considered clean. Some ILIA Beauty products are also rated clean and are considered safe to use if you have Hashimoto's and any other thyroid or autoimmune disorder. Changing brands or lines to clean up your cosmetics My suggestion if you are trying a new line is to find a store and have them match your skin, so you are getting the proper coverage immediately. If you don't have a store near you, take advantage of the store's online matching program. Companies want your business so make them earn it by answering all of your questions and concerns about each product you are interested in buying. Also make it fun. Changing lines or products can be exciting if you view it in a positive way. Other than that, you have the information to get you started on your way to clean up your cosmetics but I still want to leave you with a DIY tutorial to get your health and skin back on track. Besides making your own soap, the next recipe/tutorial is from Erin McIntosh, Mountain Rose Herbs. Erin keeps it simple but gives your skin a lift with her... Rejuvenating Skin Serum "We all know that protecting our very delicate skin is important especially after sunny summer months spent outdoors. Or, winter months with the wind. Keeping the skin hydrated protected and nourished naturally can be easy and economical when you feed your skin some lusciously organic botanicals rather than those expensive chemical-filled formulas you find at the store. This serum will penetrate your skin cells to help repair mature dry or d... Most women don't give a second thought to what's in their cosmetics. They are used to one brand or one product and often don't deviate from that because they are either used to it, the product provides coverage, or meets their skin needs. Most women don't give a second thought to what's in their cosmetics. They are used to one brand or one product and often don't deviate from that because they are either used to it, the product provides coverage, or meets their skin needs. This is good and bad. Good in the sense women are aware of what works well on their skin tone but bad because they don't care what ingredients fill the back label. What does it really matter? Well, harmful chemicals like phthalates, parabens, formaldehyde, and soy dirty the ingredients label and store in your body's system. So, how can you clean up your cosmetics? Good question and here are a few ideas: Make your own beauty products and soaps. I didn't say this was the easiest, but it is the absolute only way to know what you are putting on your skin. You can find an audio-video and a step-by-step tutorial here https://heatherearles.com/lye-soap/. I use this bar soap for everything—hands, body, face, and hair. My entire family, male or female, also has used it for years.Next, research your ingredients, so you know what each ingredient is and what health impacts it can have.If you don't have time for research, you can find information on more than 68,000 personal care products at the Environmental Working Group’s Skin Deep Cosmetic Database, EWG.org/SkinDeep. If you have a smartphone, make it work for you. Lily Tse has created an app called “Dirty Meter,” which will scan a barcode and then give you a rating on that product. The rating is on a 1-10 scale, with 1 being the cleanest and 10 the dirtiest. “Beauty products are not as strictly regulated as food and drugs, so the labeling is not very standardized.” Which makes it hard for the everyday shopper to understand what the chemicals are.” Tse stated. For example, “fragrance” on a label disguises up to 3,163 ingredients including several known hormone disruptors. Your skin is one of your largest and most vulnerable organs and you do not want chemicals and hormone disruptors soaking into your skin. Certain companies know this and have seen the need for clean products like bareminerals. They offer a full line of products for every skin tone and type of coverage a woman is looking to achieve. BUT, you still need to research each product you use within the bareminerals or other companies as it is not an across-the-board rating. Each product is rated and even on bareminerals, some products are not considered clean. Some ILIA Beauty products are also rated clean and are considered safe to use if you have Hashimoto's and any other thyroid or autoimmune disorder. Changing brands or lines to clean up your cosmetics My suggestion if you are trying a new line is to find a store and have them match your skin, so you are getting the proper coverage immediately. If you don't have a store near you, take advantage of the store's online matching program. Companies want your business so make them earn it by answering all of your questions and concerns about each product you are interested in buying. Also make it fun. Changing lines or products can be exciting if you view it in a positive way. Other than that, you have the information to get you started on your way to clean up your cosmetics but I still want to leave you with a DIY tutorial to get your health and skin back on track. Besides making your own soap, the next recipe/tutorial is from Erin McIntosh, Mountain Rose Herbs. Erin keeps it simple but gives your skin a lift with her... Rejuvenating Skin Serum Heather Earles full false 9:12 168极速赛车 Turmeric Milk and the Health Benefits it Has https://heatherearles.com/turmeric-milk/ Thu, 18 Mar 2021 18:01:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1690 Turmeric is one of my favorite spices and holds so many incredible benefits. It's also cheaper than many medicines that mask symptoms and don't really offer a cure. As a person who has experience using different homeopathic medicines for different reasons, taking a turmeric supplement is my first suggestion if you are busy. However, if you have time or want a nice calming and relaxing way to start or end your day, then a warm/hot mug of turmeric milk is a perfect way to start. Turmeric milk has two ingredients and takes about 4 minutes to pour and heat. If you're not a fan of warm milk then you can always add 1 teaspoon of turmeric to your choice smoothie. If you want to learn more about turmeric, click on the link Turmeric for your Health and I will go into further detail about its benefits and why you should start taking turmeric every day. For now, however, let me give you a short tutorial on how to make Warm Milk with Turmeric. Ingredients and items needed: 1 cup fresh cow's milk or your milk of choice.1 tsp ground Turmeric. I ordered from Azure Standard or buy it from my local health food store.1 MugBlack pepper Stove and or Microwave Step One: Take out all of your ingredients and your mug. Step Two: Pour the fresh milk into your mug, then place it in the microwave for 2 minutes or longer, depending on how hot you like it. Suppose you want to heat it on the stove, that's fine too; be sure to heat your milk on medium and stir continuously, so it doesn't scorch. Step Three: Once your milk has heated through, measure 1 tsp of ground turmeric into your mug and stir with a spoon. Add a dash of pepper to help your body absorb the turmeric faster into your capillaries and entire body. Once you stir in the black pepper, all that's left is for you to relax and enjoy your warm cup of golden goodness. This cup not only looks like gold but gives your body golden benefits. I told you it was simple! Now the trick is to incorporate turmeric into your daily habits to give your body the jolt it needs to meet each day. Take care for now, friend and remember, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Turmeric is one of my favorite spices and holds so many incredible benefits. It's also cheaper than many medicines that mask symptoms and don't really offer a cure. As a person who has experience using different homeopathic medicines for different ... Turmeric is one of my favorite spices and holds so many incredible benefits. It's also cheaper than many medicines that mask symptoms and don't really offer a cure. As a person who has experience using different homeopathic medicines for different reasons, taking a turmeric supplement is my first suggestion if you are busy. However, if you have time or want a nice calming and relaxing way to start or end your day, then a warm/hot mug of turmeric milk is a perfect way to start. Turmeric milk has two ingredients and takes about 4 minutes to pour and heat. If you're not a fan of warm milk then you can always add 1 teaspoon of turmeric to your choice smoothie. If you want to learn more about turmeric, click on the link Turmeric for your Health and I will go into further detail about its benefits and why you should start taking turmeric every day. For now, however, let me give you a short tutorial on how to make Warm Milk with Turmeric. Ingredients and items needed: 1 cup fresh cow's milk or your milk of choice.1 tsp ground Turmeric. I ordered from Azure Standard or buy it from my local health food store.1 MugBlack pepper Stove and or Microwave Step One: Take out all of your ingredients and your mug. Step Two: Pour the fresh milk into your mug, then place it in the microwave for 2 minutes or longer, depending on how hot you like it. Suppose you want to heat it on the stove, that's fine too; be sure to heat your milk on medium and stir continuously, so it doesn't scorch. Step Three: Once your milk has heated through, measure 1 tsp of ground turmeric into your mug and stir with a spoon. Add a dash of pepper to help your body absorb the turmeric faster into your capillaries and entire body. Once you stir in the black pepper, all that's left is for you to relax and enjoy your warm cup of golden goodness. This cup not only looks like gold but gives your body golden benefits. I told you it was simple! Now the trick is to incorporate turmeric into your daily habits to give your body the jolt it needs to meet each day. Take care for now, friend and remember, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 5:02 168极速赛车 How to Make Rice Cakes, Different Recipes included https://heatherearles.com/how-to-make-rice-cakes/ Fri, 12 Mar 2021 04:54:47 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506584 Have you ever wondered how to make rice cakes? Well, I have. There are so many simple foods we buy from the store that cost way more than they should. Rice cakes are no exception. This recipe is so simple and literally takes 10 minutes in total. You can't even run into the store and come back out in that short amount of time. So why not make them yourself? Ready set, let's start! Homemade Rice Cakes Recipe By Lauren Prep time 5 minutes, Cook time 5 minutes This recipe will make two rice cakes. Ingredients: ½ cup cooked white rice. You can also use brown rice.1 egg 1 tablespoon chopped fresh basil (optional)salt and ground black pepper to taste 1 ½ teaspoons butter1 teaspoon milk Directions: Mix rice, egg, basil, milk, salt, and pepper together in a bowl.Melt butter in a skillet over medium heat.Pour rice mixture into the skillet in 2 equal portions. Cook until browned on the bottom, about 3 minutes. Flip and continue cooking until the second side is browned, about 2 minutes more. Once you have your rice cakes made you can try different recipes like: Nutty Rice Cake 2 teaspoons almond butter1 rice cake (brown)1/8 apple (thinly sliced) Directions: Spread your almond butter on your rice cake, and then lay your apple slices on top. Peanut Butter Banana Delight 2 teaspoons peanut butter1 rice cake1/2 a banana slicedA dash of cinnamon. Directions: Spread your peanut butter on your rice cake, and then place your banana slices over the peanut butter.Top off your masterpiece by sprinkling it with cinnamon. Caprese Rice Cakes 4 rice cakes 3 ounces pesto (jarred or homemade)1/2 cherry tomatoes (halved)2 ounces fresh mozzarella (sliced)1 tablespoon basil (chopped)1 tablespoon pine nuts Directions: Spread pesto onto the rice cakes, and then add your other ingredients on top. Serve. Eggs Benedict, Lox with Curried Scallion and Rice Cakes 2 cups cooked ricejasmine2 egg (beaten)1/4 cup breadcrumbs (use gluten-free crumbs, if needed)2 teaspoons curry powder1 teaspoon salt (to taste)2 scallion (sliced, depending on size) For the Hollandaise Sauce 1/2 cup unsalted butter3 eggs yolks (beaten)1 tablespoon water1 tablespoon lemon juice For the Eggs Benedict 2 rice cakes (per serving, recipe below.)1 dash white pepper8 eggs4 ounces lox (or smoked salmon)hollandaise sauce Directions for rice cakes: Mix all ingredients well in a medium bowl. Let rest in the refrigerator for at least 10 minutes to harden up a bit. If the mixture is too wet from the eggs after that time, add a little more breadcrumb.Form the 'dough' into eight patties. In a large frying pan, coat the bottom with olive or avocado oil. Fry the cakes over medium-high heat until golden on the first side. Add more oil, 1 teaspoon at a time, if needed. Flip and fry the second side until golden.The cakes can be kept warm in a warmed oven until needed. Serve hot. for Hollandaise Sauce Cut butter into thirds and bring it to room temperature.Add water to the bottom of a double boiler. Bring to boil. In the top, combine egg yolks, water, lemon juice, and pepper with a dash of salt. Add one piece of butter. Place the top pot on top of the bottom pot with the boiling water. Don't let the boiling water in the bottom touch the top pot. Cook, stirring rapidly, (I use a whisk) until butter melts and sauce begins to thicken.Add the remaining butter, one piece at a time, stirring constantly. Cook and stir until thick, only one or two minutes! Immediately remove from heat. If the sauce is too thick, or curdles, immediately add 1 to 2 tablespoons hot water. Let cool and continue stirring or whisking until the sauce comes back together.Recipe from Better Homes and Gardens New Cookbook © Copyright 1989 For Eggs Benedict Cook eggs, over easy or poached, 2 per person. Place rice cake on a plate, then top with strips of lox.Place eggs on top of lox and cover with a few tablespoon... Have you ever wondered how to make rice cakes? Well, I have. There are so many simple foods we buy from the store that cost way more than they should. Rice cakes are no exception. This recipe is so simple and literally takes 10 minutes in total. Have you ever wondered how to make rice cakes? Well, I have. There are so many simple foods we buy from the store that cost way more than they should. Rice cakes are no exception. This recipe is so simple and literally takes 10 minutes in total. You can't even run into the store and come back out in that short amount of time. So why not make them yourself? Ready set, let's start! Homemade Rice Cakes Recipe By Lauren Prep time 5 minutes, Cook time 5 minutes This recipe will make two rice cakes. Ingredients: ½ cup cooked white rice. You can also use brown rice.1 egg 1 tablespoon chopped fresh basil (optional)salt and ground black pepper to taste 1 ½ teaspoons butter1 teaspoon milk Directions: Mix rice, egg, basil, milk, salt, and pepper together in a bowl.Melt butter in a skillet over medium heat.Pour rice mixture into the skillet in 2 equal portions. Cook until browned on the bottom, about 3 minutes. Flip and continue cooking until the second side is browned, about 2 minutes more. Once you have your rice cakes made you can try different recipes like: Nutty Rice Cake 2 teaspoons almond butter1 rice cake (brown)1/8 apple (thinly sliced) Directions: Spread your almond butter on your rice cake, and then lay your apple slices on top. Peanut Butter Banana Delight 2 teaspoons peanut butter1 rice cake1/2 a banana slicedA dash of cinnamon. Directions: Spread your peanut butter on your rice cake, and then place your banana slices over the peanut butter.Top off your masterpiece by sprinkling it with cinnamon. Caprese Rice Cakes 4 rice cakes 3 ounces pesto (jarred or homemade)1/2 cherry tomatoes (halved)2 ounces fresh mozzarella (sliced)1 tablespoon basil (chopped)1 tablespoon pine nuts Directions: Spread pesto onto the rice cakes, and then add your other ingredients on top. Serve. Eggs Benedict, Lox with Curried Scallion and Rice Cakes 2 cups cooked ricejasmine2 egg (beaten)1/4 cup breadcrumbs (use gluten-free crumbs, if needed)2 teaspoons curry powder1 teaspoon salt (to taste)2 scallion (sliced, depending on size) For the Hollandaise Sauce 1/2 cup unsalted butter3 eggs yolks (beaten)1 tablespoon water1 tablespoon lemon juice For the Eggs Benedict 2 rice cakes (per serving, recipe below.)1 dash white pepper8 eggs4 ounces lox (or smoked salmon)hollandaise sauce Directions for rice cakes: Mix all ingredients well in a medium bowl. Let rest in the refrigerator for at least 10 minutes to harden up a bit. If the mixture is too wet from the eggs after that time, add a little more breadcrumb.Form the 'dough' into eight patties. In a large frying pan, coat the bottom with olive or avocado oil. Fry the cakes over medium-high heat until golden on the first side. Add more oil, 1 teaspoon at a time, if needed. Flip and fry the second side until golden.The cakes can be kept warm in a warmed oven until needed. Serve hot. for Hollandaise Sauce Cut butter into thirds and bring it to room temperature.Add water to the bottom of a double boiler. Bring to boil. Heather Earles full false 4:33 168极速赛车 Mayonnaise, Marvelous and Homemade https://heatherearles.com/homemade-mayonnaise/ Fri, 05 Mar 2021 07:03:42 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506566 For those of you who are looking for the perfect mayonnaise recipe, you have come to the right blog. If you are on a special diet, like gluten-free or no sugar, this is the perfect recipe. The flavor of this mayonnaise is mild and creamy but also has a touch of zing. The taste although different from store-bought is amazing, and once you try it, you will never go back. The color will also be different, showing a golden hue. This recipe is from MaryJanes and makes about 2 1/3 cups. Adjust the recipe accordingly if you want a little more or less. To get started, you need: Ingredients 3 farm-fresh eggs at room temperature. Store-bought will do if you don't have farm-fresh. 2 Tablespoons apple cider vinegar. Be sure to get the kind that has the mother in it.3 Tablespoons lemon juice1 teaspoon salt1/2 cup coconut oil 1/3 cup safflower oil or avocado oil Directions Using a food processor or blender, puree the eggs, vinegar, salt, and lemon juice until well blended.Now add warm coconut oil in a saucepan just until melted; add safflower oil or avocado oil.With the food processor or blender running, pour oils into the egg mixture in a slow, steady stream. Continue blending until the mixture emulsifiers (mixture will be thin but will set up when chilled.)Transfer to an airtight container and refrigerate for at least 3 hours. That's it! Give it away as a gift, or add it to your list of homemade foods. Special note: You can also experiment by adding garlic or herbs like parsley, thyme, and oregano to give your mayonnaise a gourmet touch. The key is to make it your own ;). Enjoy and remember to stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author For those of you who are looking for the perfect mayonnaise recipe, you have come to the right blog. If you are on a special diet, like gluten-free or no sugar, this is the perfect recipe. The flavor of this mayonnaise is mild and creamy but als... For those of you who are looking for the perfect mayonnaise recipe, you have come to the right blog. If you are on a special diet, like gluten-free or no sugar, this is the perfect recipe. The flavor of this mayonnaise is mild and creamy but also has a touch of zing. The taste although different from store-bought is amazing, and once you try it, you will never go back. The color will also be different, showing a golden hue. This recipe is from MaryJanes and makes about 2 1/3 cups. Adjust the recipe accordingly if you want a little more or less. To get started, you need: Ingredients 3 farm-fresh eggs at room temperature. Store-bought will do if you don't have farm-fresh. 2 Tablespoons apple cider vinegar. Be sure to get the kind that has the mother in it.3 Tablespoons lemon juice1 teaspoon salt1/2 cup coconut oil 1/3 cup safflower oil or avocado oil Directions Using a food processor or blender, puree the eggs, vinegar, salt, and lemon juice until well blended.Now add warm coconut oil in a saucepan just until melted; add safflower oil or avocado oil.With the food processor or blender running, pour oils into the egg mixture in a slow, steady stream. Continue blending until the mixture emulsifiers (mixture will be thin but will set up when chilled.)Transfer to an airtight container and refrigerate for at least 3 hours. That's it! Give it away as a gift, or add it to your list of homemade foods. Special note: You can also experiment by adding garlic or herbs like parsley, thyme, and oregano to give your mayonnaise a gourmet touch. The key is to make it your own ;). Enjoy and remember to stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 3:36 168极速赛车 A Story of Overcoming Hurdles: Hunter Pinke https://heatherearles.com/hunter-pinke/ Thu, 25 Feb 2021 19:16:38 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506530 “—This story was originally written for and appeared in the Wishek Star and Ashley Tribune and is republished here with permission.” They say faith can move mountains, but perhaps at times, mountains move faith. December 27, 2020, Hunter Pinke, age 22 at the time, collided with another skier as he came out of the trees on a blue diamond run down a mountain in Keystone C.O. "I like to ski in the trees, or the powder in the holes in and out of trees. And so, that first run of the day was relatively easy." Hunter, now age 23, said while telling his story. Except it wasn't. Coming out of the trees, another skier hit him on his blindside. "He tried to avoid me at the last second, but it was too late. We collided. And then I ended up going headfirst into a tree at high speed. And that's where my injury occurred." Hunter explained he was wearing a GoPro as he recorded many of his runs, so later, he was able to see exactly what happened. "Wearing a helmet saved my life." Hunter did not suffer from any brain injury, including a concussion. He also did not have a neck injury, which he explains the doctors were surprised. "But what the accident did do is it shattered my spine from the T-4 through that T-9 region. That's pretty, much if you put a pointer right on your sternum and go right around to your mid-back that's kind of where I'm at, right beneath the pectoral muscle." Pinke’s spinal cord transected at the T-6 area of the spine and he currently has no feeling or function below his chest. This, however, is not where Hunter's story begins. Growing up in Wishek, N.D., Hunter went to school and was involved with everything he could. “I tried to be well rounded in high school, and I think that continued into college now." Hunter was the first person from Wishek High School to earn a Division I athletic scholarship. He was awarded a full-ride scholarship to the University of North Dakota (UND), and they've honored that even after the injury. He, along with his dad, Nathan, mom, Katie, and two sisters, Elizabeth and Anika, are members of Faith Community Church of Wishek. Spiritual faith has always played a huge role in the Pinke family, Katie Pinke explained. Fast-forwarding back to the accident and the middle of Hunter's story, he very methodically stated, "I want people to know that I feel really fortunate to have what I still have." Hunter is referring to the use of his upper body and mind. "From the beginning up on the mountain, I reached out, actually, with the guy that had cut me off. He was the one who called the ski patrol, and he stayed with me. The first thing I said to him was, 'Excuse me, are you Christian?' And he said, yes. I asked if he wanted to pray, and so we prayed up on the mountain. That was the first thing we did, and ever since that moment, I can honestly tell you, sitting here over a year later, I have not worried about my future.” Pinke continued, “From that time, I've just had this unbelievable peace. It might seem crazy to say now, with so many more challenges and complications, but I'm more at peace with my future now than I was before my injury. One might look at me and say, holy cow, look at this kid's life; it's been flipped upside down, but in my eyes, it's just become clear. Throughout the recovery process and now moving on towards the start of chasing my goals, I can do pretty much anything anyone else can do. I'm just going to do it a little bit differently. And so, my goals for life haven't changed; they've been modified. I've made new ones, to add but I still have a lengthy list of things that I want to get accomplished. I've never thought I can't complete them because I'm living in a wheelchair; it's more of how can I complete them in a wheelchair." After the accident, in July 2020 Hunter spoke for the first time at his home church in Wishek. The church's Facebook page had 1,000 live views, and then over a period of a month, that viewing reached 20, “—This story was originally written for and appeared in the Wishek Star and Ashley Tribune and is republished here with permission.” They say faith can move mountains, but perhaps at times, mountains move faith. December 27, 2020, “—This story was originally written for and appeared in the Wishek Star and Ashley Tribune and is republished here with permission.” They say faith can move mountains, but perhaps at times, mountains move faith. December 27, 2020, Hunter Pinke, age 22 at the time, collided with another skier as he came out of the trees on a blue diamond run down a mountain in Keystone C.O. "I like to ski in the trees, or the powder in the holes in and out of trees. And so, that first run of the day was relatively easy." Hunter, now age 23, said while telling his story. Except it wasn't. Coming out of the trees, another skier hit him on his blindside. "He tried to avoid me at the last second, but it was too late. We collided. And then I ended up going headfirst into a tree at high speed. And that's where my injury occurred." Hunter explained he was wearing a GoPro as he recorded many of his runs, so later, he was able to see exactly what happened. "Wearing a helmet saved my life." Hunter did not suffer from any brain injury, including a concussion. He also did not have a neck injury, which he explains the doctors were surprised. "But what the accident did do is it shattered my spine from the T-4 through that T-9 region. That's pretty, much if you put a pointer right on your sternum and go right around to your mid-back that's kind of where I'm at, right beneath the pectoral muscle." Pinke’s spinal cord transected at the T-6 area of the spine and he currently has no feeling or function below his chest. This, however, is not where Hunter's story begins. Growing up in Wishek, N.D., Hunter went to school and was involved with everything he could. “I tried to be well rounded in high school, and I think that continued into college now." Hunter was the first person from Wishek High School to earn a Division I athletic scholarship. He was awarded a full-ride scholarship to the University of North Dakota (UND), and they've honored that even after the injury. He, along with his dad, Nathan, mom, Katie, and two sisters, Elizabeth and Anika, are members of Faith Community Church of Wishek. Spiritual faith has always played a huge role in the Pinke family, Katie Pinke explained. Fast-forwarding back to the accident and the middle of Hunter's story, he very methodically stated, "I want people to know that I feel really fortunate to have what I still have." Hunter is referring to the use of his upper body and mind. "From the beginning up on the mountain, I reached out, actually, with the guy that had cut me off. He was the one who called the ski patrol, and he stayed with me. The first thing I said to him was, 'Excuse me, are you Christian?' And he said, yes. I asked if he wanted to pray, and so we prayed up on the mountain. That was the first thing we did, and ever since that moment, I can honestly tell you, sitting here over a year later, I have not worried about my future.” Pinke continued, “From that time, I've just had this unbelievable peace. It might seem crazy to say now, with so many more challenges and complications, but I'm more at peace with my future now than I was before my injury. One might look at me and say, holy cow, look at this kid's life; it's been flipped upside down, but in my eyes, it's just become clear. Throughout the recovery process and now moving on towards the start of chasing my goals, I can do pretty much anything anyone else can do. I'm just going to do it a little bit differently. And so, my goals for life haven't changed; they've been modified. I've made new ones, to add but I still have a lengthy list of things that I want to get accomplished. I've never thought I can't complete them because I'm living in a wheelchair; it's m... Heather Earles full false 10:07 168极速赛车 DIY Food Wrap Plastic Free https://heatherearles.com/diy-food-wrap/ Thu, 18 Feb 2021 22:48:18 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506524 For many who live clean, natural, and organic lives, plastic-free is something we aspire to. However, using plastic wrap to cover food is so handy and automatic that many don't give it a second thought. That is until now. Heather Dessinger has come up with a brilliant way to replace cling wrap, plastic wrap, or saran wrap using biodegradable materials. Not only is this a great way to get away from plastic but it saves costs and you learn a new skill. Ready to learn how to make DIY food wrap? Let's do it! DIY Food Wrap Items needed 100% cotton fabric. Organic muslin works best as it needs to be very thin, almost like a sheet.Scissors (pinking shears will prevent fraying.)BeeswaxCheese graterCookie sheetFoilPaintbrushA clothesline or a makeshift one. If you don't have clothespins, binders work great. Directions Cut your fabric into desired dimensions and grate the beeswax.Preheat oven to 185˚F. Line the cookie sheet with foil.Place the fabric on the cookie sheet and sprinkle your grated beeswax over the top. A little goes a long way. While you're getting a feel for how much to use, it's better to add too little than too much. Remember, you can always add more.Bake in your oven until the beeswax is completely melted, around 5-10 minutes.Using the paintbrush, spread the beeswax evenly over the fabric. Note: The paintbrush will harden when the wax dries to reuse for more food-wrap projects; you can warm the bristles by placing it in the oven for a few minutes.Hang your new food wrap sheet on your clothesline to cool. Once they have cooled, they're ready to be used. How to use your new DIY food wrap Place over a bowl or container, wrap around food like cheese or fold into a snack bag. The warmth from your hand will mold the wrap into the desired shape. Cleaning your food wrap Wash with cold water and mild soap. Since you cannot wash them with hot water, it is not recommended you use them for meat. How long will they last? Depending on how frequently they're used, they can last for up to a year. After that, all you need to do is re-wax them in order to keep using them. If nothing else this is a great gift idea for people who like unique but useful gifts. You can even have a little family party and make enough for several households at one time. Either way, enjoy and stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author For many who live clean, natural, and organic lives, plastic-free is something we aspire to. However, using plastic wrap to cover food is so handy and automatic that many don't give it a second thought. That is until now. For many who live clean, natural, and organic lives, plastic-free is something we aspire to. However, using plastic wrap to cover food is so handy and automatic that many don't give it a second thought. That is until now. Heather Dessinger has come up with a brilliant way to replace cling wrap, plastic wrap, or saran wrap using biodegradable materials. Not only is this a great way to get away from plastic but it saves costs and you learn a new skill. Ready to learn how to make DIY food wrap? Let's do it! DIY Food Wrap Items needed 100% cotton fabric. Organic muslin works best as it needs to be very thin, almost like a sheet.Scissors (pinking shears will prevent fraying.)BeeswaxCheese graterCookie sheetFoilPaintbrushA clothesline or a makeshift one. If you don't have clothespins, binders work great. Directions Cut your fabric into desired dimensions and grate the beeswax.Preheat oven to 185˚F. Line the cookie sheet with foil.Place the fabric on the cookie sheet and sprinkle your grated beeswax over the top. A little goes a long way. While you're getting a feel for how much to use, it's better to add too little than too much. Remember, you can always add more.Bake in your oven until the beeswax is completely melted, around 5-10 minutes.Using the paintbrush, spread the beeswax evenly over the fabric. Note: The paintbrush will harden when the wax dries to reuse for more food-wrap projects; you can warm the bristles by placing it in the oven for a few minutes.Hang your new food wrap sheet on your clothesline to cool. Once they have cooled, they're ready to be used. How to use your new DIY food wrap Place over a bowl or container, wrap around food like cheese or fold into a snack bag. The warmth from your hand will mold the wrap into the desired shape. Cleaning your food wrap Wash with cold water and mild soap. Since you cannot wash them with hot water, it is not recommended you use them for meat. How long will they last? Depending on how frequently they're used, they can last for up to a year. After that, all you need to do is re-wax them in order to keep using them. If nothing else this is a great gift idea for people who like unique but useful gifts. You can even have a little family party and make enough for several households at one time. Either way, enjoy and stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:30 168极速赛车 A Tutorial on How to Make Sicilian Bread https://heatherearles.com/sicilian-bread/ Fri, 05 Feb 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2459 Sicilian bread is easy to make, but it does take a little time because it's a yeast rising bread. However, there is no need to worry as I give exquisite details. In the end, you will be a pro and will have a new recipe to include in your recipe box. Sicilian Bread is a go-to bread in our house. I make it quite often for the family and when we are expecting company. Pair it with a hearty supper such as pasta, stews, or soups for a complete meal. It also makes a nice breakfast bread that you can toast and then add some of your favorite toppings. Ready? Let's begin. Sicilian Bread Recipe By- Heather Earles This recipe makes two loaves. Prep Time: 4 hours Oven Temperature: 400 degrees Fahrenheit Cooking Time: 40 plus minutes depending on stove type Ingredients and measurements: Active Dry Yeast, 1 Tablespoon, or 1 packet.Warm water, 2 1/2 cups.Salt, 1 Tablespoon (I use a little less)Unbleached all-purpose flour, 5 + cups.Olive oil, 1-2 Tablespoons.Lard/shortening, enough to cover the bottom of the pan.Cornmeal, enough to sprinkle on the bottom of a pan. Items needed: loaf pan, 2 or cookie sheet, 1Large bowl, 1Measuring cupsMeasuring spoonsKitchen towelCooling Rack Directions: Take your large bowl and measure 4 1/2 cups of flour into it. Now make a well in the center. In your glass measuring container, add 2 1/2 cups of warm water. If you do not have a measuring container that can hold 2 1/2 cups, use a small glass bowl. Once the water is in the bowl, add your packet or 1 Tablespoon of yeast. Let sit for five minutes. Now add your 1 Tablespoon of salt. If you prefer less salt, use the desired amount. Stir into the yeast mixture until dissolved. When the salt is dissolved, pour the mixture into the center of your flour well. Cover and let sit for fifteen minutes. This is called sponging.When your twenty minutes is up, remove the towel. You should see little bubbles on the top. Start stirring with a fork from the center of the flour and work your way toward the outside until you have a sticky dough. From here, keep adding flour and knead your dough until you have a spongy, not sticky, consistency. In other words, when you press on the dough slightly after kneading it, the dough should spring slightly back. Add your olive oil on top and roll dough around in it, so the olive oil covers all sides. Place a towel over the top and let rise until dough is double in size. Once it has risen, make a fist and press down in the middle of the dough to deflate it. Place the cover back over the top and let the dough rise again.While the dough is rising, you can prepare your pans or cookie sheet. With your fingers or a paper towel, rub lard or shortening on the bottom, and a little up the sides if using loaf pans. Now, sprinkle your cornmeal or flour on the bottom and tip over pans or cookie sheets to remove any excess. Next, split the dough in half and shape each piece into an oblong form to fit into two loaf pans or on your cookie sheet. Cover one more time and let rise.Once desired height is reached, place the pans into your already heated oven.Set a cup of water or bowl in the oven if you want a chewy crust.Cook for 40 minutes depending on your type of oven or until the bottom is golden and the bread sounds hollow when you flick the top of a loaf with your finger. In the picture, you will see two loaves of finished Sicilian Bread. The first one has nothing on it, while the second I have rubbed a little more olive oil on the top to give it a golden hue. Let finished bread cool on a wire rack and serve with a homemade soup or fresh with a little butter and honey. Enjoy your new recipe, and remember to share it with a friend! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, Sicilian bread is easy to make, but it does take a little time because it's a yeast rising bread. However, there is no need to worry as I give exquisite details. In the end, you will be a pro and will have a new recipe to include in your recipe box.... Sicilian bread is easy to make, but it does take a little time because it's a yeast rising bread. However, there is no need to worry as I give exquisite details. In the end, you will be a pro and will have a new recipe to include in your recipe box. Sicilian Bread is a go-to bread in our house. I make it quite often for the family and when we are expecting company. Pair it with a hearty supper such as pasta, stews, or soups for a complete meal. It also makes a nice breakfast bread that you can toast and then add some of your favorite toppings. Ready? Let's begin. Sicilian Bread Recipe By- Heather Earles This recipe makes two loaves. Prep Time: 4 hours Oven Temperature: 400 degrees Fahrenheit Cooking Time: 40 plus minutes depending on stove type Ingredients and measurements: Active Dry Yeast, 1 Tablespoon, or 1 packet.Warm water, 2 1/2 cups.Salt, 1 Tablespoon (I use a little less)Unbleached all-purpose flour, 5 + cups.Olive oil, 1-2 Tablespoons.Lard/shortening, enough to cover the bottom of the pan.Cornmeal, enough to sprinkle on the bottom of a pan. Items needed: loaf pan, 2 or cookie sheet, 1Large bowl, 1Measuring cupsMeasuring spoonsKitchen towelCooling Rack Directions: Take your large bowl and measure 4 1/2 cups of flour into it. Now make a well in the center. In your glass measuring container, add 2 1/2 cups of warm water. If you do not have a measuring container that can hold 2 1/2 cups, use a small glass bowl. Once the water is in the bowl, add your packet or 1 Tablespoon of yeast. Let sit for five minutes. Now add your 1 Tablespoon of salt. If you prefer less salt, use the desired amount. Stir into the yeast mixture until dissolved. When the salt is dissolved, pour the mixture into the center of your flour well. Cover and let sit for fifteen minutes. This is called sponging.When your twenty minutes is up, remove the towel. You should see little bubbles on the top. Start stirring with a fork from the center of the flour and work your way toward the outside until you have a sticky dough. From here, keep adding flour and knead your dough until you have a spongy, not sticky, consistency. In other words, when you press on the dough slightly after kneading it, the dough should spring slightly back. Add your olive oil on top and roll dough around in it, so the olive oil covers all sides. Place a towel over the top and let rise until dough is double in size. Once it has risen, make a fist and press down in the middle of the dough to deflate it. Place the cover back over the top and let the dough rise again.While the dough is rising, you can prepare your pans or cookie sheet. With your fingers or a paper towel, rub lard or shortening on the bottom, and a little up the sides if using loaf pans. Now, sprinkle your cornmeal or flour on the bottom and tip over pans or cookie sheets to remove any excess. Next, split the dough in half and shape each piece into an oblong form to fit into two loaf pans or on your cookie sheet. Heather Earles full false 7:52 168极速赛车 Vitamin E and Its Benefits: More Than Just for The Skin https://heatherearles.com/vitamin-e/ Thu, 04 Feb 2021 20:08:14 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506453 This is a guest article by https://www.bellacupcakecouture.com You may have read and heard what Vitamin E can do to your skin countless times, as it is one of the most popular ingredients on skin-care products. But Vitamin E isn't only found in skin support. It's naturally present in most foods. You may have even taken it in a supplement form. Studies even show that it can help prevent certain diseases. But what is Vitamin E, and what benefits can you get from it? Read on to know more. What Is Vitamin E? Yes, Vitamin E is a vitamin. But if we go into a little technical, the term refers to a compound group. It's a family of oil-soluble antioxidants and has about eight various types or forms. And the most common of all is the tocopherol acetate and tocopherol that are usually found in your skin-care products. But when you see "Vitamin E" in your skin-care packaging, it's almost always the "tocopherol" as this is the only form recognized to satisfy human essentials. So, whenever you see the term "tocopherol" on the skin-care ingredient list, it's vitamin E. What Can Vitamin E Do for You? Vitamin E is very helpful for skin repair and various skin disorders. It helps in cellular restoration from sun damage to healing for scars and burns. It can also help protect against disease mainly because Vitamin E is a powerful antioxidant whose key role is to protect against cell damage. Antioxidants are essential in our body, topically and internally, as they help prevent oxidative damage to our body cells by removing free radicals (the bad guys). It also helps maintain a good and healthy immune system that can help you fight off certain diseases like cancer and heart disease.  How Much Do You Need? If you are 19 years old or older, the recommended daily allowance (RDA) of Vitamin E to take 15 mg per day. This is also the same with pregnant women. But if you are lactating or breastfeeding, it is recommended that you take 19 mg per day and not exceed 1000 mg of Vitamin E per day. What Are the Sources of Vitamin E? Vitamin E can usually be found in food sources that contain fat like avocados, nuts, seeds, dark leafy greens, and fish. To be precise, you can get your dose of Vitamin E from fortified breakfast cereals, almonds, safflower, sunflower seeds, wheat germ oil, hazelnuts, and a lot more. You should remember that you have to control portion sizes if you watch your caloric intake. One serving of almonds is around 10 to 14 almonds, not half a cup. Do You Need to Take Vitamin E Supplements? The short answer is No. People usually get enough Vitamin E through food sources. Vitamin E is fat-soluble. This means that the body can store it in the liver to use for days when you might get less than usual. People who have health conditions like trouble getting enough Vitamin E or difficulty absorbing fat are usually recommended. As long as you take food sources rich in Vitamin E, you should be able to get enough per day. Thus, it is important to incorporate in your diet food sources, fruits, and vegetables rich in antioxidants every day. Conclusion  While it is important to have skin-care products with Vitamin E on it, it is also more important to take food sources rich in Vitamin E. It isn't just for healthy skin and eyes, but Vitamin E is also essential for a healthy and strong immune system. Thus, it is important to incorporate the recommended daily amount of Vitamin E in your everyday diet. -Bella Cupcake Couture Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” This is a guest article by https://www.bellacupcakecouture.com You may have read and heard what Vitamin E can do to your skin countless times, as it is one of the most popular ingredients on skin-care products. This is a guest article by https://www.bellacupcakecouture.com You may have read and heard what Vitamin E can do to your skin countless times, as it is one of the most popular ingredients on skin-care products. But Vitamin E isn't only found in skin support. It's naturally present in most foods. You may have even taken it in a supplement form. Studies even show that it can help prevent certain diseases. But what is Vitamin E, and what benefits can you get from it? Read on to know more. What Is Vitamin E? Yes, Vitamin E is a vitamin. But if we go into a little technical, the term refers to a compound group. It's a family of oil-soluble antioxidants and has about eight various types or forms. And the most common of all is the tocopherol acetate and tocopherol that are usually found in your skin-care products. But when you see "Vitamin E" in your skin-care packaging, it's almost always the "tocopherol" as this is the only form recognized to satisfy human essentials. So, whenever you see the term "tocopherol" on the skin-care ingredient list, it's vitamin E. What Can Vitamin E Do for You? Vitamin E is very helpful for skin repair and various skin disorders. It helps in cellular restoration from sun damage to healing for scars and burns. It can also help protect against disease mainly because Vitamin E is a powerful antioxidant whose key role is to protect against cell damage. Antioxidants are essential in our body, topically and internally, as they help prevent oxidative damage to our body cells by removing free radicals (the bad guys). It also helps maintain a good and healthy immune system that can help you fight off certain diseases like cancer and heart disease.  How Much Do You Need? If you are 19 years old or older, the recommended daily allowance (RDA) of Vitamin E to take 15 mg per day. This is also the same with pregnant women. But if you are lactating or breastfeeding, it is recommended that you take 19 mg per day and not exceed 1000 mg of Vitamin E per day. What Are the Sources of Vitamin E? Vitamin E can usually be found in food sources that contain fat like avocados, nuts, seeds, dark leafy greens, and fish. To be precise, you can get your dose of Vitamin E from fortified breakfast cereals, almonds, safflower, sunflower seeds, wheat germ oil, hazelnuts, and a lot more. You should remember that you have to control portion sizes if you watch your caloric intake. One serving of almonds is around 10 to 14 almonds, not half a cup. Do You Need to Take Vitamin E Supplements? The short answer is No. People usually get enough Vitamin E through food sources. Vitamin E is fat-soluble. This means that the body can store it in the liver to use for days when you might get less than usual. People who have health conditions like trouble getting enough Vitamin E or difficulty absorbing fat are usually recommended. As long as you take food sources rich in Vitamin E, you should be able to get enough per day. Thus, it is important to incorporate in your diet food sources, fruits, and vegetables rich in antioxidants every day. Conclusion  While it is important to have skin-care products with Vitamin E on it, it is also more important to take food sources rich in Vitamin E. It isn't just for healthy skin and eyes, but Vitamin E is also essential for a healthy and strong immune system. Thus, it is important to incorporate the recommended daily amount of Vitamin E in your everyday diet. Heather Earles full false 5:42 168极速赛车 Grinding Wheat and Heritage Corn or Other small Grains https://heatherearles.com/grinding-wheat-and-heritage-corn/ Fri, 29 Jan 2021 03:21:47 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506423 Flour and cornmeal are used almost every day in our household. Baking wheat bread, or cornbread, whipping up a batch of pancakes, muffins, wheat cereal, you name it, we use it. And since it is used so much, my husband and I decided to invest in a Golden Grain Grinder a long time ago. This grinder has different settings on the back, so you can make a coarse grind or very fine. One function that made us decide to get this particular grinder is it can run on electricity or manually. Our power goes out often due to snow, winds, etc. so this option was perfect. Different methods of grinding small grains and corn. However, different people prefer different methods, and Lewis Legge of Valley City ND uses a "Corona corn mill and then a common window screen to sift out large pieces and unbroken germ which is ground fine in our flour mill. When mixed back together, the texture gives us what we are used to." Legge has "been growing 3 varieties, Bloody Butcher, Painted Mountain, and Glass Gem, of which I like the BB best. It's very colorful cornmeal with red flakes. PM and GG have a slight blue hue, and all have their own flavor. All are organic, and yes, my hoe is shiny. I harvest as late as possible and finish drying inside as kernels must be dry for a good grind." Legge explains that "with most commercial meal the germ is sent off for oil processing. That is why commercial meal can be stored so long. No oil means it won't go rancid but the overall product is not as flavorful." Storing small grains and cornmeal There are different ways of storing ground wheat or cornmeal. We store it in glass gallon jars but Legge says his preferred method is "vacuum packing in 3/4 cup packets (most recipes) helps control oxidation and is premeasured." When asked which one he would suggest for others to use he said, "all varieties make tasty and colorful cornbread. I retrieved a cornmeal sugar cookie recipe off the internet which is very good but has enough butter in it to give newborn high cholesterol." That being said if you make your own butter, you can't go wrong ;). With that, let's get into grinding wheat and heritage corn. The pictures shown are from our last batch and the method we use; however, try whatever method works best for you. Items needed: Your choice grinder1 screen (optional depending on your method or grinder type)Glass gallon jars or vacuum packing supplies.FunnelA marker and tape to mark and date the jars or vacuum-packed bags. Ingredients: Your choice wheat or corn. Make sure it's clean and organic is preferred. Directions Step one you want to make sure you have your clean organic wheat, corn, or rye ready. This method is for any small grain. Once your corn or grain is ready, plugin or be ready to crank your grinder by hand.Now turn it on. Fill the hopper with your choice grain or corn, and make sure you have your setting right if using a grinder like the Golden Grain Grinder. We usually process one grain at a time and change the setting on the back of the grinder. This way, one jar gets filled with wheat cereal (a coarser grind) one with wheat flour, and one with cake flour, etc. If using the Golden Grain Grinder, it has a tray on the bottom. Take a peak in-between filling the hopper, so you don't overflow the tray. Once it is full, pull it out and dump your cornmeal or flour into a glass gallon jar or vacuuming pack it. Continue with the grinding process until all of your grains or corn are ground. Label your jars or vacuum-packed bags. That's it for grinding wheat and heritage corn or other small grains. The difference between homemade wheat and cornmeal versus store-bought is remarkable. Plus, when you make cornbread the color is fantastic. On Sunday we brought some cornbread into the church when they had a potluck; it was so colorful the ladies put it on the dessert table lol. Add a little butter, honey, Flour and cornmeal are used almost every day in our household. Baking wheat bread, or cornbread, whipping up a batch of pancakes, muffins, wheat cereal, you name it, we use it. And since it is used so much, Flour and cornmeal are used almost every day in our household. Baking wheat bread, or cornbread, whipping up a batch of pancakes, muffins, wheat cereal, you name it, we use it. And since it is used so much, my husband and I decided to invest in a Golden Grain Grinder a long time ago. This grinder has different settings on the back, so you can make a coarse grind or very fine. One function that made us decide to get this particular grinder is it can run on electricity or manually. Our power goes out often due to snow, winds, etc. so this option was perfect. Different methods of grinding small grains and corn. However, different people prefer different methods, and Lewis Legge of Valley City ND uses a "Corona corn mill and then a common window screen to sift out large pieces and unbroken germ which is ground fine in our flour mill. When mixed back together, the texture gives us what we are used to." Legge has "been growing 3 varieties, Bloody Butcher, Painted Mountain, and Glass Gem, of which I like the BB best. It's very colorful cornmeal with red flakes. PM and GG have a slight blue hue, and all have their own flavor. All are organic, and yes, my hoe is shiny. I harvest as late as possible and finish drying inside as kernels must be dry for a good grind." Legge explains that "with most commercial meal the germ is sent off for oil processing. That is why commercial meal can be stored so long. No oil means it won't go rancid but the overall product is not as flavorful." Storing small grains and cornmeal There are different ways of storing ground wheat or cornmeal. We store it in glass gallon jars but Legge says his preferred method is "vacuum packing in 3/4 cup packets (most recipes) helps control oxidation and is premeasured." When asked which one he would suggest for others to use he said, "all varieties make tasty and colorful cornbread. I retrieved a cornmeal sugar cookie recipe off the internet which is very good but has enough butter in it to give newborn high cholesterol." That being said if you make your own butter, you can't go wrong ;). With that, let's get into grinding wheat and heritage corn. The pictures shown are from our last batch and the method we use; however, try whatever method works best for you. Items needed: Your choice grinder1 screen (optional depending on your method or grinder type)Glass gallon jars or vacuum packing supplies.FunnelA marker and tape to mark and date the jars or vacuum-packed bags. Ingredients: Your choice wheat or corn. Make sure it's clean and organic is preferred. Directions Step one you want to make sure you have your clean organic wheat, corn, or rye ready. This method is for any small grain. Once your corn or grain is ready, plugin or be ready to crank your grinder by hand.Now turn it on. Fill the hopper with your choice grain or corn, and make sure you have your setting right if using a grinder like the Golden Grain Grinder. We usually process one grain at a time and change the setting on the back of the grinder. This way, one jar gets filled with wheat cereal (a coarser grind) one with wheat flour, and one with cake flour, etc. If using the Golden Grain Grinder, it has a tray on the bottom. Take a peak in-between filling the hopper, so you don't overflow the tray. Once it is full, pull it out and dump your cornmeal or flour into a glass gallon jar or vacuuming pack it. Heather Earles full false 7:50 168极速赛车 How to Make Ghee https://heatherearles.com/homemade-ghee/ Thu, 21 Jan 2021 18:57:20 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506402 Wellness Mama said it best when she explained "In technical terms, ghee is a clarified, unsalted butter with the milk proteins removed. It has a high smoke point, making it perfect for cooking, and an incredible flavor. Many people who cannot tolerate dairy can handle ghee and it is a revered food in Indian cuisine." As a person who is on a restrictive diet, ghee is also something you can take if you have Hashimoto's thyroid problems or are on a no sugar, gluten-free, no soy, no dairy diet. Homemade ghee stores on the shelf without refrigeration for up to 6 months, possibly longer. If you store it in a cool dark area or the fridge, you can store it for longer periods, but refrigeration is unnecessary. The flavor of ghee is different than regular butter. It has a smoky type flavor perfect for spreading on potatoes, bread, or melting for cooking. Ready? Let's start. Ingredients: 2lbs butter. Homemade or store bought. I have used both unsalted and salted. Items needed: CheeseclothFunnelGlass jar. A pint-size will hold 2lbs of butter.Glass Pyrex baking dish. The size doesn't really matter.Ladle (optional) Directions for making homemade ghee: Turn your oven to 250°.Take your chose butter and place it in a baking dish; when the oven is ready, place the dish in the oven. Set your timer for one hour. At this point, I check the butter but usually need to leave it in for 15-20min longer. You will know the ghee is done when there is a brown but not burnt crust on the top. You will also notice the milk solids at the bottom of the dish. This is the reason it's a good idea to use a glass pan. Sometimes the crust on top is all connected and sometimes it breaks up. Either way at this point you can ladle the crust off or simply pick up the dish using hotbeds and pour it into a prepped glass jar which has the cheesecloth and funnel ready. You will notice the milk solids in the bottom of the cheesecloth after the ghee has been poured through. You can feed these to your animals or discard them. Here is what the ghee looks like when it is still hot in the jar. Once your ghee has cooled, store it in a cupboard but away from the stove. Also as it cools it will have a lighter texture. All that's left to do is to taste and use your ghee. Blessing to you and remember, stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Wellness Mama said it best when she explained "In technical terms, ghee is a clarified, unsalted butter with the milk proteins removed. It has a high smoke point, making it perfect for cooking, and an incredible flavor. Wellness Mama said it best when she explained "In technical terms, ghee is a clarified, unsalted butter with the milk proteins removed. It has a high smoke point, making it perfect for cooking, and an incredible flavor. Many people who cannot tolerate dairy can handle ghee and it is a revered food in Indian cuisine." As a person who is on a restrictive diet, ghee is also something you can take if you have Hashimoto's thyroid problems or are on a no sugar, gluten-free, no soy, no dairy diet. Homemade ghee stores on the shelf without refrigeration for up to 6 months, possibly longer. If you store it in a cool dark area or the fridge, you can store it for longer periods, but refrigeration is unnecessary. The flavor of ghee is different than regular butter. It has a smoky type flavor perfect for spreading on potatoes, bread, or melting for cooking. Ready? Let's start. Ingredients: 2lbs butter. Homemade or store bought. I have used both unsalted and salted. Items needed: CheeseclothFunnelGlass jar. A pint-size will hold 2lbs of butter.Glass Pyrex baking dish. The size doesn't really matter.Ladle (optional) Directions for making homemade ghee: Turn your oven to 250°.Take your chose butter and place it in a baking dish; when the oven is ready, place the dish in the oven. Set your timer for one hour. At this point, I check the butter but usually need to leave it in for 15-20min longer. You will know the ghee is done when there is a brown but not burnt crust on the top. You will also notice the milk solids at the bottom of the dish. This is the reason it's a good idea to use a glass pan. Sometimes the crust on top is all connected and sometimes it breaks up. Either way at this point you can ladle the crust off or simply pick up the dish using hotbeds and pour it into a prepped glass jar which has the cheesecloth and funnel ready. You will notice the milk solids in the bottom of the cheesecloth after the ghee has been poured through. You can feed these to your animals or discard them. Here is what the ghee looks like when it is still hot in the jar. Once your ghee has cooled, store it in a cupboard but away from the stove. Also as it cools it will have a lighter texture. All that's left to do is to taste and use your ghee. Blessing to you and remember, stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 6:09 168极速赛车 Homemade Citrus Coconut Lip Balm https://heatherearles.com/lip-balm/ Thu, 14 Jan 2021 19:37:37 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506392 It’s nice to apply something to your lips during the summer and winter months to soften them. However, if you’re like me and react to different ingredients that typical companies put in their lip balm, it gets hard to find a clean product. This is one reason I started this blog and will continue. I want to give people an outlet where they can make clean products that will add to a clean lifestyle. Many of the ingredients listed for this lip balm are ones you use for different products, like homemade sunscreen, homemade body butter, soap making, oil pulling, and oil diffusing. Since you can buy in bulk, clean living also keeps your costs down, which is essential to every person. Ingredients 1 Tbsp plus 1 tsp pure beeswax2 Tbsp organic sunflower oil or grape seed oil1 Tbsp organic coconut oil1 Tbsp organic cocoa butter20-25 drops organic citrus essential oil. Choose 1 or create a medley: grapefruit, mandarin, orange, or tangerine.A few drops of vitamin E oil Directions Coarsely chop the beeswax or use beeswax pastilles. Place beeswax, cocoa butter, and oils in a small pot or glass Pyrex measuring cup and gently heat in the top of a double boiler until the beeswax and butters melt. Remove from the stovetop and add essential oils and vitamin E oil. Immediately pour the mixture into lip balm tubes or jars. Allow to cool completely before placing caps onto the containers. Remember, everything you apply to your body or eat has an impact on your overall health. I know it's easy to go to the store and buy what you're used to, but I want to challenge you to read the ingredients. If you can't pronounce them or don't know what they are, maybe think about an alternative, including making your own. You and your health is what I care about, so stay safe, and live healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author It’s nice to apply something to your lips during the summer and winter months to soften them. However, if you’re like me and react to different ingredients that typical companies put in their lip balm, it gets hard to find a clean product. It’s nice to apply something to your lips during the summer and winter months to soften them. However, if you’re like me and react to different ingredients that typical companies put in their lip balm, it gets hard to find a clean product. This is one reason I started this blog and will continue. I want to give people an outlet where they can make clean products that will add to a clean lifestyle. Many of the ingredients listed for this lip balm are ones you use for different products, like homemade sunscreen, homemade body butter, soap making, oil pulling, and oil diffusing. Since you can buy in bulk, clean living also keeps your costs down, which is essential to every person. Ingredients 1 Tbsp plus 1 tsp pure beeswax2 Tbsp organic sunflower oil or grape seed oil1 Tbsp organic coconut oil1 Tbsp organic cocoa butter20-25 drops organic citrus essential oil. Choose 1 or create a medley: grapefruit, mandarin, orange, or tangerine.A few drops of vitamin E oil Directions Coarsely chop the beeswax or use beeswax pastilles. Place beeswax, cocoa butter, and oils in a small pot or glass Pyrex measuring cup and gently heat in the top of a double boiler until the beeswax and butters melt. Remove from the stovetop and add essential oils and vitamin E oil. Immediately pour the mixture into lip balm tubes or jars. Allow to cool completely before placing caps onto the containers. Remember, everything you apply to your body or eat has an impact on your overall health. I know it's easy to go to the store and buy what you're used to, but I want to challenge you to read the ingredients. If you can't pronounce them or don't know what they are, maybe think about an alternative, including making your own. You and your health is what I care about, so stay safe, and live healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 3:51 168极速赛车 How to make Colby Cheese Using Fresh Ingredients https://heatherearles.com/colby-cheese/ Mon, 11 Jan 2021 06:29:56 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1145 Making Colby Cheese is not hard; it just takes time. Having a cow that produces an abundance of milk inspired my husband and me to make our own cheese. We have been doing it for a number of years now and still enjoy every delectable step and bite. One of our favorite cheeses to make is colby. Colby Cheese is an American cheese named after the township in southern Wisconsin where it was first made. It has a more open texture than cheddar, contains more moisture, and has a pleasantly mild flavor. Colby takes around 4 hours and 45 minutes from the start until the final press, which then takes a further 12 hours. You can time this, so you are doing the 12-hour final press at night while you sleep. That is what we do. Cheesemaking takes attention to detail as the consistency, and the final product can vary a lot if you heat the milk too hot or not hot enough. I would say paying attention to the temperature of whatever cheese you are making is perhaps the most important step. Until you become familiar with each cheese, I would not suggest multi tasking. With that in mind, let's get you ready to make some colby. Food items needed: 2 gallons skimmed or whole milk (we skim ours so we can make butter. If you are interested in How to make Butter, please follow the link.1 packet direct-set mesophilic starter or 4 ounces prepared mesophilic starter4 drops cheese coloring.1/2 teaspoon liquid rennet.2 Tbls cheese saltCheese wax. Kitchen items needed: One large pot to hold your milkCheese knifeColanderCheeseclothCheese thermometerDouble boiler to hold and heat your cheese wax (We store the wax in the same pot after each use and just let it cool).Cheese press Directions: To Begin, heat the milk to 86 degrees. Add the starter and mix thoroughly. Cover and allow the milk to ripen for 1 hour. (We move the pot to the back of the stove for the 1 hour, and the temperature stays at 86°.)Add the coloring and stir. Make sure the milk's temperature is 86° degrees. Add the rennet and stir gently with an up-and-down motion for 1 minute. If you are using farm-fresh cow's milk, top-stir 3 minutes longer. Cover and let sit for 30 minutes, or until the curd gives a clean break. Cut the curd into 3/8-inch cubes. Stir gently. Let the curds sit for 5 minutes. Next, heat the curds by two degrees every 5 minutes until the temperature reaches 102° degrees.Stir gently to keep the curds from matting. Maintain the temperature of the curds at 102° degrees for 30 minutes, stirring gently. Again, move the pot to the back of the stove for the 30 minutes, and the temperature should stay at 102°. Drain off the whey to the level of the curds. If you want to keep the whey, have an extra pot or container handy to pour it into. While stirring, add 60° water or cold tap water until the temperature of the curds and water reaches 80° degrees. Maintain the curds at 80° degrees for 15 minutes. Stir to prevent matting. (the temperature of the additional water controls the moisture content of the cheese. If a drier cheese is desired, keep the curd-water mixture a few degrees higher than 80°. For a moister cheese, keep the temperature below 80°.) Pour the curds into a colander. Allow the curds to drain for 20 minutes.Break the curds into thumbnail-sized pieces. Add the salt and mix gently but thoroughly.Place the curds into a cheesecloth-lined mold (cheese press.) Press at 20lbs of pressure for 20 minutes. Remove the cheese from the mold, gently peel away the cheesecloth, turn over the cheese, re-dress it, and press at 30lbs of pressure for 20 minutes. Repeat the process but press at 40lbs of pressure for 1 hour.Again repeat the process but press at 50lbs of pressure for 12 hours.Remove the Colby Cheese from the mold and peel away the cheesecloth. Air-dry at room temperature for several days, or until the cheese is dry to the touch (around three days.) Being sure to rotate it several times a day. ... Making Colby Cheese is not hard; it just takes time. Having a cow that produces an abundance of milk inspired my husband and me to make our own cheese. We have been doing it for a number of years now and still enjoy every delectable step and bite. ... Making Colby Cheese is not hard; it just takes time. Having a cow that produces an abundance of milk inspired my husband and me to make our own cheese. We have been doing it for a number of years now and still enjoy every delectable step and bite. One of our favorite cheeses to make is colby. Colby Cheese is an American cheese named after the township in southern Wisconsin where it was first made. It has a more open texture than cheddar, contains more moisture, and has a pleasantly mild flavor. Colby takes around 4 hours and 45 minutes from the start until the final press, which then takes a further 12 hours. You can time this, so you are doing the 12-hour final press at night while you sleep. That is what we do. Cheesemaking takes attention to detail as the consistency, and the final product can vary a lot if you heat the milk too hot or not hot enough. I would say paying attention to the temperature of whatever cheese you are making is perhaps the most important step. Until you become familiar with each cheese, I would not suggest multi tasking. With that in mind, let's get you ready to make some colby. Food items needed: 2 gallons skimmed or whole milk (we skim ours so we can make butter. If you are interested in How to make Butter, please follow the link.1 packet direct-set mesophilic starter or 4 ounces prepared mesophilic starter4 drops cheese coloring.1/2 teaspoon liquid rennet.2 Tbls cheese saltCheese wax. Kitchen items needed: One large pot to hold your milkCheese knifeColanderCheeseclothCheese thermometerDouble boiler to hold and heat your cheese wax (We store the wax in the same pot after each use and just let it cool).Cheese press Directions: To Begin, heat the milk to 86 degrees. Add the starter and mix thoroughly. Cover and allow the milk to ripen for 1 hour. (We move the pot to the back of the stove for the 1 hour, and the temperature stays at 86°.)Add the coloring and stir. Make sure the milk's temperature is 86° degrees. Add the rennet and stir gently with an up-and-down motion for 1 minute. If you are using farm-fresh cow's milk, top-stir 3 minutes longer. Cover and let sit for 30 minutes, or until the curd gives a clean break. Cut the curd into 3/8-inch cubes. Stir gently. Let the curds sit for 5 minutes. Next, heat the curds by two degrees every 5 minutes until the temperature reaches 102° degrees.Stir gently to keep the curds from matting. Maintain the temperature of the curds at 102° degrees for 30 minutes, stirring gently. Again, move the pot to the back of the stove for the 30 minutes, and the temperature should stay at 102°. Drain off the whey to the level of the curds. If you want to keep the whey, have an extra pot or container handy to pour it into. While stirring, add 60° water or cold tap water until the temperature of the curds and water reaches 80° degrees. Maintain the curds at 80° degrees for 15 minutes. Stir to prevent matting. (the temperature of the additional water controls the moisture content of the cheese. If a drier cheese is desired, keep the curd-water mixture a few degrees higher than 80°. For a moister cheese, keep the temperature below 80°.) Pour the curds into a colander. Allow the curds to drain for 20 minutes.Break the curds into thumbnail-sized pieces. Add the salt and mix gently but thoroughly.Place the curds into a cheesecloth-lined mold (cheese press. Heather Earles full false 11:49 168极速赛车 Vitamin C and The Benefits It Has https://heatherearles.com/vitamin-c/ Sat, 02 Jan 2021 11:01:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2208 What is Vitamin C? Vitamin C is more than ever a vitamin people are turning to. Due to stress in our lives, environment, or rampant cases of flu that circulate, people are looking for ways to combat symptoms they are now experiencing. Vitamin C, also known as ascorbic acid and L-ascorbic acid, is found in food and used as a dietary supplement. Vitamin C is an essential nutrient involved in the repair of tissue and the making of certain neurotransmitters. It is required for the functioning of several enzymes and is important for an immune system function. It is within the class of chemicals known as antioxidants. Keep reading as we will go further into detail about each of the elements vitamin C impacts in your body and the impact it has to prevent and eliminate the coronavirus. Table Of ContentsWhat is Vitamin C?Vitamin C is more than ever a vitamin people are turning to. Due to stress in our lives, environment, or rampant cases of flu that circulate, people are looking for ways to combat symptoms they are now experiencing.In what type of foods is Vitamin C found?The top 10 foods containing V.C. include citrus fruits, broccoli, Brussel sprouts, raw bell peppers, kale, snow peas, and strawberries.DeficienciesHealth Benefits of Vitamin CCoronavirus/Flu and Vitamins to CombatDetoxingIs V.C Safe?Oregon State University Study ShowsHow Much Vitamin C Should I Take?Boost the Effectiveness of SunscreenSerum For the SkinIngredientsInstructions In what type of foods is Vitamin C found? picture from myfooddata The top 10 foods containing V.C. include citrus fruits, broccoli, Brussel sprouts, raw bell peppers, kale, snow peas, and strawberries. Note: Prolonged storage or cooking may reduce V.C. content in foods. In other words, fresh and raw is ideal. Deficiencies Like vitamin D, when people become deficient in it, unwelcome things start to happen first internally to our bodies and then when the symptoms are bad enough, externally. The same goes for Vitamin C. When people do not receive enough, their bodies can not function at their peak. By not functioning, I mean people may experience brain fog, memory loss, lack of concentration, and even strokes. A more serious symptom of V.C. deficiency “(known as scurvy) appear once plasma concentrations of the ascorbic acid drop below” ten micromolar (μM). A person can prevent this by consuming as little as 10 mg of ascorbic acid daily. Cutaneous manifestations of scurvy result from declines in collagen synthesis, leading to disruption of connective tissue and fragility of blood vessels. Early symptoms in the skin include a thickening of the stratum corneum and spots of small subcutaneous bleeding. As scurvy progresses, wound healing is impaired due to the loss of mature collagen, allowing wounds to remain open. An adequate intake of V.C remediates skin lesions caused by vitamin C deficiency. Health Benefits of Vitamin C It is shown that people who have enough vitamin C are less likely to develop Alzheimer’s as C helps restore the brain’s cognitive function. As our stressful lives deplete or overtake our bodies by canceling out good antioxidants, people’s health declines. First, to balance the decline or prevent it, we need to remove unnecessary stress. Two, you need to keep your body balanced by countering stress-related symptoms with a nutrient antioxidant diet that includes getting enough V.C. C is also a cofactor in creating serotonin and dopamine, which are the body’s neurotransmitters, providing physical and motivational energy, which include your feelings of reward and satisfaction. This is important as “Depression may have a relationship with vitamin C deficiency. When a group of patients were deprived of Vitamin C, they experienced symptoms like sad mood, reduced concentration, reduced energy, fatigue, and hypochondriasis.” -International Journal of Scientific Study Vitamin C isn’t just a vital antioxidant useful for boosting t... What is Vitamin C? Vitamin C is more than ever a vitamin people are turning to. Due to stress in our lives, environment, or rampant cases of flu that circulate, people are looking for ways to combat symptoms they are now experiencing. Vitamin C, What is Vitamin C? Vitamin C is more than ever a vitamin people are turning to. Due to stress in our lives, environment, or rampant cases of flu that circulate, people are looking for ways to combat symptoms they are now experiencing. Vitamin C, also known as ascorbic acid and L-ascorbic acid, is found in food and used as a dietary supplement. Vitamin C is an essential nutrient involved in the repair of tissue and the making of certain neurotransmitters. It is required for the functioning of several enzymes and is important for an immune system function. It is within the class of chemicals known as antioxidants. Keep reading as we will go further into detail about each of the elements vitamin C impacts in your body and the impact it has to prevent and eliminate the coronavirus. Table Of ContentsWhat is Vitamin C?Vitamin C is more than ever a vitamin people are turning to. Due to stress in our lives, environment, or rampant cases of flu that circulate, people are looking for ways to combat symptoms they are now experiencing.In what type of foods is Vitamin C found?The top 10 foods containing V.C. include citrus fruits, broccoli, Brussel sprouts, raw bell peppers, kale, snow peas, and strawberries.DeficienciesHealth Benefits of Vitamin CCoronavirus/Flu and Vitamins to CombatDetoxingIs V.C Safe?Oregon State University Study ShowsHow Much Vitamin C Should I Take?Boost the Effectiveness of SunscreenSerum For the SkinIngredientsInstructions In what type of foods is Vitamin C found? picture from myfooddata The top 10 foods containing V.C. include citrus fruits, broccoli, Brussel sprouts, raw bell peppers, kale, snow peas, and strawberries. Note: Prolonged storage or cooking may reduce V.C. content in foods. In other words, fresh and raw is ideal. Deficiencies Like vitamin D, when people become deficient in it, unwelcome things start to happen first internally to our bodies and then when the symptoms are bad enough, externally. The same goes for Vitamin C. When people do not receive enough, their bodies can not function at their peak. By not functioning, I mean people may experience brain fog, memory loss, lack of concentration, and even strokes. A more serious symptom of V.C. deficiency “(known as scurvy) appear once plasma concentrations of the ascorbic acid drop below” ten micromolar (μM). A person can prevent this by consuming as little as 10 mg of ascorbic acid daily. Cutaneous manifestations of scurvy result from declines in collagen synthesis, leading to disruption of connective tissue and fragility of blood vessels. Early symptoms in the skin include a thickening of the stratum corneum and spots of small subcutaneous bleeding. As scurvy progresses, wound healing is impaired due to the loss of mature collagen, allowing wounds to remain open. An adequate intake of V.C remediates skin lesions caused by vitamin C deficiency. Health Benefits of Vitamin C It is shown that people who have enough vitamin C are less likely to develop Alzheimer’s as C helps restore the brain’s cognitive function. As our stressful lives deplete or overtake our bodies by canceling out good antioxidants, people’s health declines. First, to balance the decline or prevent it, we need to remove unnecessary stress. Two, you need to keep your body balanced by countering stress-related symptoms with a nutrient antioxidant diet that includes getting enough V.C. C is also a cofactor in creating serotonin and dopamine, which are the body’s neurotransmitters, Heather Earles full false 19:12 168极速赛车 A Mild Recipe for Red Rice and Beans https://heatherearles.com/red-rice-and-beans/ Tue, 29 Dec 2020 19:54:22 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506348 Hello, hello. Today I was craving food with a touch of spice, but not enough to blow fire. So, after looking in the cupboards, I decided to make some red rice and beans. It's filling but also very healthy. Red rice and beans also has a soup feel, so it's a perfect alternative for the winter months when you need a change. This recipe of red rice and beans is something I whipped up on the fly, but it turned out so well I thought I would share it. Let's start. Ingredients: 5 cups of water2 1/2 cups of rice1 can of dark red kidney beans, 15.5 ounces.1 can of black beans, 15.5 ounces.5 garlic cloves, minced2 Tbls olive oil2 Tbls avocado oil1 tsp. chili powder1/2 tsp. Himalayan sea salt1 tsp. onion powderA single bay leaf1/4 tsp. celery seed1 can of diced tomatoes, 14.5 ounce1/4 tsp. of mustard powderSalt and pepper to taste Directions: Bring your 5 cups of water to a boil, and then add your rice.Once you add your rice, turn the burner to simmer or low and place a lid on the pot. Occasionally stir for about 20 minutes until the rice is soft.While the rice is cooking, drain and add your beans to a medium-sized pot with your burner turned to medium-low. Next, add the remaining ingredients and continue to stir. The mustard powder is not shown You want the beans to cook so they become a little thick. Once they have thickened and the flavors have combined, the beans are ready to serve.Taking a bowl or plate, scoop some cooked rice, and then top it off with the beans. Add salt and pepper to taste. For added flavor or extra protein, cook andouille sausage and add it to the bean mixture before topping your rice.You now have a bowl of mild red rice and beans. Leftovers taste even better as the flavors mold into each other. You can also use the bean mixture as a chip dip. This recipe is easy enough that my kids and yours, too, can make it when we can not make it home in time to start dinner. As an easy way to prep, be sure you have all of your ingredients on hand to make several batches. That's it, enjoy and stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Hello, hello. Today I was craving food with a touch of spice, but not enough to blow fire. So, after looking in the cupboards, I decided to make some red rice and beans. It's filling but also very healthy. Red rice and beans also has a soup feel, Hello, hello. Today I was craving food with a touch of spice, but not enough to blow fire. So, after looking in the cupboards, I decided to make some red rice and beans. It's filling but also very healthy. Red rice and beans also has a soup feel, so it's a perfect alternative for the winter months when you need a change. This recipe of red rice and beans is something I whipped up on the fly, but it turned out so well I thought I would share it. Let's start. Ingredients: 5 cups of water2 1/2 cups of rice1 can of dark red kidney beans, 15.5 ounces.1 can of black beans, 15.5 ounces.5 garlic cloves, minced2 Tbls olive oil2 Tbls avocado oil1 tsp. chili powder1/2 tsp. Himalayan sea salt1 tsp. onion powderA single bay leaf1/4 tsp. celery seed1 can of diced tomatoes, 14.5 ounce1/4 tsp. of mustard powderSalt and pepper to taste Directions: Bring your 5 cups of water to a boil, and then add your rice.Once you add your rice, turn the burner to simmer or low and place a lid on the pot. Occasionally stir for about 20 minutes until the rice is soft.While the rice is cooking, drain and add your beans to a medium-sized pot with your burner turned to medium-low. Next, add the remaining ingredients and continue to stir. The mustard powder is not shown You want the beans to cook so they become a little thick. Once they have thickened and the flavors have combined, the beans are ready to serve.Taking a bowl or plate, scoop some cooked rice, and then top it off with the beans. Add salt and pepper to taste. For added flavor or extra protein, cook andouille sausage and add it to the bean mixture before topping your rice.You now have a bowl of mild red rice and beans. Leftovers taste even better as the flavors mold into each other. You can also use the bean mixture as a chip dip. This recipe is easy enough that my kids and yours, too, can make it when we can not make it home in time to start dinner. As an easy way to prep, be sure you have all of your ingredients on hand to make several batches. That's it, enjoy and stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children’s books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. “I want to make people feel good about life.” Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 4:27 168极速赛车 Healthy Hot Chocolate with Cacao Powder https://heatherearles.com/healthy-hot-cacao/ Sat, 19 Dec 2020 06:14:45 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506337 There are many times when I like to sit where it's quiet with my fingers wrapped around a warm drink. It's comforting and also relaxing. In these moments, I realize how something familiar can add to the peacefulness of a person and create an overall feeling of euphoria. Different drinks can have different delights as each brings up a fond memory. Hot cocoa reminds me of a wonderful childhood, clean, crisp air in my lungs at the same time warmth. But not all cocoa is the same, no, I would recommend different recipes depending on your mood. For instance, real cacao, more chocolate, a little bitter, or perhaps you want smooth. This homemade hot chocolate with cacao powder to me is smooth. It's made with milk, honey, and a touch of vanilla and it is nutritious. Ready to try it? Healthy Hot Chocolate with Cacao Powder Author: Nicki Sizemore Ingredients 2 cups milk (preferably 2% or whole milk)2 tablespoons raw cacao powder1 tablespoon honey1/2 teaspoon vanillaA pinch of sea saltFor a vegan version, use canned coconut milk in place of the regular milk and swap out the honey for maple syrup. Instructions In a small saucepan, combine the milk, cacao powder, honey to taste (a teaspoon or two should do you), vanilla and a pinch of salt (sometimes I also add a pinch of cinnamon or even cayenne, if I’m feeling racy). Whisk until smooth.Place saucepan over medium heat, and bring the milk to a simmer, whisking often. Give the hot chocolate a taste—if you prefer it sweeter whisk in a bit more honey. Serve warm. Notes Do Ahead: The hot chocolate can be transferred to a jar and refrigerated for up to 5 days. Shake or stir it before serving (you can drink it cold or reheat it!). Tips: The best hot chocolate is made with cacao powder, which you can find at many grocery stores or online! Raw cacao powder is healthier and richer in flavor than regular cocoa powder. However, you can use a good quality cocoa powder in its place. It’s important to whisk the cacao powder into the milk before heating it up (it will take a bit of whisking to dissolve). If you add the cacao powder to hot milk it can clump up.I love this small saucepan and mini whisk for making hot chocolate, as well as for oatmeal and sauces.For a vegan version, use canned coconut milk in place of the regular milk (I don’t love the flavor of nut milk in this recipe, but that’s subjective) and swap out the honey for maple syrup.A pinch of salt helps to amplify all of the flavors. For a Mexican-inspired hot chocolate, add cinnamon and a pinch of cayenne pepper.Refrigerate any leftover hot chocolate for a healthy chocolate milk!Add marshmallows if desired. Now if you will excuse me friends, I’m going to find a comfy chair and close my eyes as I take the first sip. Until next time, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children's books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. "I want to make people feel good about life." Learn more about the author There are many times when I like to sit where it's quiet with my fingers wrapped around a warm drink. It's comforting and also relaxing. In these moments, I realize how something familiar can add to the peacefulness of a person and create an overall... There are many times when I like to sit where it's quiet with my fingers wrapped around a warm drink. It's comforting and also relaxing. In these moments, I realize how something familiar can add to the peacefulness of a person and create an overall feeling of euphoria. Different drinks can have different delights as each brings up a fond memory. Hot cocoa reminds me of a wonderful childhood, clean, crisp air in my lungs at the same time warmth. But not all cocoa is the same, no, I would recommend different recipes depending on your mood. For instance, real cacao, more chocolate, a little bitter, or perhaps you want smooth. This homemade hot chocolate with cacao powder to me is smooth. It's made with milk, honey, and a touch of vanilla and it is nutritious. Ready to try it? Healthy Hot Chocolate with Cacao Powder Author: Nicki Sizemore Ingredients 2 cups milk (preferably 2% or whole milk)2 tablespoons raw cacao powder1 tablespoon honey1/2 teaspoon vanillaA pinch of sea saltFor a vegan version, use canned coconut milk in place of the regular milk and swap out the honey for maple syrup. Instructions In a small saucepan, combine the milk, cacao powder, honey to taste (a teaspoon or two should do you), vanilla and a pinch of salt (sometimes I also add a pinch of cinnamon or even cayenne, if I’m feeling racy). Whisk until smooth.Place saucepan over medium heat, and bring the milk to a simmer, whisking often. Give the hot chocolate a taste—if you prefer it sweeter whisk in a bit more honey. Serve warm. Notes Do Ahead: The hot chocolate can be transferred to a jar and refrigerated for up to 5 days. Shake or stir it before serving (you can drink it cold or reheat it!). Tips: The best hot chocolate is made with cacao powder, which you can find at many grocery stores or online! Raw cacao powder is healthier and richer in flavor than regular cocoa powder. However, you can use a good quality cocoa powder in its place. It’s important to whisk the cacao powder into the milk before heating it up (it will take a bit of whisking to dissolve). If you add the cacao powder to hot milk it can clump up.I love this small saucepan and mini whisk for making hot chocolate, as well as for oatmeal and sauces.For a vegan version, use canned coconut milk in place of the regular milk (I don’t love the flavor of nut milk in this recipe, but that’s subjective) and swap out the honey for maple syrup.A pinch of salt helps to amplify all of the flavors. For a Mexican-inspired hot chocolate, add cinnamon and a pinch of cayenne pepper.Refrigerate any leftover hot chocolate for a healthy chocolate milk!Add marshmallows if desired. Now if you will excuse me friends, I’m going to find a comfy chair and close my eyes as I take the first sip. Until next time, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a sustainable farm with their four children. She is an established author of inspiration, fiction, and children's books; a journalist, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for two newspapers to aid and inspire others. "I want to make people feel good about life." Learn more about the author Heather Earles full false 6:06 168极速赛车 Easy Homemade Peppermint Bark https://heatherearles.com/peppermint-bark/ Thu, 10 Dec 2020 20:50:57 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506319 There is so much to do around the holidays, so it's nice when you find a recipe that's easy yet appropriate. And by appropriate, I mean it fits the flavors of the season. Now some of you may think, well, homemade peppermint bark isn't very healthy, and you're right. At the same time, I like to give the kids a little break from eating Brussel sprouts ;). Yes, there are healthy recipes, and I would suggest adding many to your diet during the holidays as people tend to overeat and intake more sugar than is necessary! Moderation is key to everything in life, and this is the reason I'm posting a little bit of sweetness today. This recipe is from Ruth Soukup, and besides tasting good, these treats make the perfect gift or sweet to bring to a holiday party. Ready to start? Fantastic, me too. Homemade Peppermint Bark Ingredients 25 unwrapped Candy Canes2 12 oz. bags Milk Chocolate Chips2 11.5 oz. bags Semi Sweet Chunks4 12 oz. bags White Chocolate Chips1/4 tsp Peppermint Vitality Essential Oil or 1 tsp peppermint extract (optional) Instructions Start by unwrapping a pile of candy canes, then place them in a large ziplock bag.Put that ziplock bag within a second ziplock bag (broken candy canes are sharp), then break the candy canes into small pieces. I used a rolling pin to smash them.Cover 3 cookie sheets (for a large batch) with non-stick foil or wax paper. Boil water in a double boiler. Since I don't have a double boiler, I used a bowl over a saucepan, which worked just as well. Fill the water to just below the bowl, but not touching the bowl.Slowly melt the chocolate chips, stirring frequently. I discovered it works better to mostly melt one bag before adding the next bag, rather than dumping them in all at once.Spread out the chocolate on the foil-covered cookie sheets. It should be fairly thin, approximately 1/8" thick. Place cookie sheets in the fridge to harden for about a half-hour.While the chocolate layer is cooling, rinse your bowl or double boiler pan and repeat the melting process with the white chocolate chips. If desired, add 1/4 tsp Peppermint Vitality Essential Oil or 1 tsp peppermint extract to the melted white chocolate for extra pepper-minty flavor.Spread out the melted white chocolate in a layer over top of the brown chocolate. While it is still wet, quickly sprinkle on the broken candy cane pieces. Place in the refrigerator to harden completely, about an hour.Once the bark has hardened, break into pieces by hand, then place into cellophane bags.To seal the bags, cut pieces of holiday scrapbook paper into 4x4" squares, then fold the squares in half. Fold over the tops of the cellophane bags a couple of times, then staple the scrapbook paper over the fold. If desired, print labels to glue onto the scrapbook paper. Ending Notes Since I'm not big on plastic, I prefer to place the broken pieces into different size mason jars and put a ribbon or note using cardstock on top. If you are keeping them for yourself, it's still nice to store them in a jar. Just be sure they have cooled completely. Beyond that, all that's left to do is eat them in moderation :). I hope this homemade peppermint bark kick-starts your baking and makes it a little easier to enjoy your Christmas and the true reason for the season. Until next week, enjoy and stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn more about the author There is so much to do around the holidays, so it's nice when you find a recipe that's easy yet appropriate. And by appropriate, I mean it fits the flavors of the season. Now some of you may think, well, homemade peppermint bark isn't very healthy, There is so much to do around the holidays, so it's nice when you find a recipe that's easy yet appropriate. And by appropriate, I mean it fits the flavors of the season. Now some of you may think, well, homemade peppermint bark isn't very healthy, and you're right. At the same time, I like to give the kids a little break from eating Brussel sprouts ;). Yes, there are healthy recipes, and I would suggest adding many to your diet during the holidays as people tend to overeat and intake more sugar than is necessary! Moderation is key to everything in life, and this is the reason I'm posting a little bit of sweetness today. This recipe is from Ruth Soukup, and besides tasting good, these treats make the perfect gift or sweet to bring to a holiday party. Ready to start? Fantastic, me too. Homemade Peppermint Bark Ingredients 25 unwrapped Candy Canes2 12 oz. bags Milk Chocolate Chips2 11.5 oz. bags Semi Sweet Chunks4 12 oz. bags White Chocolate Chips1/4 tsp Peppermint Vitality Essential Oil or 1 tsp peppermint extract (optional) Instructions Start by unwrapping a pile of candy canes, then place them in a large ziplock bag.Put that ziplock bag within a second ziplock bag (broken candy canes are sharp), then break the candy canes into small pieces. I used a rolling pin to smash them.Cover 3 cookie sheets (for a large batch) with non-stick foil or wax paper. Boil water in a double boiler. Since I don't have a double boiler, I used a bowl over a saucepan, which worked just as well. Fill the water to just below the bowl, but not touching the bowl.Slowly melt the chocolate chips, stirring frequently. I discovered it works better to mostly melt one bag before adding the next bag, rather than dumping them in all at once.Spread out the chocolate on the foil-covered cookie sheets. It should be fairly thin, approximately 1/8" thick. Place cookie sheets in the fridge to harden for about a half-hour.While the chocolate layer is cooling, rinse your bowl or double boiler pan and repeat the melting process with the white chocolate chips. If desired, add 1/4 tsp Peppermint Vitality Essential Oil or 1 tsp peppermint extract to the melted white chocolate for extra pepper-minty flavor.Spread out the melted white chocolate in a layer over top of the brown chocolate. While it is still wet, quickly sprinkle on the broken candy cane pieces. Place in the refrigerator to harden completely, about an hour.Once the bark has hardened, break into pieces by hand, then place into cellophane bags.To seal the bags, cut pieces of holiday scrapbook paper into 4x4" squares, then fold the squares in half. Fold over the tops of the cellophane bags a couple of times, then staple the scrapbook paper over the fold. If desired, print labels to glue onto the scrapbook paper. Ending Notes Since I'm not big on plastic, I prefer to place the broken pieces into different size mason jars and put a ribbon or note using cardstock on top. If you are keeping them for yourself, it's still nice to store them in a jar. Just be sure they have cooled completely. Beyond that, all that's left to do is eat them in moderation :). I hope this homemade peppermint bark kick-starts your baking and makes it a little easier to enjoy your Christmas and the true reason for the season. Until next week, enjoy and stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspa... Heather Earles full false 5:21 168极速赛车 Chamomile and its Many Medicinal and Culinary Uses https://heatherearles.com/chamomile/ Thu, 03 Dec 2020 21:41:12 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506305 If you’re a foodie like me, you will love learning about a tiny flower that has some extraordinary health benefits. Not only that, but you can use it in desserts and culinary dishes. What is this small flower, you may ask? Well, it has delicate white petals with a golden center, and chamomile is its name. With no surprise, this beautiful flower is related to the daisy family (Asteraceae or Compositae), and from what we know, there are two different types. German chamomile (Matricaria chamomilla) is one type “and is a sweet-scented, smooth plant and self-seeding annual herb. It is native to Europe and Western Asia and has become widely distributed over Europe, North Africa, and the temperate region of Asia.” The other type is Roman chamomile (Chamaemelum nobile). “Roman chamomile is an aromatic, creeping perennial, found in dry fields and around gardens and cultivated grounds. It originated in the United Kingdom and is widely grown in American herb gardens.” -Integrative Medicine (Fourth Edition), 2018. Now that you’ve been properly introduced, let’s learn how to use chamomile for everyday health and living. According to Donna Eszlinger, chamomile was used mainly for medicinal purposes. “My grandmother, parents, and husband’s parents used it as a supplement for inflammation, to relax a person, to treat colds, for colicky babies, to calm the stomach, or relieve menstrual pain. Kind of like aspirin.” She also explains, “If you had a cold in your eye, they would make a compress by soaking a cloth in chamomile tea and then placing it on your eyes to take down the inflammation.” When asked about the form in which she takes chamomile, Eszlinger said, “I prefer fresh over the tea bags because the tea bags are not as potent. It doesn’t have the full strength of the chamomile, at least not to my liking. I mean, people that haven’t had the actual flower maybe don’t know the difference, but if you’ve had the flower or raw form versus a teabag, you know it’s not as strong.” Other medicinal uses are: A more restful sleep According to Healthline, chamomile “contains apigenin, an antioxidant that binds to certain receptors in your brain that may promote sleepiness and reduce insomnia, or the chronic inability to sleep. In one study, postpartum women who drank chamomile tea for two weeks reported better sleep quality compared to a group that did not drink chamomile tea. They also had fewer symptoms of depression, which is often linked with sleeping problems.” Like many herbal teas, chamomile is easy on the stomach and is very relaxing and soothing. Drink one cup 30 minutes before bed to gain the best results for a peaceful night’s rest. To help soothe the stomach. We know that Chamomile tea is easy to digest, and findings suggest it “may protect against diarrhea, stomach ulcers, nausea and gas, likely due to its anti-inflammatory effects.” -healthline. As a mouth rinse “In dentistry, chamomile has been studied due to its anti-inflammatory properties. This plant has been tested by several researchers, with promising results. Chamomile is proved to reduce gingival inflammation and plaque accumulation without staining teeth nor having adverse effects. Therefore, this mouthwash has shown good results, statistically similar to chlorhexidine 0.12% after two weeks of regular mouth rinse.” -Dunker Dental Care. Mouth Wash Rinse To make an herbal mouth wash, place 6 tablespoons of green tea and 3 tablespoons of chamomile in a French press or jar.Cover with cool distilled water or reverse osmosis water.Seal the container and then allow it to sit for at least 7 hours.You can lightly swirl the jar every couple of hours, but the mixture of mouth wash will not be ruined if you forget.At this point, press or strain out any particles remaining.In between uses, store it sealed in your refrigerator. Use morning and night. To relieve a headache. Although it’s not proven that chamomile will take a... If you’re a foodie like me, you will love learning about a tiny flower that has some extraordinary health benefits. Not only that, but you can use it in desserts and culinary dishes. What is this small flower, you may ask? Well, If you’re a foodie like me, you will love learning about a tiny flower that has some extraordinary health benefits. Not only that, but you can use it in desserts and culinary dishes. What is this small flower, you may ask? Well, it has delicate white petals with a golden center, and chamomile is its name. With no surprise, this beautiful flower is related to the daisy family (Asteraceae or Compositae), and from what we know, there are two different types. German chamomile (Matricaria chamomilla) is one type “and is a sweet-scented, smooth plant and self-seeding annual herb. It is native to Europe and Western Asia and has become widely distributed over Europe, North Africa, and the temperate region of Asia.” The other type is Roman chamomile (Chamaemelum nobile). “Roman chamomile is an aromatic, creeping perennial, found in dry fields and around gardens and cultivated grounds. It originated in the United Kingdom and is widely grown in American herb gardens.” -Integrative Medicine (Fourth Edition), 2018. Now that you’ve been properly introduced, let’s learn how to use chamomile for everyday health and living. According to Donna Eszlinger, chamomile was used mainly for medicinal purposes. “My grandmother, parents, and husband’s parents used it as a supplement for inflammation, to relax a person, to treat colds, for colicky babies, to calm the stomach, or relieve menstrual pain. Kind of like aspirin.” She also explains, “If you had a cold in your eye, they would make a compress by soaking a cloth in chamomile tea and then placing it on your eyes to take down the inflammation.” When asked about the form in which she takes chamomile, Eszlinger said, “I prefer fresh over the tea bags because the tea bags are not as potent. It doesn’t have the full strength of the chamomile, at least not to my liking. I mean, people that haven’t had the actual flower maybe don’t know the difference, but if you’ve had the flower or raw form versus a teabag, you know it’s not as strong.” Other medicinal uses are: A more restful sleep According to Healthline, chamomile “contains apigenin, an antioxidant that binds to certain receptors in your brain that may promote sleepiness and reduce insomnia, or the chronic inability to sleep. In one study, postpartum women who drank chamomile tea for two weeks reported better sleep quality compared to a group that did not drink chamomile tea. They also had fewer symptoms of depression, which is often linked with sleeping problems.” Like many herbal teas, chamomile is easy on the stomach and is very relaxing and soothing. Drink one cup 30 minutes before bed to gain the best results for a peaceful night’s rest. To help soothe the stomach. We know that Chamomile tea is easy to digest, and findings suggest it “may protect against diarrhea, stomach ulcers, nausea and gas, likely due to its anti-inflammatory effects.” -healthline. As a mouth rinse “In dentistry, chamomile has been studied due to its anti-inflammatory properties. This plant has been tested by several researchers, with promising results. Chamomile is proved to reduce gingival inflammation and plaque accumulation without staining teeth nor having adverse effects. Therefore, this mouthwash has shown good results, statistically similar to chlorhexidine 0.12% after two weeks of regular mouth rinse.” -Dunker Dental Care. Mouth Wash Rinse To make an herbal mouth wash, place 6 tablespoons of green tea and 3 tablespoons of chamomile in a French press or jar. Heather Earles full false 14:29 168极速赛车 Recipe to Make Fresh Pumpkin Pie https://heatherearles.com/pumpkin-pie/ Fri, 20 Nov 2020 00:03:49 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1069 Pumpkin pie says everything we love about the holidays. For instance, it has a sweet smell, a heavenly taste, brings happiness to the soul, and puts a smile on the face. While closing my eyes, I take that first bite of pumpkin pie around the holidays and melt. It's kind of like those commercials you see where little bubbles pop up describing how you feel. In this case, the feeling is utterly delightful, marvelous, grand, and sublime. In short, pumpkin pie is the BEST! Due to the importance of a good recipe, I'm sharing a family pumpkin pie recipe that comes from a long line of excellent cooks, a one of a kind, you might say. It uses fresh pumpkin from your garden, eggs straight from the chicken, and thick cream you get from the cow. As the ingredients are very important to the overall product, try to find organic or homegrown if you do not have or grow them yourself. With that, let's start making some pumpkin pie. Ingredients for Pumpkin Pie: This recipe is for 1 pie. Bake at 350° for 1 1/2 hours 2 cups baked pumpkin (for instruction on how to bake a pumpkin in your oven follow ME.)3 farm fresh eggs3/4 cup cream ( fresh or heavy whipping cream)2 Tablespoon flour1 cup white sugar1 cup brown sugar1/4 cloves1/4 tsp ginger1 tsp vanilla1 tsp cinnamon1/2 salt1/4 tsp nutmeg Ingredients for the Crust. This recipe is for a single crust (9-inch) 1 cup all-purpose or unbleached flour1/2 tsp salt1/3 cup plus 1 Tbls shortening2 to 3 Tbls cold water Directions: Turn on your oven to 350° Fahrenheit. Begin by mixing all of your ingredients in a kitchen aid or whatever method of mixing you prefer. I would suggest mixing after each element to ensure there are no clumps. Once you have all the ingredients combined and mixed, set your oven to 350°. Next, start making your crust. Mix the flour and salt in a medium bowl. Cut in shortening, using a pastry blender or crisscrossing two knives, until particles are the size of small peas. Sprinkle with cold water, 1 Tbls at a time, tossing with fork until all the flour is moist and pastry almost leaves the side of the bowl. Add 1 to 2 tsp more of water if needed.Now, gather your pastry into a ball and flatten it a little with your hands. Roll pastry on a lightly floured surface, using a floured rolling pin, into a circle 2 inches larger than the upside-down pie plate, 9 x 1 1/4 inches. Fold pastry in half or fourths and place in a pie plate. Unfold, pressing firmly against bottom and sides, being careful not to stretch pastry, which will cause it to shrink when baked. Pinch with fingers to make some edging and trim off any extra. Be sure to keep flour on your rolling pin, so the dough does not stick or tear.(For Two-Crust Pie, divide pastry in half and shape into two rounds.) If desired, wrap each round in plastic wrap and refrigerate about 30 minutes to firm up the shortening slightly, making the baked pastry flakier and letting the water absorb evenly throughout the dough. However, you will need to let the pastry soften slightly before rolling. Now stir your pumpkin pie mixture and pour it into the pie crust. Place pie in the oven and bake for an hour and a half or until a butter knife comes out pretty clean when placed in the center. Cool on a drying rack and serve or freeze and save for a later date. Be sure to cover the pie or pies with saran wrap before freezing. That's all there is to it, other than eating a huge slice with homemade whip cream ;). Well, I also want to wish you and your family a memorable Thanksgiving and hope you will ENJOY and save this family recipe. Happy Holidays, Friends! P.S. If you are looking for another great tutorial, please visit, How to make Butter, which also gives instructions on making your own homemade whip cream. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, Pumpkin pie says everything we love about the holidays. For instance, it has a sweet smell, a heavenly taste, brings happiness to the soul, and puts a smile on the face. While closing my eyes, I take that first bite of pumpkin pie around the holiday... Pumpkin pie says everything we love about the holidays. For instance, it has a sweet smell, a heavenly taste, brings happiness to the soul, and puts a smile on the face. While closing my eyes, I take that first bite of pumpkin pie around the holidays and melt. It's kind of like those commercials you see where little bubbles pop up describing how you feel. In this case, the feeling is utterly delightful, marvelous, grand, and sublime. In short, pumpkin pie is the BEST! Due to the importance of a good recipe, I'm sharing a family pumpkin pie recipe that comes from a long line of excellent cooks, a one of a kind, you might say. It uses fresh pumpkin from your garden, eggs straight from the chicken, and thick cream you get from the cow. As the ingredients are very important to the overall product, try to find organic or homegrown if you do not have or grow them yourself. With that, let's start making some pumpkin pie. Ingredients for Pumpkin Pie: This recipe is for 1 pie. Bake at 350° for 1 1/2 hours 2 cups baked pumpkin (for instruction on how to bake a pumpkin in your oven follow ME.)3 farm fresh eggs3/4 cup cream ( fresh or heavy whipping cream)2 Tablespoon flour1 cup white sugar1 cup brown sugar1/4 cloves1/4 tsp ginger1 tsp vanilla1 tsp cinnamon1/2 salt1/4 tsp nutmeg Ingredients for the Crust. This recipe is for a single crust (9-inch) 1 cup all-purpose or unbleached flour1/2 tsp salt1/3 cup plus 1 Tbls shortening2 to 3 Tbls cold water Directions: Turn on your oven to 350° Fahrenheit. Begin by mixing all of your ingredients in a kitchen aid or whatever method of mixing you prefer. I would suggest mixing after each element to ensure there are no clumps. Once you have all the ingredients combined and mixed, set your oven to 350°. Next, start making your crust. Mix the flour and salt in a medium bowl. Cut in shortening, using a pastry blender or crisscrossing two knives, until particles are the size of small peas. Sprinkle with cold water, 1 Tbls at a time, tossing with fork until all the flour is moist and pastry almost leaves the side of the bowl. Add 1 to 2 tsp more of water if needed.Now, gather your pastry into a ball and flatten it a little with your hands. Roll pastry on a lightly floured surface, using a floured rolling pin, into a circle 2 inches larger than the upside-down pie plate, 9 x 1 1/4 inches. Fold pastry in half or fourths and place in a pie plate. Unfold, pressing firmly against bottom and sides, being careful not to stretch pastry, which will cause it to shrink when baked. Pinch with fingers to make some edging and trim off any extra. Be sure to keep flour on your rolling pin, so the dough does not stick or tear.(For Two-Crust Pie, divide pastry in half and shape into two rounds.) If desired, wrap each round in plastic wrap and refrigerate about 30 minutes to firm up the shortening slightly, making the baked pastry flakier and letting the water absorb evenly throughout the dough. However, you will need to let the pastry soften slightly before rolling. Now stir your pumpkin pie mixture and pour it into the pie crust. Place pie in the oven and bake for an hour and a half or until a butter knife comes out pretty clean when placed in the center. Cool on a drying rack and serve or freeze and save for a later date. Be sure to cover the pie or pies with saran wrap before freezing. That's all there is to it, other than eating a huge slice with homemade whip cream ;). Well, Heather Earles full false 8:03 168极速赛车 The Healthiest Nuts for Your Body https://heatherearles.com/why-are-nuts-good-for-you/ Thu, 12 Nov 2020 23:05:30 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506273 Hey friends, today it's all about nuts, and I don't mean going nuts from the kids or work; no, we're talking about the ones you nibble on when you need a snack or the ones you eat while at a holiday party. Some people aren't sure if eating nuts is healthy for them or not. As they are high in fat, most people associate that with not being a good thing. However, fats are not the enemy when we are talking about healthy fats, which nuts have. Sure, if you eat a whole bag full, that isn't ideal, but if we are talking about normal servings, which we will get into, there is nothing wrong with eating nuts. In fact, they are known to improve your health, not deplete it. Yes, you heard me right, nuts are tremendous! Now, let's get into why that is. It's not a good idea to avoid nuts Melissa Diane Smith, a holistic nutritionist, who looked closely at the 2017 Global Burden of Disease Study, summarized this, "nearly 500 researchers examined nearly 100,00 data sources" concerning the most comprehensive analysis of the cause of death. What they found was quite shocking. One of the leading causes, or 'dietary risk factors for death' was not eating enough nuts. "Eating more vegetables could potentially save 1.8 million lives, but eating more nuts and seeds might save 2.5 million." According to the study, one of the main 'healthy foods missing from most diets around the world actually are nuts and seeds!" What makes nuts so healthy? Remember when we were talking about healthy fats? Well, that is one reason nuts are so good for you. Others include but are not limited to: dietary fibervegetable proteinvitamins such as E, folic acid (a B vitamin), niacin, potassium.different minerals to include zinc, copper, and magnesium. In addition, they contain amino acid arginine, which helps your body build protein along with high antioxidant properties keeping your body's overall health. Keeping a strong heart Multiple studies show that eating "five or more servings (five ounces) of nuts per week" reduced "coronary heart disease incidence and death." Healthy blood sugar levels An article was written by Nutrients in November of 2017 that talks about "Benefits of Nut Consumption on Insulin Resistance and Cardiovascular Risk Factors." To summarize the findings they found, "nut consumption could play a role in reducing the risk of Type 2 Diabetes (T2DM) and cardiovascular disease (CVD) through improvement in glucose and lipid metabolism, weight maintenance and improved endothelial function" (a thin membrane that lines the inside of the heart and blood vessels.) As nuts are low in carbohydrates, they rarely raise a person's blood sugar levels. See the chart below for dietary information. Nutrient content of raw nuts per 100 g *. AlmondWalnutHazelnutMacadamiaPecanPistachioBrazil NutCashew NutPeanutPine NutChest NutEnergy (kcal)579654628718691560659553567673213Carbohydrate (g)21.5513.7116.713.8213.8627.1711.7430.191613.0845.54Protein (g)21.1515.2314.957.919.1720.1614.3218.222613.692.42Lysine (g)0.5680.4240.420.0180.2871.1380.490.9280.9260.540.143Arginine (g)2.4652.2782.2111.4021.1772.1342.142.1233.0852.4130.173Total fat (g)49.9365.2160.7575.7771.9745.3267.143.854968.372.26Saturated fat (g)3.86.1264.46412.0616.185.90716.1347.78374.890.425MUFA (g)31.558.93345.65258.87740.80123.25723.87923.7972418.760.78PUFA (g)12.32947.1747.921.50221.61414.3824.3997.8451634.070.894Total Fiber (g)12.56.79.78.69.610.67.538.53.78.1Folate (μg)449811311225122252403462Calcium (mg)26998114857010516037921627Magnesium (mg)27015816313012112137629216825132Sodium (mg)1205013121823Potassium (mg)7334416803684101025659660705597518Copper (mg)1.031158617250.7561.21.31.74321951.1441.3240.447Iron (mg)3.712.914.73.692.533.922.436.684.585.531.01Zinc (mg)3.123.092.451.34.532.24.065.783.276.450.52Selenium (μg)4.14.92.43.63.87191719.97.20.7NAα-tocopherol (mg)25.630.715.030.541.42.865.6508.339.33NAβ- 0.230.150.3300.3900.010.03NA0NAγ- 0.0720.830024. Hey friends, today it's all about nuts, and I don't mean going nuts from the kids or work; no, we're talking about the ones you nibble on when you need a snack or the ones you eat while at a holiday party. Hey friends, today it's all about nuts, and I don't mean going nuts from the kids or work; no, we're talking about the ones you nibble on when you need a snack or the ones you eat while at a holiday party. Some people aren't sure if eating nuts is healthy for them or not. As they are high in fat, most people associate that with not being a good thing. However, fats are not the enemy when we are talking about healthy fats, which nuts have. Sure, if you eat a whole bag full, that isn't ideal, but if we are talking about normal servings, which we will get into, there is nothing wrong with eating nuts. In fact, they are known to improve your health, not deplete it. Yes, you heard me right, nuts are tremendous! Now, let's get into why that is. It's not a good idea to avoid nuts Melissa Diane Smith, a holistic nutritionist, who looked closely at the 2017 Global Burden of Disease Study, summarized this, "nearly 500 researchers examined nearly 100,00 data sources" concerning the most comprehensive analysis of the cause of death. What they found was quite shocking. One of the leading causes, or 'dietary risk factors for death' was not eating enough nuts. "Eating more vegetables could potentially save 1.8 million lives, but eating more nuts and seeds might save 2.5 million." According to the study, one of the main 'healthy foods missing from most diets around the world actually are nuts and seeds!" What makes nuts so healthy? Remember when we were talking about healthy fats? Well, that is one reason nuts are so good for you. Others include but are not limited to: dietary fibervegetable proteinvitamins such as E, folic acid (a B vitamin), niacin, potassium.different minerals to include zinc, copper, and magnesium. In addition, they contain amino acid arginine, which helps your body build protein along with high antioxidant properties keeping your body's overall health. Keeping a strong heart Multiple studies show that eating "five or more servings (five ounces) of nuts per week" reduced "coronary heart disease incidence and death." Healthy blood sugar levels An article was written by Nutrients in November of 2017 that talks about "Benefits of Nut Consumption on Insulin Resistance and Cardiovascular Risk Factors." To summarize the findings they found, "nut consumption could play a role in reducing the risk of Type 2 Diabetes (T2DM) and cardiovascular disease (CVD) through improvement in glucose and lipid metabolism, weight maintenance and improved endothelial function" (a thin membrane that lines the inside of the heart and blood vessels.) As nuts are low in carbohydrates, they rarely raise a person's blood sugar levels. See the chart below for dietary information. Nutrient content of raw nuts per 100 g *. AlmondWalnutHazelnutMacadamiaPecanPistachioBrazil NutCashew NutPeanutPine NutChest NutEnergy (kcal)579654628718691560659553567673213Carbohydrate (g)21.5513.7116.713.8213.8627.1711.7430.191613.0845.54Protein (g)21.1515.2314.957.919.1720.1614.3218.222613.692.42Lysine (g)0.5680.4240.420.0180.2871.1380.490.9280.9260.540.143Arginine (g)2.4652.2782.2111.4021.1772.1342.142.1233.0852.4130.173Total fat (g)49.9365.2160.7575.7771.9745.3267.143.854968.372.26Saturated fat (g)3.86.1264.46412.0616.185.90716.1347.78374.890.425MUFA (g)31.558.93345.65258.87740.80123.25723.87923.7972418.760.78PUFA (g)12.32947.1747.921.50221.61414.3824.3997.8451634.070.894Total Fiber (g)12.56.79.78.69.610.67.538.53.78.1Folate (μg)449811311225122252403462Calcium (mg)26998114857010516037921627Magnesium (mg)270158163130... Heather Earles full false 8:17 168极速赛车 Easy Body Butter Recipe| Pictures Included https://heatherearles.com/body-butter/ Thu, 05 Nov 2020 19:57:45 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1049 Body Butter is a pleasing lotion type product that every person in the house can enjoy. For women, body butter helps them feel sexy and soft. They also feel good knowing their skin is being taken care of and getting the treatment it deserves. As for the men, they will appreciate the silkiness of a women's skin, along with the pleasing scent of peppermint that emanates from her body. The body butter is also a healthy choice for children as it keeps moisture in and dry skin away. I rub it on my little girl right out of the shower, and she loves it; not only the feel but she says it smells like Christmas :). With that happy note, roll up your sleeves, set aside 30 min. and get to work making this amazing body butter. Ingredients: 1 cup shea butter, grated.1/2 cup coconut oil.1/2 cup jojoba, almond, or olive oil.1-2 tsp peppermint oil.2 Tbl pure cocoa powder.2 tsp vitamin E. Items needed: Double boiler or pot with an inch of water on the bottom and another pot sitting on top.Large bowlSmall bowlStirring utensilBeaters or blender of choice.Ice or FridgeSpatula Directions: To begin, take your double broiler and melt the shea butter and coconut oil. Do not let it boil; stir while melting. When your shea butter and coconut oil have melted remove the pot from heat. Measure 2 Tbls of cocoa powder into a small bowl, add almond, jojoba, or olive oil (I used almond) to the cocoa powder, and stir. Now add the mixture to the shea butter and coconut oil, stir and chill in a large bowl of ice or put in the fridge until slightly hard. About 10 minutes. Once the mixture has cooled, remove from the fridge and add peppermint and vitamin E. If you are using the ice bath as I did above just leave the mixture in it until the next step. Now remove the mixture from the ice bath and whip on medium/high until stiff peaks form. Here is what the body butter looks like when it is fully whipped. Now you may put the body butter in whatever container you wish using your spatula. I used little jelly jars, so I could give them away as gifts. If you are keeping them for yourself, store the containers in a cool place. I keep one in the bathroom to use after showering. Just make sure it is in a drawer, cupboard, or under the sink. Ending notes: YOU DID IT! How simple was that? All you need to do now is go enjoy this tremendous body butter and feel good about the softness it will bring to your skin. Oh, I almost forgot to tell you, as an added bonus you will have a little glow from the cocoa powder ;). As I have incredibly white skin but don't like to tan, this is the perfect product to use. Harmless and radiating. That's it friends. Be sure to follow my blog so you will see the weekly posts that come out. For not though, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn More About the Author For another wonderful tutorial visit: How to Make Homemade Sunscreen. Body Butter is a pleasing lotion type product that every person in the house can enjoy. For women, body butter helps them feel sexy and soft. They also feel good knowing their skin is being taken care of and getting the treatment it deserves. Body Butter is a pleasing lotion type product that every person in the house can enjoy. For women, body butter helps them feel sexy and soft. They also feel good knowing their skin is being taken care of and getting the treatment it deserves. As for the men, they will appreciate the silkiness of a women's skin, along with the pleasing scent of peppermint that emanates from her body. The body butter is also a healthy choice for children as it keeps moisture in and dry skin away. I rub it on my little girl right out of the shower, and she loves it; not only the feel but she says it smells like Christmas :). With that happy note, roll up your sleeves, set aside 30 min. and get to work making this amazing body butter. Ingredients: 1 cup shea butter, grated.1/2 cup coconut oil.1/2 cup jojoba, almond, or olive oil.1-2 tsp peppermint oil.2 Tbl pure cocoa powder.2 tsp vitamin E. Items needed: Double boiler or pot with an inch of water on the bottom and another pot sitting on top.Large bowlSmall bowlStirring utensilBeaters or blender of choice.Ice or FridgeSpatula Directions: To begin, take your double broiler and melt the shea butter and coconut oil. Do not let it boil; stir while melting. When your shea butter and coconut oil have melted remove the pot from heat. Measure 2 Tbls of cocoa powder into a small bowl, add almond, jojoba, or olive oil (I used almond) to the cocoa powder, and stir. Now add the mixture to the shea butter and coconut oil, stir and chill in a large bowl of ice or put in the fridge until slightly hard. About 10 minutes. Once the mixture has cooled, remove from the fridge and add peppermint and vitamin E. If you are using the ice bath as I did above just leave the mixture in it until the next step. Now remove the mixture from the ice bath and whip on medium/high until stiff peaks form. Here is what the body butter looks like when it is fully whipped. Now you may put the body butter in whatever container you wish using your spatula. I used little jelly jars, so I could give them away as gifts. If you are keeping them for yourself, store the containers in a cool place. I keep one in the bathroom to use after showering. Just make sure it is in a drawer, cupboard, or under the sink. Ending notes: YOU DID IT! How simple was that? All you need to do now is go enjoy this tremendous body butter and feel good about the softness it will bring to your skin. Oh, I almost forgot to tell you, as an added bonus you will have a little glow from the cocoa powder ;). As I have incredibly white skin but don't like to tan, this is the perfect product to use. Harmless and radiating. That's it friends. Be sure to follow my blog so you will see the weekly posts that come out. For not though, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn More About the Author For another wonderful tutorial visit: How to Make Homemade Sunscreen. Heather Earles full false 5:31 168极速赛车 Light Banana Bread Recipe: Pictures Included https://heatherearles.com/banana-bread/ Thu, 29 Oct 2020 22:15:40 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506241 Sometimes when you wake up in the morning, the last thing you want to do is cook breakfast. Everyone needs to eat, though, so having something prepared ahead of time is key. This recipe is easy to make; the flavor is incredible where you want to eat the whole loaf in one sitting, and when you put fresh butter on a slice, you feel like you’ve died and gone to Heaven. In a food analogy kind of way. Now that your mouth is watering let's start making some banana bread! Ingredients needed: 1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour1/2 tsp. baking soda1/2 tsp. ground cinnamon1/4 tsp. baking powder1/4 tsp. ground nutmeg1/8 tsp. salt2 egg whites or 1 egg1 cup of sugar1 cup mashed ripe bananas (about two)1/4 cup avocado oil1/2 cup currants, nuts, or chocolate chips (optional) Directions: Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Use non-stick oil spray (I use avocado spray) on loaf pans. Stir together flour, soda, spices, baking powder, and salt.In another bowl beat together egg whites, sugar, and the bananas.Add oil and mix well.Stir flour mixture into the banana bread mix. Gently fold in currants, nuts, or chocolate chips (optional). Bake for 55-60 minutes or a little less if you are using a convection oven.Stick a toothpick or butter knife in the center to see if it comes out clean. If the dough sticks to the toothpick or knife you need to cook the banana bread for a little while longer. That's all there is to it. Make a double batch so you won't run out. The banana bread freezes really well so sometimes I make four loaves at one time with different things in each, (i.e., nuts, raisins, or chocolate chips). Once you get the recipe down, add other ingredients to make it your own. Enjoy, and until next time, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn More About the Author Sometimes when you wake up in the morning, the last thing you want to do is cook breakfast. Everyone needs to eat, though, so having something prepared ahead of time is key. This recipe is easy to make; the flavor is incredible where you want to... Sometimes when you wake up in the morning, the last thing you want to do is cook breakfast. Everyone needs to eat, though, so having something prepared ahead of time is key. This recipe is easy to make; the flavor is incredible where you want to eat the whole loaf in one sitting, and when you put fresh butter on a slice, you feel like you’ve died and gone to Heaven. In a food analogy kind of way. Now that your mouth is watering let's start making some banana bread! Ingredients needed: 1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour1/2 tsp. baking soda1/2 tsp. ground cinnamon1/4 tsp. baking powder1/4 tsp. ground nutmeg1/8 tsp. salt2 egg whites or 1 egg1 cup of sugar1 cup mashed ripe bananas (about two)1/4 cup avocado oil1/2 cup currants, nuts, or chocolate chips (optional) Directions: Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Use non-stick oil spray (I use avocado spray) on loaf pans. Stir together flour, soda, spices, baking powder, and salt.In another bowl beat together egg whites, sugar, and the bananas.Add oil and mix well.Stir flour mixture into the banana bread mix. Gently fold in currants, nuts, or chocolate chips (optional). Bake for 55-60 minutes or a little less if you are using a convection oven.Stick a toothpick or butter knife in the center to see if it comes out clean. If the dough sticks to the toothpick or knife you need to cook the banana bread for a little while longer. That's all there is to it. Make a double batch so you won't run out. The banana bread freezes really well so sometimes I make four loaves at one time with different things in each, (i.e., nuts, raisins, or chocolate chips). Once you get the recipe down, add other ingredients to make it your own. Enjoy, and until next time, stay healthy and free. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn More About the Author Heather Earles full false 4:25 168极速赛车 How do We Keep America and Our Country Great? https://heatherearles.com/country/ Fri, 16 Oct 2020 02:27:28 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1011 I write about health, which includes our body, mind, and soul. And, at present, the state of our country has everything to do with that. Allow me to explain. I was thinking of our country and the changes that will be coming our way, and then I was thinking of Jesus and the changes he brought. So what do I mean by that, and how do the two tie in together? Well, what we have now is a broken system and turning more ungodly every day due to the lack of respect and accountability. This lack of respect stems from bad parenting, teaching, and bad influences, to name a few. What has that got to do with our country and changes? Well, it's these beginning elements of respect that eventually make and shape people into who they are. These same people vote and make decisions not only for themselves but also for us if they are elected officials. Am I saying all elected officials should be perfect without past mistakes? No, not at all, but I am saying who you vote for effects every part of your life, and you should know what they stand for. Our country needs people who not only vote but who do their research and make educated decisions based on facts. Our county is at a tipping point, and you, as citizens have the freedom to voice which elected officials, you will support. For those of you who think you've just tuned into the doom and glume network, hang tight because that's not what this is. I am a journalist who still believes in reporting facts over emotions, old school I know, and encouraging people like you to do the same. The United States is a great nation. And, we, the people, have an obligation to fight for her just as our grandfathers, fathers, mothers, brothers, and sisters have for generations. This fight is no longer oversees but at our front door. We can not avoid it or wish it away. Are we better off than a lot of countries? Yes, but if we don't pay attention, we will soon join them. It is your responsibility as a citizen to hold our lawmakers accountable no matter if they are local or Federal. Why? Because if you don't, who will? Do you think you can sit by, do nothing, and then pass the blame for why our country failed? Do you think you are too insignificant? Are you waiting for Jesus to come and fix everything? We can not afford to sit back and watch as people make decisions for us; we must have a voice and stand firm on our convictions. I think about Jesus and the changes he created by standing firm on His convictions. Jesus brought hope and life to Jews and Gentiles (i.e., non-Jewish people); he brought love and justice. When I mention justice, I'm not talking about the justice we have in today's systems but true and Godly justice—looking to every person's heart. Jesus not only held accountable the officials at the time but every person on earth. He did not wait for somebody else to come along. He taught disciples, leaders, and judges to uphold and keep the laws of the land (if they did not go against God's laws) without compromising on their beliefs. Did that mean some died? Yes, but they died for a purpose and a cause. They died for something they ultimately believed in. What is it you believe in? What are you not willing to compromise on? These are questions you should ask yourself when not only voting but living your daily lives. What and who you support should line up with what you believe. There is no grey area here. Because corruption has been going on for centuries, do we continue to allow it? No folks, we change, we enforce the laws of our founding fathers (The Constitution), and we keep our country great. The people of America have been sitting for far too long. We need to stop the corruption taking over America from within by bringing true justice and God back into our homes and lives. I am not talking about starting a revolutionary war, but I am talking about starting a revolution of God back in America. As a country, we have neutered our men, I write about health, which includes our body, mind, and soul. And, at present, the state of our country has everything to do with that. Allow me to explain. I was thinking of our country and the changes that will be coming our way, I write about health, which includes our body, mind, and soul. And, at present, the state of our country has everything to do with that. Allow me to explain. I was thinking of our country and the changes that will be coming our way, and then I was thinking of Jesus and the changes he brought. So what do I mean by that, and how do the two tie in together? Well, what we have now is a broken system and turning more ungodly every day due to the lack of respect and accountability. This lack of respect stems from bad parenting, teaching, and bad influences, to name a few. What has that got to do with our country and changes? Well, it's these beginning elements of respect that eventually make and shape people into who they are. These same people vote and make decisions not only for themselves but also for us if they are elected officials. Am I saying all elected officials should be perfect without past mistakes? No, not at all, but I am saying who you vote for effects every part of your life, and you should know what they stand for. Our country needs people who not only vote but who do their research and make educated decisions based on facts. Our county is at a tipping point, and you, as citizens have the freedom to voice which elected officials, you will support. For those of you who think you've just tuned into the doom and glume network, hang tight because that's not what this is. I am a journalist who still believes in reporting facts over emotions, old school I know, and encouraging people like you to do the same. The United States is a great nation. And, we, the people, have an obligation to fight for her just as our grandfathers, fathers, mothers, brothers, and sisters have for generations. This fight is no longer oversees but at our front door. We can not avoid it or wish it away. Are we better off than a lot of countries? Yes, but if we don't pay attention, we will soon join them. It is your responsibility as a citizen to hold our lawmakers accountable no matter if they are local or Federal. Why? Because if you don't, who will? Do you think you can sit by, do nothing, and then pass the blame for why our country failed? Do you think you are too insignificant? Are you waiting for Jesus to come and fix everything? We can not afford to sit back and watch as people make decisions for us; we must have a voice and stand firm on our convictions. I think about Jesus and the changes he created by standing firm on His convictions. Jesus brought hope and life to Jews and Gentiles (i.e., non-Jewish people); he brought love and justice. When I mention justice, I'm not talking about the justice we have in today's systems but true and Godly justice—looking to every person's heart. Jesus not only held accountable the officials at the time but every person on earth. He did not wait for somebody else to come along. He taught disciples, leaders, and judges to uphold and keep the laws of the land (if they did not go against God's laws) without compromising on their beliefs. Did that mean some died? Yes, but they died for a purpose and a cause. They died for something they ultimately believed in. What is it you believe in? What are you not willing to compromise on? These are questions you should ask yourself when not only voting but living your daily lives. What and who you support should line up with what you believe. There is no grey area here. Because corruption has been going on for centuries, do we continue to allow it? No folks, we change, we enforce the laws of our founding fathers (The Constitution), and we keep our country great. The people of America have been sitting for far too long. We need to stop the corruption taking over America from within by bringing true j... Heather Earles full false 4:50 168极速赛车 Creamy Roasted Pumpkin Soup Recipe https://heatherearles.com/pumpkin-soup/ Thu, 08 Oct 2020 22:11:06 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506200 What a better way to bring in the Fall and Holidays than with this unique and fantastic soup This pumpkin soup recipe is creamy AND healthy! It calls for roasted pumpkin for maximum flavor and leftovers would go great with sandwiches or salads the next day. Recipe yields 4 bowls or 6 cups of soup. This pumpkin soup recipe includes instructions on how to roast the fresh pumpkin for maximum pumpkin flavor. Canned pumpkin purée also works well if you’re in a time crunch. See the recipe notes for details! Creamy Roasted Pumpkin Soup Author: Cookie and KatePrep Time: 15 minsCook Time: 70 minsTotal Time: 1 hour 25 minutes Yield: 4 to 6 bowlsCategory: SoupMethod: Roasted and blendedCuisine: American INGREDIENTS: 4 tablespoons olive oil, dividedOne 4-pound sugar pie pumpkin1 large yellow onion, chopped4 large or 6 medium garlic cloves, pressed or minced½ teaspoon ground cinnamon⅛ teaspoon cloves½ teaspoon ground nutmegA tiny dash of cayenne pepper (optional, if you like spice)½ teaspoon of sea saltFreshly ground black pepper4 cups (32 ounces) vegetable broth½ cup full-fat coconut milk, whole milk, or heavy cream2 tablespoons maple syrup or honey¼ cup pepitas (green pumpkin seeds) INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit and line a baking sheet with parchment paper for easy cleanup. Carefully halve the pumpkin and scoop out the seeds (you can roast the seeds if you’d like. However you won’t need them for this recipe). 2. Slice each pumpkin halve in half to make quarters. Brush or rub 1 tablespoon olive oil over the pumpkin’s flesh and place the quarters, cut sides down, onto the baking sheet. Roast for 35 minutes or longer, until the orange flesh is easily pierced through with a fork. Set it aside to cool for a few minutes. 3. Heat the remaining 3 tablespoons olive oil in a large Dutch oven or heavy-bottomed pot over medium heat. Once the oil is shimmering, add onion, garlic, and salt to the skillet. Stir to combine. Cook, occasionally stirring, until onion is translucent, about 8 to 10 minutes. In the meantime, peel the pumpkin skin off the pumpkins and discard the skin. 4. Add the pumpkin flesh, cinnamon, nutmeg, cloves, cayenne pepper (if using), and a few twists of freshly ground black pepper. Use your stirring spoon to break up the pumpkin a bit. Pour in the broth. Bring the mixture to a boil, reduce heat and simmer for about 15 minutes, and give the flavors time to meld. 5. While the soup is cooking, toast the pepitas in a medium skillet over medium-low heat, frequently stirring, until fragrant, golden, and making little popping noises. You want them to be nice and toasty, but not burnt—transfer pepitas to a bowl to cool. 6. Once the pumpkin mixture is done cooking, stir in the coconut milk and maple syrup. Remove the soup from heat and let it cool slightly. You can use an immersion blender to blend this soup in the pot. I prefer to use my stand blender, which yields the creamiest results—working in batches, transfer the contents of the pan to a blender (do not fill your blender past the maximum fill line!). Securely fasten the blender’s lid and use a kitchen towel to protect your hand from steam escaping from the top of the blender as you purée the mixture until smooth. Transfer the puréed soup to a serving bowl and repeat with the remaining batches. 7. Taste and adjust if necessary (I thought the soup was just right as is, but you might want to add more your choice milk or cream for extra creaminess/milder flavor, or maple syrup to make it a little sweeter). 8. Ladle the soup into individual bowls. Sprinkle pepitas over the soup and serve. Let leftover soup cool completely before transferring it to a proper storage container and refrigerating it for up to 4 days (leftovers taste even better the next day!). Or, freeze this soup for up to 3 months. NOTES Soup inspired by the pumpkin soup at The Picnic House in Portland and roughly adapted. What a better way to bring in the Fall and Holidays than with this unique and fantastic soup This pumpkin soup recipe is creamy AND healthy! It calls for roasted pumpkin for maximum flavor and leftovers would go great with sandwiches or salads the next... What a better way to bring in the Fall and Holidays than with this unique and fantastic soup This pumpkin soup recipe is creamy AND healthy! It calls for roasted pumpkin for maximum flavor and leftovers would go great with sandwiches or salads the next day. Recipe yields 4 bowls or 6 cups of soup. This pumpkin soup recipe includes instructions on how to roast the fresh pumpkin for maximum pumpkin flavor. Canned pumpkin purée also works well if you’re in a time crunch. See the recipe notes for details! Creamy Roasted Pumpkin Soup Author: Cookie and KatePrep Time: 15 minsCook Time: 70 minsTotal Time: 1 hour 25 minutes Yield: 4 to 6 bowlsCategory: SoupMethod: Roasted and blendedCuisine: American INGREDIENTS: 4 tablespoons olive oil, dividedOne 4-pound sugar pie pumpkin1 large yellow onion, chopped4 large or 6 medium garlic cloves, pressed or minced½ teaspoon ground cinnamon⅛ teaspoon cloves½ teaspoon ground nutmegA tiny dash of cayenne pepper (optional, if you like spice)½ teaspoon of sea saltFreshly ground black pepper4 cups (32 ounces) vegetable broth½ cup full-fat coconut milk, whole milk, or heavy cream2 tablespoons maple syrup or honey¼ cup pepitas (green pumpkin seeds) INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit and line a baking sheet with parchment paper for easy cleanup. Carefully halve the pumpkin and scoop out the seeds (you can roast the seeds if you’d like. However you won’t need them for this recipe). 2. Slice each pumpkin halve in half to make quarters. Brush or rub 1 tablespoon olive oil over the pumpkin’s flesh and place the quarters, cut sides down, onto the baking sheet. Roast for 35 minutes or longer, until the orange flesh is easily pierced through with a fork. Set it aside to cool for a few minutes. 3. Heat the remaining 3 tablespoons olive oil in a large Dutch oven or heavy-bottomed pot over medium heat. Once the oil is shimmering, add onion, garlic, and salt to the skillet. Stir to combine. Cook, occasionally stirring, until onion is translucent, about 8 to 10 minutes. In the meantime, peel the pumpkin skin off the pumpkins and discard the skin. 4. Add the pumpkin flesh, cinnamon, nutmeg, cloves, cayenne pepper (if using), and a few twists of freshly ground black pepper. Use your stirring spoon to break up the pumpkin a bit. Pour in the broth. Bring the mixture to a boil, reduce heat and simmer for about 15 minutes, and give the flavors time to meld. 5. While the soup is cooking, toast the pepitas in a medium skillet over medium-low heat, frequently stirring, until fragrant, golden, and making little popping noises. You want them to be nice and toasty, but not burnt—transfer pepitas to a bowl to cool. 6. Once the pumpkin mixture is done cooking, stir in the coconut milk and maple syrup. Remove the soup from heat and let it cool slightly. You can use an immersion blender to blend this soup in the pot. I prefer to use my stand blender, which yields the creamiest results—working in batches, transfer the contents of the pan to a blender (do not fill your blender past the maximum fill line!). Securely fasten the blender’s lid and use a kitchen towel to protect your hand from steam escaping from the top of the blender as you purée the mixture until smooth. Transfer the puréed soup to a serving bowl and repeat with the remaining batches. 7. Taste and adjust if necessary (I thought the soup was just right as is, but you might want to add more your choice milk or cream for extra creaminess/milder flavor, or maple syrup to make it a little sweeter). 8. Ladle the soup into individual bowls. Heather Earles full false 7:21 168极速赛车 How to Render Down Pig Lard https://heatherearles.com/rendering-lard/ Fri, 02 Oct 2020 04:10:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=464 Well, it's a good morning on the farm as today we are learning the art of rendering down pig lard. Exciting, I know. If this is your first time, or if you haven't rendered in a couple of years and need a refresher, then welcome. To get started, take the fat you have saved after butchering your pig and put it all on the countertop or wherever you will be rendering. If you don't butcher yourself, no big deal, ask your local butcher shop to save the fat from your pig you are having processed, and they will. Once you have your pig fat collected you are ready to begin. Note, I store the fat in my freezer until I am ready to render it down. Life is busy and when garden season ends I'm cleaning up vines and pulling corn stocks so don't have time to render down the pig lard, at least not right away. Items Needed: Crock-potChopping board Sharp knife Pig fat Glass jars (I use wide mouth quart jars) Cheesecloth or coffee filters Ladle Funnel Directions: Now that you have the necessary items, it's time to begin. Start by plugging in your crockpot and turning it to high. Some people like to use the low setting, so it doesn't burn or turn the lard brown, but I have never had this happen. However, I am constantly in the kitchen watching it. If you think you will be in and out, set it to low.Once your crockpot is on, start chopping the fat into chunks and put them in the crockpot. Just to let you know, not all the fat will fit into the pot at the same time, or at least not usually. Not to worry, I will explain as we go along. Once the crockpot is full of chopped fat, put the lid on. At this point, you can let it sit for a good 2 hours or until the fat starts to break down into liquid lard. Time to set get your quart jar. Using a cheesecloth, a coffee filter, or whatever you're choosing to strain the liquid with, you need to lay it over the jar opening and then indent it a little bit. This is so when pouring your liquid it does not run all over the side of the jar.Once the lard has started to break down and you are able to start scooping the liquid lard from the top, do so and pour it into the jar. This process you will do over and over, replacing the full jar with an empty one as needed.My husband and I just look in the pot from time to time and scoop as we go about our day. As you've guessed the more you scoop out the more room you now have to add more chopped fat chunks. It's like a revolving door, some go in, and some come out. You don't have to wait for a batch to be done, just keep adding until you have added the last of the chunks. The amount of fat you get from one pig will take you most of a day to render down. That is if you start in the morning. It will take two days if you start sometime in the afternoon.If you are tired and there is still fat to be rendered just shut off the crockpot before going to bed. Leaving the contents still in the pot and then resuming again when you wake up will in no way ruin the lard.Here is a photo showing a jar half-filled with lard as you go through the process. Here are different stages of the rendered down lard as it cools. You can see the color goes from a brown tint to a white. Once they are all cooled it will look like snow:). We were able to get 8 quarts and a partial out of one pig. Note: the more you stir the lard while it is cooling in the jar the whiter it will turn out. I use a butter knife to stir. Once you have ladled the last of the liquid out of the crock-pot, you will see what we call the cracklings left. They almost look like bacon crumbles. Some people love these, others give them to their chickens or you can throw them away. We had a large cottage cheese container full of cracklings by the time we were done and gave it to a relative, who looks forward to them every year. Keep the jars in a cool dark place, the same as you would your other canned goods. You can also freeze it.We use the lard for pies, biscuits, Well, it's a good morning on the farm as today we are learning the art of rendering down pig lard. Exciting, I know. If this is your first time, or if you haven't rendered in a couple of years and need a refresher, then welcome. To get started, Well, it's a good morning on the farm as today we are learning the art of rendering down pig lard. Exciting, I know. If this is your first time, or if you haven't rendered in a couple of years and need a refresher, then welcome. To get started, take the fat you have saved after butchering your pig and put it all on the countertop or wherever you will be rendering. If you don't butcher yourself, no big deal, ask your local butcher shop to save the fat from your pig you are having processed, and they will. Once you have your pig fat collected you are ready to begin. Note, I store the fat in my freezer until I am ready to render it down. Life is busy and when garden season ends I'm cleaning up vines and pulling corn stocks so don't have time to render down the pig lard, at least not right away. Items Needed: Crock-potChopping board Sharp knife Pig fat Glass jars (I use wide mouth quart jars) Cheesecloth or coffee filters Ladle Funnel Directions: Now that you have the necessary items, it's time to begin. Start by plugging in your crockpot and turning it to high. Some people like to use the low setting, so it doesn't burn or turn the lard brown, but I have never had this happen. However, I am constantly in the kitchen watching it. If you think you will be in and out, set it to low.Once your crockpot is on, start chopping the fat into chunks and put them in the crockpot. Just to let you know, not all the fat will fit into the pot at the same time, or at least not usually. Not to worry, I will explain as we go along. Once the crockpot is full of chopped fat, put the lid on. At this point, you can let it sit for a good 2 hours or until the fat starts to break down into liquid lard. Time to set get your quart jar. Using a cheesecloth, a coffee filter, or whatever you're choosing to strain the liquid with, you need to lay it over the jar opening and then indent it a little bit. This is so when pouring your liquid it does not run all over the side of the jar.Once the lard has started to break down and you are able to start scooping the liquid lard from the top, do so and pour it into the jar. This process you will do over and over, replacing the full jar with an empty one as needed.My husband and I just look in the pot from time to time and scoop as we go about our day. As you've guessed the more you scoop out the more room you now have to add more chopped fat chunks. It's like a revolving door, some go in, and some come out. You don't have to wait for a batch to be done, just keep adding until you have added the last of the chunks. The amount of fat you get from one pig will take you most of a day to render down. That is if you start in the morning. It will take two days if you start sometime in the afternoon.If you are tired and there is still fat to be rendered just shut off the crockpot before going to bed. Leaving the contents still in the pot and then resuming again when you wake up will in no way ruin the lard.Here is a photo showing a jar half-filled with lard as you go through the process. Here are different stages of the rendered down lard as it cools. You can see the color goes from a brown tint to a white. Once they are all cooled it will look like snow:). We were able to get 8 quarts and a partial out of one pig. Note: the more you stir the lard while it is cooling in the jar the whiter it will turn out. I use a butter knife to stir. Once you have ladled the last of the liquid out of the crock-pot, you will see what we call the cracklings left. Heather Earles full false 7:44 168极速赛车 Fall and The Enchantment it Holds https://heatherearles.com/fall/ Thu, 24 Sep 2020 22:00:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=901 Fall is a beautiful expression and reminder that we need to shed the old while beginning anew. Stepping outside, the dew has settled on the grass, and the air feels crisp. When I look towards the wavering trees, their color has taken on a new hue. Knowing Fall is in the air gives me a sense of calm and quiet. But why? Although our schedules haven't altered, it doesn't seem so busy. Perhaps the change that takes place outside also takes place within us. Knowing we can enjoy the smells of the season like cloves, cinnamon, pumpkin pie in the oven, and a fire burning in our hearth gives a sense of home. Just as a baby needs to be swaddled, our bodies crave to be covered in warm sweaters and scarves that we can nuzzle in when the northern temperatures hit. Thick wool socks cover our feet while we hold that steaming cup of chai or coffee. A good book lies open in our lap as our minds wander across oceans and fields in the pages we read. All of these things create a sense of comfort that is hard to explain and that only Fall can sometimes bring. Lovely traditions are started, and new smells and food are being made. Our nights and slumber are more restful because of the cool air we now breathe. The children seem to be happier. Laughing and playing as if catching the imagination of the season. Hot apple cider awaits them when their giggles have calmed, and they are content to come in after jumping in the leaves. If I could capture everything that Fall brings, it would be a rising of joy, spices, peace, and thankfulness. We should enjoy this season this Fall and take in all that it has to offer. To be warm, happy, healthy, and thoughtful of others, to embrace the feeling of comfort, family, and love. Most importantly, live each day as though it were a gift and share that gift with those close to you. To end, I want to leave you with this quote: We've entered Fall so come one and all in praising our Savior and King; For the colors that appear on the earth, so dear, and the joy that all these bring. -Teresa C. Hawes I will now raise my hot mug of chai and make a toast to you and the beginning of Fall. Stay Healthy and Free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn more about the author If you would like a Fall Bucket List to help enjoy your season, you can download one here. Fall is a beautiful expression and reminder that we need to shed the old while beginning anew. Stepping outside, the dew has settled on the grass, and the air feels crisp. When I look towards the wavering trees, their color has taken on a new hue. Fall is a beautiful expression and reminder that we need to shed the old while beginning anew. Stepping outside, the dew has settled on the grass, and the air feels crisp. When I look towards the wavering trees, their color has taken on a new hue. Knowing Fall is in the air gives me a sense of calm and quiet. But why? Although our schedules haven't altered, it doesn't seem so busy. Perhaps the change that takes place outside also takes place within us. Knowing we can enjoy the smells of the season like cloves, cinnamon, pumpkin pie in the oven, and a fire burning in our hearth gives a sense of home. Just as a baby needs to be swaddled, our bodies crave to be covered in warm sweaters and scarves that we can nuzzle in when the northern temperatures hit. Thick wool socks cover our feet while we hold that steaming cup of chai or coffee. A good book lies open in our lap as our minds wander across oceans and fields in the pages we read. All of these things create a sense of comfort that is hard to explain and that only Fall can sometimes bring. Lovely traditions are started, and new smells and food are being made. Our nights and slumber are more restful because of the cool air we now breathe. The children seem to be happier. Laughing and playing as if catching the imagination of the season. Hot apple cider awaits them when their giggles have calmed, and they are content to come in after jumping in the leaves. If I could capture everything that Fall brings, it would be a rising of joy, spices, peace, and thankfulness. We should enjoy this season this Fall and take in all that it has to offer. To be warm, happy, healthy, and thoughtful of others, to embrace the feeling of comfort, family, and love. Most importantly, live each day as though it were a gift and share that gift with those close to you. To end, I want to leave you with this quote: We've entered Fall so come one and all in praising our Savior and King; For the colors that appear on the earth, so dear, and the joy that all these bring. -Teresa C. Hawes I will now raise my hot mug of chai and make a toast to you and the beginning of Fall. Stay Healthy and Free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn more about the author If you would like a Fall Bucket List to help enjoy your season, you can download one here. Heather Earles full false 4:28 168极速赛车 Canning Pear Sauce & Cider Using a Water Bath Method. https://heatherearles.com/canning-pears/ Thu, 17 Sep 2020 23:13:14 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506135 Do you know how a particular food, item, song, or movie can remind you of something? Well, pears remind me of sweet, delicious, fall, sweaters, and comfort. It doesn't matter if you're picking them from the tree, eating them fresh, having them as a sauce, or drinking them in cider form. They are a spectacular symbol of nature. For this reason, I'm going to teach you how you can enjoy them this season. Although we will be making a sauce or cider, you can take a bite while filling your baskets and enjoy the rawness of several juicy pears. The canning instructions are simple and, in general, can be used to can multiple fruits like grapes or tomatoes. Canning Pear Sauce or Cider Items Needed: one large potfunnelladleclean pint-sized or quart jarsa small pot of water to heat your lids inlids and ringsmagnet (optional)canning tongsdampened washclothovenlarge bowl to hold your sauce after straining Ingredients: Pears- 3 gallons Allspice- 1 TablespoonGinger- 1 teaspoonGround nutmeg- 1 TablespoonCinnamon- 1 TablespoonGround cloves- 1 TablespoonWater Directions: Pick and wash your pears. Cut them in half and destem them. Place them in your large pot on the stove and add just enough water so they won't burn. With the burner turned to medium heat, you are starting the process of cooking them down. Place a lid on the pot or leave off. Stir often. You can also use a crockpot to cook the pears down. Once the pears fall apart easily, you will strain them. This can be done using a cone strainer (the method I use) or a mill type method. Your end goal is to separate the seed and skin from the pulp and juice of the pear. When that is achieved, you discard your skin and seeds, pour the remaining pulp and juice back into the large pot, add your ingredients, and bring it to a boil. Stir often so you Do Not Burn the bottom. Special note: if you wish to make cider, add enough water to thin out your sauce. If you want pear sauce, leave as is.At this point, prep your canning area. Have your jars heating in the water and turn your stove to the lowest setting possible. Boil water in your small pot, turn it off, and then place your lids in the water. Once your pear cider or sauce has come to a boil, simmer for 10 minutes.You are now ready to can.Ladle hot pear cider or sauce into hot jars until a 1/4-inch headspace remains. (Be sure to replace the hot jar with a cool one in the heated water.) Once a jar is filled, use your canning tongs and place it on your prepared area. Now, wipe the rim off with your clean damp washcloth, grab a lid with your magnet, and seal it by placing and screwing on your ring until snug. Place your now filled jars into your warm oven. It’s imperative to keep your jars warm until all of them are filled. Once all of your jars have delicious pear sauce or cider in them, remove the jars from the oven and place them in your dishwasher. Turn your cycle to regular wash heated dry. You can also use the added heat option if your dishwasher has it. Although I have never had a jar not seal, you can also use a hot water canner if you feel more comfortable. When your dishwasher beeps, remove your jars, place them on the countertop, and cover with a towel for 24-48 hours. You will hear the lids pop when they have sealed. Another way to check is by pushing slightly down. If the lid moves at all, they have not sealed. Each jar is different in the time it will take. After 24-48 hours, are up, check your lids. When you push down, and there is no movement, you have a successful seal.Store in your pantry if sealed. If not, refrigerate, or use right away. I love this part as we have come to the end of another excellent canning session. I ALWAYS leave enough cider for a fresh cup and sit down with a good book or magazine. My philosophy is, life is to be enjoyed, even while working. Until next time, friends, stay healthy and free. Do you know how a particular food, item, song, or movie can remind you of something? Well, pears remind me of sweet, delicious, fall, sweaters, and comfort. It doesn't matter if you're picking them from the tree, eating them fresh, Do you know how a particular food, item, song, or movie can remind you of something? Well, pears remind me of sweet, delicious, fall, sweaters, and comfort. It doesn't matter if you're picking them from the tree, eating them fresh, having them as a sauce, or drinking them in cider form. They are a spectacular symbol of nature. For this reason, I'm going to teach you how you can enjoy them this season. Although we will be making a sauce or cider, you can take a bite while filling your baskets and enjoy the rawness of several juicy pears. The canning instructions are simple and, in general, can be used to can multiple fruits like grapes or tomatoes. Canning Pear Sauce or Cider Items Needed: one large potfunnelladleclean pint-sized or quart jarsa small pot of water to heat your lids inlids and ringsmagnet (optional)canning tongsdampened washclothovenlarge bowl to hold your sauce after straining Ingredients: Pears- 3 gallons Allspice- 1 TablespoonGinger- 1 teaspoonGround nutmeg- 1 TablespoonCinnamon- 1 TablespoonGround cloves- 1 TablespoonWater Directions: Pick and wash your pears. Cut them in half and destem them. Place them in your large pot on the stove and add just enough water so they won't burn. With the burner turned to medium heat, you are starting the process of cooking them down. Place a lid on the pot or leave off. Stir often. You can also use a crockpot to cook the pears down. Once the pears fall apart easily, you will strain them. This can be done using a cone strainer (the method I use) or a mill type method. Your end goal is to separate the seed and skin from the pulp and juice of the pear. When that is achieved, you discard your skin and seeds, pour the remaining pulp and juice back into the large pot, add your ingredients, and bring it to a boil. Stir often so you Do Not Burn the bottom. Special note: if you wish to make cider, add enough water to thin out your sauce. If you want pear sauce, leave as is.At this point, prep your canning area. Have your jars heating in the water and turn your stove to the lowest setting possible. Boil water in your small pot, turn it off, and then place your lids in the water. Once your pear cider or sauce has come to a boil, simmer for 10 minutes.You are now ready to can.Ladle hot pear cider or sauce into hot jars until a 1/4-inch headspace remains. (Be sure to replace the hot jar with a cool one in the heated water.) Once a jar is filled, use your canning tongs and place it on your prepared area. Now, wipe the rim off with your clean damp washcloth, grab a lid with your magnet, and seal it by placing and screwing on your ring until snug. Place your now filled jars into your warm oven. It’s imperative to keep your jars warm until all of them are filled. Once all of your jars have delicious pear sauce or cider in them, remove the jars from the oven and place them in your dishwasher. Turn your cycle to regular wash heated dry. You can also use the added heat option if your dishwasher has it. Although I have never had a jar not seal, you can also use a hot water canner if you feel more comfortable. When your dishwasher beeps, remove your jars, Heather Earles full false 8:15 168极速赛车 The Top 10 benefits of HomeSchool https://heatherearles.com/homeschool/ Thu, 10 Sep 2020 23:26:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1124 Since the crazy began in 2020, everyone is seeking answers and learning new things about their children and the schools they attended in the past. What should we do? Where should we send our kids to school this year? Are our children getting the education they need? Is homeschooling an option for us? These are only a few of the many questions' parents face. So what's the answer? As every family's situation is different, I'm not going to say, you do this, or you do that. I'm merely going to point out some benefits of homeschooling and debunk some non-truths to help you decide what's best for you and your family. Homeschooling your children is an act of love. However, if you’re not able to homeschool, that doesn’t make you a bad parent, so keep that in mind as you read. I’m addressing parents who already homeschool and ones that are undecided in hopes that it will encourage and answer some questions. If you've read my bio, you know that I was homeschooled and speak not only the experience as a teacher of my children but as a student. With that in mind, take a deep breath, and let's begin... #1 Choosing curriculum to fit your student's needs Photo by Pixabay on Pexels.com Growing up there were six of us siblings, all with different personalities. That meant we each had our own way of learning. It's with this statement that brings us to the first benefit of homeschooling. Homeschooling your children allows you to pick and choose different types of the curriculum to fit each child and how they learn. Your child will have less of a struggle if you're basing the curriculum around them specifically and will excel in their subjects. Of course, that doesn't mean they will enjoy each subject equally but, it does ensure they will be able to understand it and therefore learn in the best way! #2 Better Influences Not all friends are created equal. How would you like to influence the types of friends your children have? This is possible when you have more control over where they're at. In a public-school setting, kids are exposed to numerous situations and friends we as parents cringe at. However, if your child is at home, that worry is gone. With homeschool groups across the country, you can get together with like-minded people and or set up play dates with those friends you don't mind your child hanging around and learning from. #3 Addressing bad attitudes When a lousy attitude comes out in our children, we are there to address it. This is one of the biggest arguments I can make for why homeschooling your child is worth its weight in gold. No one likes to hang around rotten kids, not even parents. By having your child home, you can squash that bad attitude right away, making them a blessing, not a curse on society. When we can address character issues from an early age, we are setting them up to be successful, confidant, polite, well-behaved individuals that will bless their families, communities, workplace, and eventually their children. Attitude is everything in life, so help your child build a good one that will last. #4 Homeschooling gives you freedom Photo by Gotta Be Worth It on Pexels.com I've been all over the United States to include Alaska and parts of Canada, exploring and visiting family and friends. We took the classroom wherever we went. Homeschooling allowed us to do that as a family when I was younger, and now my husband and I take our children. They not only get to read about History, but they get to touch, feel, and smell it. Just recently, we went to Ireland for eight months and parts of Europe. Low on funds, don't worry. We didn't have a lot of money growing up either, but that still didn't stop my parents. Homeschool families welcomed us with their warm hospitality and friendship, and it didn't cost my parents a dime except in gas or the admission cost to a museum or park. #5 Freedom to worship who you want The freedom to start with prayer and have God in you... Since the crazy began in 2020, everyone is seeking answers and learning new things about their children and the schools they attended in the past. What should we do? Where should we send our kids to school this year? Since the crazy began in 2020, everyone is seeking answers and learning new things about their children and the schools they attended in the past. What should we do? Where should we send our kids to school this year? Are our children getting the education they need? Is homeschooling an option for us? These are only a few of the many questions' parents face. So what's the answer? As every family's situation is different, I'm not going to say, you do this, or you do that. I'm merely going to point out some benefits of homeschooling and debunk some non-truths to help you decide what's best for you and your family. Homeschooling your children is an act of love. However, if you’re not able to homeschool, that doesn’t make you a bad parent, so keep that in mind as you read. I’m addressing parents who already homeschool and ones that are undecided in hopes that it will encourage and answer some questions. If you've read my bio, you know that I was homeschooled and speak not only the experience as a teacher of my children but as a student. With that in mind, take a deep breath, and let's begin... #1 Choosing curriculum to fit your student's needs Photo by Pixabay on Pexels.com Growing up there were six of us siblings, all with different personalities. That meant we each had our own way of learning. It's with this statement that brings us to the first benefit of homeschooling. Homeschooling your children allows you to pick and choose different types of the curriculum to fit each child and how they learn. Your child will have less of a struggle if you're basing the curriculum around them specifically and will excel in their subjects. Of course, that doesn't mean they will enjoy each subject equally but, it does ensure they will be able to understand it and therefore learn in the best way! #2 Better Influences Not all friends are created equal. How would you like to influence the types of friends your children have? This is possible when you have more control over where they're at. In a public-school setting, kids are exposed to numerous situations and friends we as parents cringe at. However, if your child is at home, that worry is gone. With homeschool groups across the country, you can get together with like-minded people and or set up play dates with those friends you don't mind your child hanging around and learning from. #3 Addressing bad attitudes When a lousy attitude comes out in our children, we are there to address it. This is one of the biggest arguments I can make for why homeschooling your child is worth its weight in gold. No one likes to hang around rotten kids, not even parents. By having your child home, you can squash that bad attitude right away, making them a blessing, not a curse on society. When we can address character issues from an early age, we are setting them up to be successful, confidant, polite, well-behaved individuals that will bless their families, communities, workplace, and eventually their children. Attitude is everything in life, so help your child build a good one that will last. #4 Homeschooling gives you freedom Photo by Gotta Be Worth It on Pexels.com I've been all over the United States to include Alaska and parts of Canada, exploring and visiting family and friends. We took the classroom wherever we went. Homeschooling allowed us to do that as a family when I was younger, and now my husband and I take our children. They not only get to read about History, but they get to touch, feel, and smell it. Just recently, we went to Ireland for eight months and parts of Europe... Heather Earles full false 15:26 168极速赛车 How To Can Carrots Using a Pressure Canner https://heatherearles.com/how-to-can-carrots/ Thu, 27 Aug 2020 21:51:27 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2506048 Good morning canners! Today is a bright day filled with garden veggies and clean mason jars. Our veggie pick and the topic today are how to can carrots, so let's dive in and start chopping. Canning Carrots Items Needed: pressure cannerone large pot of boiling waterfunnelladle7 quart-sized jarsa small pot of water to heat your lids inringsmagnet (optional)canning tongsdampened washclothovenlarge bowl to hold your sliced carrots Ingredients: Your standard pressure canner will hold 7-quart sized jars, so that means you need 7 quarts of chopped, sliced or chunked carrots.Salt Directions: Wash your carrots then slice or cut them into chunks. Heat your water, jars, and lids on the stove. The pressure canner is shown here, but I removed it and placed the water on. There wasn't enough room for all of the pots. Once your large pot of water is boiling, boil the small pot of water for your lids then turn off the burner. Place all of your lids in and leave.Turn your oven to the lowest setting.Be sure to prep your area where you will set your jars after filling. Fill one jar at a time with carrots until there is a 1 inch headspace remains. (Be sure to replace the hot jar with a cool one in the heated water.) Dump one teaspoon of salt into the jar before you ladle your boiling water. Fill the jar with boiling water until it is 1 inch from the top. Once your jar is filled, use your canning tongs and place the jar on your prepped area. Now, wipe the rim off with your clean damp washcloth, grab a lid with your magnet, and seal it by placing and screwing on your ring until snug. Place your now filled jar of carrots into your warm oven. It's imperative to keep your jars warm until all of them are filled and sealed. I have an electric flat top so once the jars are filled. I used the remaining boiling water to dump into the pressure canner as you need two to three inches of boiling water in the bottom of your canner before you set your jars in. This also cleared up a burner, so my pressure canner would fit.With your pressure canner on your stove, remove your hot jars of carrots from the oven and place them gently in your canner. You don't want to weaken or break the glass. Place your pressure canner lid on and seal.Turn the burner to medium-high, while keeping the valve of your pressure canner off. When steam starts to come out of the valve, vent put it back on.While watching your gage, bring the pressure to 10 lbs. and then adjust your heat to sustain that pressure.For quarts, keep your pressure at 10 lbs. for 30 minutes, and if you are working with pints, the time is 25 minutes. Once the allotted time is complete, turn off your burner and let the pressure canner sit until the dial has returned to zero. DO NOT REMOVE THE LID EARLY. Remove the lid and place your jars on the countertop and cover with a towel for 24-48 hours. You will hear the lids pop when they have sealed. Another way to check is by pushing slightly down. If the lid moves at all, they have not sealed. Each jar is different in the time it will take to seal. After your 24-48 hours is up check your lids. When you push down, and there is no movement, you have a successful seal.Store in your pantry if sealed. If not, refrigerate, and use right away. You are finished! No-fuss, no muss, easy peasy. As I know some people will ask about whether you could can carrots using a hot bath, the answer is no. You need to can all low acid foods with a pressure canner. If you have any other question, please feel free to send me a comment or email. Until next time, stay healthy and free! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to ... Good morning canners! Today is a bright day filled with garden veggies and clean mason jars. Our veggie pick and the topic today are how to can carrots, so let's dive in and start chopping. Canning Carrots Items Needed: Good morning canners! Today is a bright day filled with garden veggies and clean mason jars. Our veggie pick and the topic today are how to can carrots, so let's dive in and start chopping. Canning Carrots Items Needed: pressure cannerone large pot of boiling waterfunnelladle7 quart-sized jarsa small pot of water to heat your lids inringsmagnet (optional)canning tongsdampened washclothovenlarge bowl to hold your sliced carrots Ingredients: Your standard pressure canner will hold 7-quart sized jars, so that means you need 7 quarts of chopped, sliced or chunked carrots.Salt Directions: Wash your carrots then slice or cut them into chunks. Heat your water, jars, and lids on the stove. The pressure canner is shown here, but I removed it and placed the water on. There wasn't enough room for all of the pots. Once your large pot of water is boiling, boil the small pot of water for your lids then turn off the burner. Place all of your lids in and leave.Turn your oven to the lowest setting.Be sure to prep your area where you will set your jars after filling. Fill one jar at a time with carrots until there is a 1 inch headspace remains. (Be sure to replace the hot jar with a cool one in the heated water.) Dump one teaspoon of salt into the jar before you ladle your boiling water. Fill the jar with boiling water until it is 1 inch from the top. Once your jar is filled, use your canning tongs and place the jar on your prepped area. Now, wipe the rim off with your clean damp washcloth, grab a lid with your magnet, and seal it by placing and screwing on your ring until snug. Place your now filled jar of carrots into your warm oven. It's imperative to keep your jars warm until all of them are filled and sealed. I have an electric flat top so once the jars are filled. I used the remaining boiling water to dump into the pressure canner as you need two to three inches of boiling water in the bottom of your canner before you set your jars in. This also cleared up a burner, so my pressure canner would fit.With your pressure canner on your stove, remove your hot jars of carrots from the oven and place them gently in your canner. You don't want to weaken or break the glass. Place your pressure canner lid on and seal.Turn the burner to medium-high, while keeping the valve of your pressure canner off. When steam starts to come out of the valve, vent put it back on.While watching your gage, bring the pressure to 10 lbs. and then adjust your heat to sustain that pressure.For quarts, keep your pressure at 10 lbs. for 30 minutes, and if you are working with pints, the time is 25 minutes. Once the allotted time is complete, turn off your burner and let the pressure canner sit until the dial has returned to zero. DO NOT REMOVE THE LID EARLY. Remove the lid and place your jars on the countertop and cover with a towel for 24-48 hours. You will hear the lids pop when they have sealed. Another way to check is by pushing slightly down. If the lid moves at all, they have not sealed. Each jar is different in the time it will take to seal. After your 24-48 hours is up check your lids. When you push down, and there is no movement, you have a successful seal.Store in your pantry if sealed. If not, refrigerate, Heather Earles full false 7:40 168极速赛车 The Top 10 benefits of Comfrey? https://heatherearles.com/comfrey/ Thu, 20 Aug 2020 21:35:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=773 So, the question; what is comfrey? Comfrey is a perennial flowering herb that grows in many states across North America. It goes by other names such as; boneset, bruisewort, knitbone, and others. As you probably noticed, the names also identify the healing properties. Some people consider it a weed because of how it spreads and how hard it is to get rid of once you have it. However, there are those of us that know the healing benefits it has and considers it a must as an herb in the field of home remedies or natural herbals. Where Does Comfrey Come From? Comfrey has been around since ancient Greece. It was claimed to have been used to aid wounded soldiers that fought for Alexander the Great. What Does The Plant Look Like? Comfrey has a root system that can go down as deep as 10ft. And because of depth, the root system brings up wonderful and essential elements such as -- magnesium, potassium, and phosphorous. These elements add greatly to your garden as the elements are stored in the leaves and when they die return to the earth and enrich the soil. Where Do You Plant Comfrey? Comfrey needs to be kept in a border unless you don't mind it spreading. Just remember once planted it is there to stay. The plant can grow up to 4ft tall and loves rich moist soil. When Should You Harvest? It is harvested in the Summer, so plant your seeds in the Spring or divide already established plants in the Fall. Now that we've established what comfrey is, let's talk about how to use it. First, there are those who think you should not take comfrey internally because of pyrrolizidine alkaloids which are found in the stalk and a smaller amount in the leaves. Studies have shown this to be toxic to the liver. However, some also say you would have to have a high amount for this to happen. I recommend doing your own research and make the best decision for you. Top Ten Benefits of Comfrey #1 Skin "Softens Skin: There’s allantoin in comfrey extract. Allantoin is a moisturizer that creates a protective film over skin cells. That film helps to lock in moisture and prevent drying. It also helps your outermost layer of skin to shed more easily. Although this may sound a bit icky, it’s an important process (and so satisfying) to help your skin heal and remain healthy and glowing.Fights Inflammation: Allantoin is also an anti-inflammatory substance. It’s used in a few medical treatments to help with issues such as rashes and burns. This property makes using comfrey for acne a great idea. It helps stop that uncomfortable inflammation and reduces the intensity of acne!Antioxidant: The Rosmarinic acid in comfrey is an antioxidant. You probably already know that such substances are good for you but may not know why. For skincare, the main benefit is protection against harm from UV rays.Protect Against Environmental Harm: There are tannins in comfrey root. Fortunately, you don’t have to wait around while these tannins mellow! Instead, when you apply the extract, they will protect your skin from bacteria and toxins." -blume.com There are soaps online you can buy which improve acne and restore the normal pH balance of the skin. Or you can make your own. #2 Bruises - #3 Reduces Inflammation "Comfrey has a long history of use as a topical agent for treating wounds, skin ulcers, thrombophlebitis, bruises, and sprains and strains. Comfrey has anti-inflammatory properties that may decrease bruising and help heal wounds when the herb is applied topically. #4 Sprains In a study of people with acute ankle sprains, topical application of an ointment four times a day containing a comfrey extract was at least as effective as, and possibly more effective than, a topically applied anti-inflammatory drug (diclofenac). The comfrey ointment was a proprietary product that contained 35% comfrey extract. #5 Wounds - #6 Broken Bones - #7 Cuts Comfrey is used in traditional medicine as a topical application to help... So, the question; what is comfrey? Comfrey is a perennial flowering herb that grows in many states across North America. It goes by other names such as; boneset, bruisewort, knitbone, and others. As you probably noticed, So, the question; what is comfrey? Comfrey is a perennial flowering herb that grows in many states across North America. It goes by other names such as; boneset, bruisewort, knitbone, and others. As you probably noticed, the names also identify the healing properties. Some people consider it a weed because of how it spreads and how hard it is to get rid of once you have it. However, there are those of us that know the healing benefits it has and considers it a must as an herb in the field of home remedies or natural herbals. Where Does Comfrey Come From? Comfrey has been around since ancient Greece. It was claimed to have been used to aid wounded soldiers that fought for Alexander the Great. What Does The Plant Look Like? Comfrey has a root system that can go down as deep as 10ft. And because of depth, the root system brings up wonderful and essential elements such as -- magnesium, potassium, and phosphorous. These elements add greatly to your garden as the elements are stored in the leaves and when they die return to the earth and enrich the soil. Where Do You Plant Comfrey? Comfrey needs to be kept in a border unless you don't mind it spreading. Just remember once planted it is there to stay. The plant can grow up to 4ft tall and loves rich moist soil. When Should You Harvest? It is harvested in the Summer, so plant your seeds in the Spring or divide already established plants in the Fall. Now that we've established what comfrey is, let's talk about how to use it. First, there are those who think you should not take comfrey internally because of pyrrolizidine alkaloids which are found in the stalk and a smaller amount in the leaves. Studies have shown this to be toxic to the liver. However, some also say you would have to have a high amount for this to happen. I recommend doing your own research and make the best decision for you. Top Ten Benefits of Comfrey #1 Skin "Softens Skin: There’s allantoin in comfrey extract. Allantoin is a moisturizer that creates a protective film over skin cells. That film helps to lock in moisture and prevent drying. It also helps your outermost layer of skin to shed more easily. Although this may sound a bit icky, it’s an important process (and so satisfying) to help your skin heal and remain healthy and glowing.Fights Inflammation: Allantoin is also an anti-inflammatory substance. It’s used in a few medical treatments to help with issues such as rashes and burns. This property makes using comfrey for acne a great idea. It helps stop that uncomfortable inflammation and reduces the intensity of acne!Antioxidant: The Rosmarinic acid in comfrey is an antioxidant. You probably already know that such substances are good for you but may not know why. For skincare, the main benefit is protection against harm from UV rays.Protect Against Environmental Harm: There are tannins in comfrey root. Fortunately, you don’t have to wait around while these tannins mellow! Instead, when you apply the extract, they will protect your skin from bacteria and toxins." -blume.com There are soaps online you can buy which improve acne and restore the normal pH balance of the skin. Or you can make your own. #2 Bruises - #3 Reduces Inflammation "Comfrey has a long history of use as a topical agent for treating wounds, skin ulcers, thrombophlebitis, bruises, and sprains and strains. Comfrey has anti-inflammatory properties that may decrease bruising and help heal wounds when the herb is applied topically. Heather Earles full false 18:15 168极速赛车 What is Inspiration and Where Do You Find It? https://heatherearles.com/inspiration/ Thu, 13 Aug 2020 21:16:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=256 The definition of inspiration from the dictionary is as states: The process of being mentally stimulated to do or feel something, especially to do something creative. "Helen had one of her flashes of inspiration."A sudden brilliant, creative, or timely idea. "then, I had an inspiration." So, inspiration is creative, spontaneous, timely, sudden, and brilliant. How exciting! Who in their right mind wouldn't want to be inspired by something or someone?! I believe everyone wants to be inspired at some point in their life, but will they? Who Does Inspiration Seek? Inspiration comes to those searching, working toward something, or wanting to find it. For instance, if you're depressed, struggling mentally, and downtrodden, I don't think inspiration will come knocking on your door. Inspiration feeds off hope, faith, and a positive attitude. It doesn't appear out of thin air. Now don't misunderstand, I believe people do have those big inspirational moments, but again, they mentally search for it in their way. How Does It Feel When Inspiration Comes? Inspiration is like a dose of pure life. You feel young, free, bursting with happiness and excitement, and very motivated. It can also be sobering. Not to be cliche, but you get the sense that a missing piece of you is now complete. Does Inspiration Continue? Inspiration is the first process. After that, your mind starts to look for the next piece. That piece keeps leading and inspiring you to search and take action steps toward moving forward to your goals producing greatness in your life. Or, you may feel the inspiration to help or aid someone in which you won't meet any life goals, but you will fulfill a calling. Caution: If you stop searching, you may miss out on the possibilities that you never let come true. Or if you stop listening, you may change someone's life you could have helped. Where Does Inspiration Live? Sometimes when people look too hard for something, they never seem to find it. Do you ever wonder why that is? My theory is they miss the small, seemingly insignificant things that will help get them to the place they are longing. You don't have a baby and expect them to learn everything on their own. No, you have a baby and immediately start teaching them the small things and continue until they have grown into beautiful, functioning adults. If this is the case, how is it as adults, we think we can stop learning or expect everything to fall in our lap? Does this include inspiration? I think so. A person doesn't grow, become inspired, or inspire others without little moments or learning steps. How Do You Find It? Like above, inspiration lives in you and is waiting. There isn't a series of events that need to take place. You unlock it by your positive attitude or hopeful attitude. Then you merely want/desire it, patiently wait, and once it appears, stay motivated and through action steps, watch as it all unfolds. "If you are trying to get something out of nothing, you will get nothing, but if you try to get something out of learning, you will learn." Inspiration will happen in your life, and you will keep filling up growing and achieving whatever in life you hope to achieve. To some, "inspiration is a divine matter in Hebrew poetics. In the Book of Amos, the prophet speaks of being overwhelmed by God's voice and compelled to speak. In Christianity, inspiration is a gift of the Holy Spirit." -Wikipedia We are all connected in some way. I genuinely believe we can feel that close connection with someone near or far away from God or a friend. Remember, inspiration is not just a big idea but creative, spontaneous, timely, sudden, and brilliant. Inspiration (from the Latin inspirare, meaning "to breathe into") is powerful and something to hold onto when it hits you. In short, it's for everyone who has a positive mindset and comes at unexpected times. The definition of inspiration from the dictionary is as states: The process of being mentally stimulated to do or feel something, especially to do something creative. "Helen had one of her flashes of inspiration."A sudden brilliant, creative, The definition of inspiration from the dictionary is as states: The process of being mentally stimulated to do or feel something, especially to do something creative. "Helen had one of her flashes of inspiration."A sudden brilliant, creative, or timely idea. "then, I had an inspiration." So, inspiration is creative, spontaneous, timely, sudden, and brilliant. How exciting! Who in their right mind wouldn't want to be inspired by something or someone?! I believe everyone wants to be inspired at some point in their life, but will they? Who Does Inspiration Seek? Inspiration comes to those searching, working toward something, or wanting to find it. For instance, if you're depressed, struggling mentally, and downtrodden, I don't think inspiration will come knocking on your door. Inspiration feeds off hope, faith, and a positive attitude. It doesn't appear out of thin air. Now don't misunderstand, I believe people do have those big inspirational moments, but again, they mentally search for it in their way. How Does It Feel When Inspiration Comes? Inspiration is like a dose of pure life. You feel young, free, bursting with happiness and excitement, and very motivated. It can also be sobering. Not to be cliche, but you get the sense that a missing piece of you is now complete. Does Inspiration Continue? Inspiration is the first process. After that, your mind starts to look for the next piece. That piece keeps leading and inspiring you to search and take action steps toward moving forward to your goals producing greatness in your life. Or, you may feel the inspiration to help or aid someone in which you won't meet any life goals, but you will fulfill a calling. Caution: If you stop searching, you may miss out on the possibilities that you never let come true. Or if you stop listening, you may change someone's life you could have helped. Where Does Inspiration Live? Sometimes when people look too hard for something, they never seem to find it. Do you ever wonder why that is? My theory is they miss the small, seemingly insignificant things that will help get them to the place they are longing. You don't have a baby and expect them to learn everything on their own. No, you have a baby and immediately start teaching them the small things and continue until they have grown into beautiful, functioning adults. If this is the case, how is it as adults, we think we can stop learning or expect everything to fall in our lap? Does this include inspiration? I think so. A person doesn't grow, become inspired, or inspire others without little moments or learning steps. How Do You Find It? Like above, inspiration lives in you and is waiting. There isn't a series of events that need to take place. You unlock it by your positive attitude or hopeful attitude. Then you merely want/desire it, patiently wait, and once it appears, stay motivated and through action steps, watch as it all unfolds. "If you are trying to get something out of nothing, you will get nothing, but if you try to get something out of learning, you will learn." Inspiration will happen in your life, and you will keep filling up growing and achieving whatever in life you hope to achieve. To some, "inspiration is a divine matter in Hebrew poetics. In the Book of Amos, the prophet speaks of being overwhelmed by God's voice and compelled to speak... Heather Earles full false 7:16 168极速赛车 Quick and Easy Homemade Waffles https://heatherearles.com/homemade-waffles/ Thu, 06 Aug 2020 21:44:31 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505975 Every once in awhile, it would be best if you gave yourself a treat. By that, I mean not counting the carbs and sugars. Now don't go crazy and think I want you to fall off the bandwagon of health, no I'm just suggesting you treat yourself to something familiar and homemade once in a while. I either make these easy homemade waffles, pancakes, or french toast for the family once every weekend. If I don't, the kids have a revolt and try chewing off my leg. Seriously, they love their easy homemade waffles or carb breakfast :). You will too once you try them. The recipe is by Anna Nelson Smith and comes from our family cookbook. Easy Homemade Waffles Items needed: Waffle makerLarge mixing bowlSmall mixing bowlWhisk, fork, or handheld beaters Ingredients: 1 3/4 cups flour2 tsp baking powder3 tsp sugar1/2 tsp salt3 eggs1/3 cup vegetable oil (if you want a healthier oil try avocado oil).1 1/2 cups milk Directions: Measure dry ingredients and mix them in a medium-sized mixing bowl. In a smaller bowl, combine and mix your eggs, milk, and oil. Now, pour the wet ingredients into your dry and stir them together. Do not over mix as it will make your batter tough. With your waffle maker warmed, pour in the approximate measurement 2/3 to 1 cup of batter. Depending on your waffle maker, you may need to spray it before each use with avocado spray or your choice cooking spray. Close and bakeServe with bacon, eggs, and your choice fruit to make a complete and wholesome meal. All that's left to do is enjoy your breakfast and share about your week. As a bonus, I'll leave you with this poem: "Blessed are the mothers of the earth, for they have combined the practical and the spiritual into one workable way of life. They have darned little stockings, mended little dresses, washed little faces and pointed little eyes to the stars, and little souls to eternal things." -William L. Stidger Have a healthy week, everyone! If you are interested in another easy recipe, check out Homemade Peasant Bread. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn More About the Author Every once in awhile, it would be best if you gave yourself a treat. By that, I mean not counting the carbs and sugars. Now don't go crazy and think I want you to fall off the bandwagon of health, no I'm just suggesting you treat yourself to someth... Every once in awhile, it would be best if you gave yourself a treat. By that, I mean not counting the carbs and sugars. Now don't go crazy and think I want you to fall off the bandwagon of health, no I'm just suggesting you treat yourself to something familiar and homemade once in a while. I either make these easy homemade waffles, pancakes, or french toast for the family once every weekend. If I don't, the kids have a revolt and try chewing off my leg. Seriously, they love their easy homemade waffles or carb breakfast :). You will too once you try them. The recipe is by Anna Nelson Smith and comes from our family cookbook. Easy Homemade Waffles Items needed: Waffle makerLarge mixing bowlSmall mixing bowlWhisk, fork, or handheld beaters Ingredients: 1 3/4 cups flour2 tsp baking powder3 tsp sugar1/2 tsp salt3 eggs1/3 cup vegetable oil (if you want a healthier oil try avocado oil).1 1/2 cups milk Directions: Measure dry ingredients and mix them in a medium-sized mixing bowl. In a smaller bowl, combine and mix your eggs, milk, and oil. Now, pour the wet ingredients into your dry and stir them together. Do not over mix as it will make your batter tough. With your waffle maker warmed, pour in the approximate measurement 2/3 to 1 cup of batter. Depending on your waffle maker, you may need to spray it before each use with avocado spray or your choice cooking spray. Close and bakeServe with bacon, eggs, and your choice fruit to make a complete and wholesome meal. All that's left to do is enjoy your breakfast and share about your week. As a bonus, I'll leave you with this poem: "Blessed are the mothers of the earth, for they have combined the practical and the spiritual into one workable way of life. They have darned little stockings, mended little dresses, washed little faces and pointed little eyes to the stars, and little souls to eternal things." -William L. Stidger Have a healthy week, everyone! If you are interested in another easy recipe, check out Homemade Peasant Bread. Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Learn More About the Author Heather Earles full false 4:30 168极速赛车 Easy Homemade Peasant Bread Recipe https://heatherearles.com/peasant-bread/ Sun, 02 Aug 2020 06:08:31 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505938 Before we begin, I'm visiting family, so this week's post is going to be simple yet satisfying. Since people are cooped up, learning new skills, and doing more things from scratch, I thought it would be a good time to share this easy peasant bread recipe. My grandmother, a wonderful woman and an absolutely tremendous cook shared it with me, so I knew it was a keeper. Anything she bakes or cooks turns into this flavorful experience that sends your taste buds on overdrive and your whole dining experience worth every bite. Remember, flavor has nothing to do with a complex recipe. Flavor is ingredients and how they come together. So let's begin. Easy Peasant Bread Ingredients 4 cups flour2 teaspoons salt2 teaspoons sugar1 packet instant yeast. You can also use active dry yeast but it will take a little longer to rise.2 cups lukewarm water Directions In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, salt, sugar, and yeast. Add the water and mix until the water is absorbed and the dough comes together in a sticky ball. Cover the bowl and set aside in a warm spot to rise for one to one and a half hours, or until the dough has doubled in size. Place a rack in the lower third of the oven and preheat it to 425°F. Use butter to generously grease two 1-quart oven-safe bowls or a 3-quart casserole dish (for one large loaf). Use two forks to deflate the easy peasant dough by releasing it from the side of the bowl and pulling it toward the center. Rotate the bowl as you deflate, turning the mass into a rough ball. To make a single large loaf, pick up the mixing bowl, turn it over, and plop the dough into the larger casserole dish. To make two small loaves, use your forks to separate the dough down the center. Then, divide it into two equal pieces. Use the forks to lift each half of the dough into the prepared bowls. If the dough is wet and hard to handle, lightly grease your hands and transfer each half to a bowl. Don't cover the dough. Let it rise on the countertop in a warm spot for 10 to 20 minutes, until the top of the dough just crests the rims of the small bowls, or is almost doubled in the larger casserole dish. Bake the peasant bread for 15 minutes. Reduce the heat to 375°F and bake for 17 to 20 minutes more for smaller loaves or 25 to 30 minutes more for a single large loaf.When Golden brown all over, remove from the oven and turn the bread out onto a cooling rack. Store well wrapped, at room temperature for several days; freeze for longer storage. That’s all there is to it. Simple yet satisfying. Have a healthy week everyone and be sure to let me know how your easy peasant bread turns out. For another great bread recipe, follow A Tutorial on How to Make Sicilian Bread Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. learn more about the author -Heather Earles Before we begin, I'm visiting family, so this week's post is going to be simple yet satisfying. Since people are cooped up, learning new skills, and doing more things from scratch, I thought it would be a good time to share this easy peasant bread r... Before we begin, I'm visiting family, so this week's post is going to be simple yet satisfying. Since people are cooped up, learning new skills, and doing more things from scratch, I thought it would be a good time to share this easy peasant bread recipe. My grandmother, a wonderful woman and an absolutely tremendous cook shared it with me, so I knew it was a keeper. Anything she bakes or cooks turns into this flavorful experience that sends your taste buds on overdrive and your whole dining experience worth every bite. Remember, flavor has nothing to do with a complex recipe. Flavor is ingredients and how they come together. So let's begin. Easy Peasant Bread Ingredients 4 cups flour2 teaspoons salt2 teaspoons sugar1 packet instant yeast. You can also use active dry yeast but it will take a little longer to rise.2 cups lukewarm water Directions In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, salt, sugar, and yeast. Add the water and mix until the water is absorbed and the dough comes together in a sticky ball. Cover the bowl and set aside in a warm spot to rise for one to one and a half hours, or until the dough has doubled in size. Place a rack in the lower third of the oven and preheat it to 425°F. Use butter to generously grease two 1-quart oven-safe bowls or a 3-quart casserole dish (for one large loaf). Use two forks to deflate the easy peasant dough by releasing it from the side of the bowl and pulling it toward the center. Rotate the bowl as you deflate, turning the mass into a rough ball. To make a single large loaf, pick up the mixing bowl, turn it over, and plop the dough into the larger casserole dish. To make two small loaves, use your forks to separate the dough down the center. Then, divide it into two equal pieces. Use the forks to lift each half of the dough into the prepared bowls. If the dough is wet and hard to handle, lightly grease your hands and transfer each half to a bowl. Don't cover the dough. Let it rise on the countertop in a warm spot for 10 to 20 minutes, until the top of the dough just crests the rims of the small bowls, or is almost doubled in the larger casserole dish. Bake the peasant bread for 15 minutes. Reduce the heat to 375°F and bake for 17 to 20 minutes more for smaller loaves or 25 to 30 minutes more for a single large loaf.When Golden brown all over, remove from the oven and turn the bread out onto a cooling rack. Store well wrapped, at room temperature for several days; freeze for longer storage. That’s all there is to it. Simple yet satisfying. Have a healthy week everyone and be sure to let me know how your easy peasant bread turns out. For another great bread recipe, follow A Tutorial on How to Make Sicilian Bread Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. learn more about the author -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 7:06 168极速赛车 The Importance of Having Balance in Our Lives https://heatherearles.com/balance/ Thu, 23 Jul 2020 17:27:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=479 Now more than ever, we have a choice of how we spend our time or balance out what's important to us and our lives. Decisions and choices that you make now will not only impact your future but those you support and care about. Balance is the key to keeping a sane mind and if you have a family, a sane household. Everyone craves time and attention and if you own a home or possession of any kind they also need attention or maintenance to hold their value and or quality. So, how do we do that? How do we maintain balance while accomplishing what it is that we need to do and want to do? What Happens When We Tip the Scale or Neglect to Balance Our Lives? Well, my best friend and I were talking about this subject the other day. We both have personal health, business, and life goals that are all due at the same time and instead of balancing as we should, we've been putting in longer hours. Did that help? No. What happened, as a result, was our husbands and children (which are our first and foremost priority) weren't getting the time they needed and overall felt neglected. It's so easy to lose sight of the things that are going great, even fine when we're led by passion or a drive to do something. Especially if that something is making us money or moving us into a social position that we feel is needed to advance our carriers. We think the things that are going great will continue but that's not always the case. The things that are successful in our life, whether that be relationships, health, or our home, are usually the things we put time and effort into. However, once we stopped, they start to unravel or degrade. How much time are we talking? From experience, I've learned that it does not take very long at all. You've all realized how hard you work to accomplish a task, and then in one moment, something or someone can destroy everything—kind of like a child toppling over building blocks as soon as you stack them. In short, it takes hard work and effort to make something great, but very little time to erase it if you're not putting in a continual effort. Do not be discouraged for there are simple ways in which any person can maintain balance in their lives while living a tremendous life. You may not agree with all of these, but I would encourage you still read all of them. There may be a time when you can help someone else and their struggle to keep that steady balance in which you can offer advice based on their needs and not just yours. As a people lover and health advocate I'm always looking for ways to improve not only my life but those around me, as should you. Soooo... What Are Some Ways in Which you Can Help Balance Your Life? # 1 Spirituality You have all heard the scripture, "There is a season for everything." I don't know why, but this scripture has always rubbed me the wrong way. Perhaps it's because a lot of people use it to make excuses for why they don't get something done. Instead of balance, they just quit, saying it's not the right season. I see what the scripture is saying, and I'm not judging those who use it. My girlfriends use it all of the time. It's scripture, after all. For my edification, I will merely say it differently. God gives us different jobs or tasks at different times in our life, with the knowledge we will complete them. There I feel better, and we can move on :). I believe God will reward our efforts when we are mindful and align them with his word. "The mind of man plans his way, but the Lord directs his steps" Proverbs 16:9. This is a verse I recite every morning. Reminding me to keep balance, but still set and meet goals for this time, this day, this moment and this season. When I try to control and go outside of God's plan, even for a good cause, I am stressed, and always end up exhausted! But when I let God take control, I have a quiet spirit and am able to be a blessing to myself, family, and everyone else in range, Now more than ever, we have a choice of how we spend our time or balance out what's important to us and our lives. Decisions and choices that you make now will not only impact your future but those you support and care about. Now more than ever, we have a choice of how we spend our time or balance out what's important to us and our lives. Decisions and choices that you make now will not only impact your future but those you support and care about. Balance is the key to keeping a sane mind and if you have a family, a sane household. Everyone craves time and attention and if you own a home or possession of any kind they also need attention or maintenance to hold their value and or quality. So, how do we do that? How do we maintain balance while accomplishing what it is that we need to do and want to do? What Happens When We Tip the Scale or Neglect to Balance Our Lives? Well, my best friend and I were talking about this subject the other day. We both have personal health, business, and life goals that are all due at the same time and instead of balancing as we should, we've been putting in longer hours. Did that help? No. What happened, as a result, was our husbands and children (which are our first and foremost priority) weren't getting the time they needed and overall felt neglected. It's so easy to lose sight of the things that are going great, even fine when we're led by passion or a drive to do something. Especially if that something is making us money or moving us into a social position that we feel is needed to advance our carriers. We think the things that are going great will continue but that's not always the case. The things that are successful in our life, whether that be relationships, health, or our home, are usually the things we put time and effort into. However, once we stopped, they start to unravel or degrade. How much time are we talking? From experience, I've learned that it does not take very long at all. You've all realized how hard you work to accomplish a task, and then in one moment, something or someone can destroy everything—kind of like a child toppling over building blocks as soon as you stack them. In short, it takes hard work and effort to make something great, but very little time to erase it if you're not putting in a continual effort. Do not be discouraged for there are simple ways in which any person can maintain balance in their lives while living a tremendous life. You may not agree with all of these, but I would encourage you still read all of them. There may be a time when you can help someone else and their struggle to keep that steady balance in which you can offer advice based on their needs and not just yours. As a people lover and health advocate I'm always looking for ways to improve not only my life but those around me, as should you. Soooo... What Are Some Ways in Which you Can Help Balance Your Life? # 1 Spirituality You have all heard the scripture, "There is a season for everything." I don't know why, but this scripture has always rubbed me the wrong way. Perhaps it's because a lot of people use it to make excuses for why they don't get something done. Instead of balance, they just quit, saying it's not the right season. I see what the scripture is saying, and I'm not judging those who use it. My girlfriends use it all of the time. It's scripture, after all. For my edification, I will merely say it differently. God gives us different jobs or tasks at different times in our life, with the knowledge we will complete them. There I feel better, and we can move on :). I believe God will reward our efforts when we are mindful and align them with his word. "The mind of man plans his way, Heather Earles full false 16:03 168极速赛车 30 Minute Homemade Mozzarella Cheese Recipe https://heatherearles.com/mozzarella-cheese/ Fri, 10 Jul 2020 15:29:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505830 Welcome! If you are new to my articles, I try to make things as fun as possible while also teaching you a new life skill. Today we are diving into the art of cheese making. More specifically, mozzarella cheese making. Remember, recipes are only a place to start. You can add or create your own once you get the hang of things. Preparations For Mozzarella Cheesemaking Your Utensils Stainless steel, glass, and enamel are fine.When cleaning, rinse first in cold water to remove all milk residue and then proceed to wash it. Cleaning Your Butter Muslin Butter Muslin is first rinsed in cold water and then washed right away. If periodically boiled with a little baking soda, it will stay fresh and clean for cheesemaking. Ingredients/Storage Keep your rennet tablets in the freezer. (They will keep for years.)Citric Acid and cheese salt may be stored indefinitely at room temperature in a dry, cool place. (Moisture will lower the shelf life.) The Option of Pasteurizing Raw Milk Heat in a stainless-steel pot to 145° for 30 minutes. Cool quickly. What Type of Milk Can You Use? You can use cow’s milk (raw or pasteurized).Goat's milkWhole or skimmed Try to use the freshest milk possible and support your local farmers' market if you do not have your own animals ;). Also, ultra-pasteurized, meaning over 172°, milk does not work in this particular recipe as the high treatment denatures the protein. The more butterfat in your milk, the tastier your cheese will be. How to Make Mozzarella Cheese This recipe yields approx. 3/4 pound and takes around 30 minutes once you're ready. The recipe is from the New England Cheesemaking Company. Ingredients One gallon of milk. You can do up to three gallons at a time and is what we do on our farm. Simply triple the recipe.1 1/4 cup of cool water (chlorine-free).1 1/2 tsp. Citric acid.1/4 rennet tablet (1/4 tsp. if using liquid rennet, which is what we use.)1 tsp. cheese salt Equipment One-gallon stainless steel pot or any non-aluminum or non-cast iron pot.Dairy thermometerColanderSlotted spoonLong knife (optional)Microwaveable bowl if using a microwave oven.Rubber gloves (optional) Directions Dissolve 1/4 rennet tablet or liquid into 1/4 cup of cool, chlorine-free water. Stir and set aside. Wrap the remaining pieces of tablet in plastic wrap and store in the freezer. If using the liquid rennet, store it back in your refrigerator. Mix 1 1/2 teaspoons citric acid into 1 cup cool, chlorine-free water until dissolved. Pour 1 gallon of milk into your pot and stir vigorously while adding the citric acid solution. Heat the milk to 90°F while stirring. Remove the pot from the burner and slowly stir in the rennet solution with an up and down motion for approximately 30 seconds. Cover the pot and leave it undisturbed for 5 minutes. Check the curd. It should look like custard, with a clear separation between the curd and the whey. (See picture below). If the curd is too soft or the whey is milky, let set for a few more minutes. If your milk did not form a curd at all, it could be your choice in milk. Cut the curd with a knife that reaches to the bottom of your pot. You cut so you make a design such as a square grid. Note: if the curd is not firm enough and is bunchy or moving around when you try to cut it, that's okay. It's not ruined. Simply follow the next step and stop cutting the curd. Place the pot back on the stove and heat to 105°F while slowly moving the curds around with your spoon. Remember an up and down motion. (Note: If you are stretching your curds with the waterbath method instead of the microwave, heat the curds to 110°F in this step.) Take off the burner and continue slowly stirring for 2-5 minutes. (More time will make a firmer cheese.)Pour off the floating whey or scoop out the glob of mozzarella cheese and proceed to the next step. Welcome! If you are new to my articles, I try to make things as fun as possible while also teaching you a new life skill. Today we are diving into the art of cheese making. More specifically, mozzarella cheese making. Remember, Welcome! If you are new to my articles, I try to make things as fun as possible while also teaching you a new life skill. Today we are diving into the art of cheese making. More specifically, mozzarella cheese making. Remember, recipes are only a place to start. You can add or create your own once you get the hang of things. Preparations For Mozzarella Cheesemaking Your Utensils Stainless steel, glass, and enamel are fine.When cleaning, rinse first in cold water to remove all milk residue and then proceed to wash it. Cleaning Your Butter Muslin Butter Muslin is first rinsed in cold water and then washed right away. If periodically boiled with a little baking soda, it will stay fresh and clean for cheesemaking. Ingredients/Storage Keep your rennet tablets in the freezer. (They will keep for years.)Citric Acid and cheese salt may be stored indefinitely at room temperature in a dry, cool place. (Moisture will lower the shelf life.) The Option of Pasteurizing Raw Milk Heat in a stainless-steel pot to 145° for 30 minutes. Cool quickly. What Type of Milk Can You Use? You can use cow’s milk (raw or pasteurized).Goat's milkWhole or skimmed Try to use the freshest milk possible and support your local farmers' market if you do not have your own animals ;). Also, ultra-pasteurized, meaning over 172°, milk does not work in this particular recipe as the high treatment denatures the protein. The more butterfat in your milk, the tastier your cheese will be. How to Make Mozzarella Cheese This recipe yields approx. 3/4 pound and takes around 30 minutes once you're ready. The recipe is from the New England Cheesemaking Company. Ingredients One gallon of milk. You can do up to three gallons at a time and is what we do on our farm. Simply triple the recipe.1 1/4 cup of cool water (chlorine-free).1 1/2 tsp. Citric acid.1/4 rennet tablet (1/4 tsp. if using liquid rennet, which is what we use.)1 tsp. cheese salt Equipment One-gallon stainless steel pot or any non-aluminum or non-cast iron pot.Dairy thermometerColanderSlotted spoonLong knife (optional)Microwaveable bowl if using a microwave oven.Rubber gloves (optional) Directions Dissolve 1/4 rennet tablet or liquid into 1/4 cup of cool, chlorine-free water. Stir and set aside. Wrap the remaining pieces of tablet in plastic wrap and store in the freezer. If using the liquid rennet, store it back in your refrigerator. Mix 1 1/2 teaspoons citric acid into 1 cup cool, chlorine-free water until dissolved. Pour 1 gallon of milk into your pot and stir vigorously while adding the citric acid solution. Heat the milk to 90°F while stirring. Remove the pot from the burner and slowly stir in the rennet solution with an up and down motion for approximately 30 seconds. Cover the pot and leave it undisturbed for 5 minutes. Check the curd. It should look like custard, with a clear separation between the curd and the whey. (See picture below). If the curd is too soft or the whey is milky, let set for a few more minutes. If your milk did not form a curd at all, Heather Earles full false 10:59 168极速赛车 Making Homemade Greek & Regular Yogurt Using Different Methods https://heatherearles.com/homemade-yogurt/ Fri, 26 Jun 2020 18:14:49 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505773 Like you, I love yogurt. But after eleven years of milking cows, I've never made it until now. Why? Well, whenever I looked it up, it always seemed so intimidating. However, not anymore. With the world going crazy, I am more determined than ever to make everything we eat. As our family eats A LOT of yogurts, it was time to bite the bullet and add healthy homemade yogurt making to our list of homesteading essentials ;). Before we begin, let's hear from Laura Burak MS, RD, CDN, a registered dietitian and who received her Bachelor’s degree in Nutritional Science from Penn State University. Greek yogurt vs. regular yogurt: what are the differences between them? "Any plain yogurt is not only a great source of protein and calcium, but it's also convenient and easy to find in most stores, versatile in meals, and economical for the nutritional punch it provides," says Burak. "Greek yogurt, however, contains nearly triple the amount of protein as regular, due to the straining process, which results in a thicker consistency and more sour taste." That's why Greek yogurt has so much more protein than regular yogurt—it's more concentrated due to the absence of the whey. While Greek yogurt dominates regular yogurt in protein content, regular yogurt has more of an important bone-building mineral. "Plain, unstrained yogurt typically contains more calcium than Greek though, and is sometimes more palatable to my clients who aren't used to the thickness," Burak says. So, is one style of yogurt healthier for you than the other? Burak says that plain Greek yogurt and regular yogurt are both healthy choices, it just boils down to personal preference. "If my clients are looking for an easy way to incorporate a nice amount of protein into a snack or meal, I do recommend Greek first for its protein content, as more protein will slow digestion, control blood sugar, and increase satiety—and encourage them to doctor it up with fresh fruit and a sprinkle of nuts or granola," she says. "If they can't tolerate the sour taste, however, regular plain yogurt always works, too." Anything else people should know about the two types of yogurt? Burak says to be mindful of the added sugar varieties offered for both Greek yogurt and regular yogurt. Plain is the best version both for low sugar content and for the health of your body. "Also, it is important to note that eating yogurt with some fat, as in 2 to 4 percent or whole milk, will not only increase that satiety, or feeling of fullness, but it is so much more palatable than fat-free without adding significant calories," she says. "I love 2 percent plain Greek yogurt with fresh berries and a sprinkle of chopped walnuts." Now that you understand the different types of yogurt let's make some. How to Make Yogurt Using Easy Cuisinart Electric Yogurt Maker with Automatic Cooling One thing I've learned is yogurt making doesn't need to be hard. Currently, this is the method I use, and I love how easy it is! Fresh, homemade all-natural yogurt, custom-blended from your choice of ingredients. Ingredients 6 oz of yogurt culture. You can use your own once your first batch is made, but before that purchase, some online or simply scoop 6 oz of yogurt from your favorite brand you usually buy at the store.Four cups of whole milk. I use raw organic because we have milk cows, but you can use whatever kind you normally would buy. Directions Take a medium-sized bowl and mix your whole milk and yogurt culture with a whisk.Next, pour the mixture into the plastic BPA-free container provided by your Cuisinart yogurt machine.Plug your machine in and turn the time to 6, push start.When your machine starts to cool it will show a C on the screen. You can wait until it is finished or press the cancel button at this point and remove the plastic container placing it in your refrigerator.Serve when cool.Be sure to save 6 oz for the next batch before eating it all. Like you, I love yogurt. But after eleven years of milking cows, I've never made it until now. Why? Well, whenever I looked it up, it always seemed so intimidating. However, not anymore. With the world going crazy, Like you, I love yogurt. But after eleven years of milking cows, I've never made it until now. Why? Well, whenever I looked it up, it always seemed so intimidating. However, not anymore. With the world going crazy, I am more determined than ever to make everything we eat. As our family eats A LOT of yogurts, it was time to bite the bullet and add healthy homemade yogurt making to our list of homesteading essentials ;). Before we begin, let's hear from Laura Burak MS, RD, CDN, a registered dietitian and who received her Bachelor’s degree in Nutritional Science from Penn State University. Greek yogurt vs. regular yogurt: what are the differences between them? "Any plain yogurt is not only a great source of protein and calcium, but it's also convenient and easy to find in most stores, versatile in meals, and economical for the nutritional punch it provides," says Burak. "Greek yogurt, however, contains nearly triple the amount of protein as regular, due to the straining process, which results in a thicker consistency and more sour taste." That's why Greek yogurt has so much more protein than regular yogurt—it's more concentrated due to the absence of the whey. While Greek yogurt dominates regular yogurt in protein content, regular yogurt has more of an important bone-building mineral. "Plain, unstrained yogurt typically contains more calcium than Greek though, and is sometimes more palatable to my clients who aren't used to the thickness," Burak says. So, is one style of yogurt healthier for you than the other? Burak says that plain Greek yogurt and regular yogurt are both healthy choices, it just boils down to personal preference. "If my clients are looking for an easy way to incorporate a nice amount of protein into a snack or meal, I do recommend Greek first for its protein content, as more protein will slow digestion, control blood sugar, and increase satiety—and encourage them to doctor it up with fresh fruit and a sprinkle of nuts or granola," she says. "If they can't tolerate the sour taste, however, regular plain yogurt always works, too." Anything else people should know about the two types of yogurt? Burak says to be mindful of the added sugar varieties offered for both Greek yogurt and regular yogurt. Plain is the best version both for low sugar content and for the health of your body. "Also, it is important to note that eating yogurt with some fat, as in 2 to 4 percent or whole milk, will not only increase that satiety, or feeling of fullness, but it is so much more palatable than fat-free without adding significant calories," she says. "I love 2 percent plain Greek yogurt with fresh berries and a sprinkle of chopped walnuts." Now that you understand the different types of yogurt let's make some. How to Make Yogurt Using Easy Cuisinart Electric Yogurt Maker with Automatic Cooling One thing I've learned is yogurt making doesn't need to be hard. Currently, this is the method I use, and I love how easy it is! Fresh, homemade all-natural yogurt, custom-blended from your choice of ingredients. Ingredients 6 oz of yogurt culture. You can use your own once your first batch is made, but before that purchase, some online or simply scoop 6 oz of yogurt from your favorite brand you usually buy at the store.Four cups of whole milk. I use raw organic because we have milk cows, but you can use whatever kind you normally would buy. Directions Heather Earles full false 17:20 168极速赛车 How to Can Strawberry Jam using a Dishwasher https://heatherearles.com/strawberry-jam/ Thu, 18 Jun 2020 07:25:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=726 Well, it's the strawberry season again, which means it's time to can. Canning strawberry jam is one of the easiest fruits to can if you are a beginner or a veteran canner. To make it even more straightforward, in this tutorial, we will be using the recipe on the inside of any Sure-Jell box to make our strawberry jam. Strawberry Jam Recipe To begin let's take a look at the items we will need: Sure-JellWhite sugarStrawberriesButterLadleDamp washclothDishwasher or CannerPotato masherFunnelJelly jars or quart jarsBowlMeasuring cupRings and lidsThree Pots. One for jam, one for the lids, and one for heating the jars.Metal SpoonA magnet for lids (not required, but it's very helpful.) Directions Now that you have all the items, turn your oven to the lowest setting. Ours goes down to 175 degrees. The next step is to put the lids in a pot, boil water in a tea kettle and then pour the boiling water over the lids until they are covered.Now fill another pot with water, about 2/3 full and heat on medium-high or just below boiling. Fill jars about 3/4 full with warm water and then place them in the pot. When you see your jars are heated start to measure your already washed and cut strawberries. I cut mine in half and then mash them with a potato masher until the desired size of fruit remains. Also, measure your sugar at this time in a separate bowl. At this point, place your third pot on the stove and turn it to high. Add your strawberries first, then your sugar, and last a 1/2 teaspoon of butter to keep the foaming down. Heat jam until it reaches a rolling boil, one that doesn't stop when you stir it. After the mixture comes to a rolling boil, add your pectin (Sure-Jell) and stir it for exactly 1 minute longer, then remove it from the heat. Remember to remove any foam with your metal spoon and put it in a small bowl or discard. You are now ready to start filling your jars. Remove a heated jar from the pot and replace it with a cold one. Set your funnel in the jar and ladle the hot jam into the jar leaving a 1/8 space from the top. Remove the funnel and wipe the top of the jar with a damp washcloth so no residue is left on it. This makes for a nice clean seal. Take your magnet and remove one of the lids placing it on top of your filled jar and then screw on one of your rings. I hold my finger in the middle of the lid so it does not move around. Next, place your now full jar in the oven to keep warm until you have all of your strawberry jam in the jars. When your jars are all filled, pull them out of the oven and place them in your dishwasher. Push your normal cycle with the heated dry. You can also use a water bath method on a stovetop, but the dishwasher does a great job and all at one time. Once your dishwasher is finished, place your sealed jars on a dishtowel on the counter or table and lay another dishtowel over the top. Leave them set for 24 to 48 hours. After the allotted time, check to see if they have all sealed by pressing your finger down on top of the lids. If it pops it is not sealed, if it doesn't pop you have now made your first successful round of Strawberry Jam:). CONGRATULATIONS! You are now an expert at canning strawberry jam with a dishwasher or with a canner on the stove. Special Notes: Store in a cool dark place until you are ready to use it. Canned products can last for years, but be sure to always check your seal before using each jar. You should hear a suction sound or slight pop when opening a canned jar. Until next time, stay healthy and free. -Heather Earles If you love canning or need more food tutorials visit: How to make Sauerkraut, How to make and freeze sweet corn, How to make solar dill pickles, and How to make butter. Well, it's the strawberry season again, which means it's time to can. Canning strawberry jam is one of the easiest fruits to can if you are a beginner or a veteran canner. To make it even more straightforward, in this tutorial, Well, it's the strawberry season again, which means it's time to can. Canning strawberry jam is one of the easiest fruits to can if you are a beginner or a veteran canner. To make it even more straightforward, in this tutorial, we will be using the recipe on the inside of any Sure-Jell box to make our strawberry jam. Strawberry Jam Recipe To begin let's take a look at the items we will need: Sure-JellWhite sugarStrawberriesButterLadleDamp washclothDishwasher or CannerPotato masherFunnelJelly jars or quart jarsBowlMeasuring cupRings and lidsThree Pots. One for jam, one for the lids, and one for heating the jars.Metal SpoonA magnet for lids (not required, but it's very helpful.) Directions Now that you have all the items, turn your oven to the lowest setting. Ours goes down to 175 degrees. The next step is to put the lids in a pot, boil water in a tea kettle and then pour the boiling water over the lids until they are covered.Now fill another pot with water, about 2/3 full and heat on medium-high or just below boiling. Fill jars about 3/4 full with warm water and then place them in the pot. When you see your jars are heated start to measure your already washed and cut strawberries. I cut mine in half and then mash them with a potato masher until the desired size of fruit remains. Also, measure your sugar at this time in a separate bowl. At this point, place your third pot on the stove and turn it to high. Add your strawberries first, then your sugar, and last a 1/2 teaspoon of butter to keep the foaming down. Heat jam until it reaches a rolling boil, one that doesn't stop when you stir it. After the mixture comes to a rolling boil, add your pectin (Sure-Jell) and stir it for exactly 1 minute longer, then remove it from the heat. Remember to remove any foam with your metal spoon and put it in a small bowl or discard. You are now ready to start filling your jars. Remove a heated jar from the pot and replace it with a cold one. Set your funnel in the jar and ladle the hot jam into the jar leaving a 1/8 space from the top. Remove the funnel and wipe the top of the jar with a damp washcloth so no residue is left on it. This makes for a nice clean seal. Take your magnet and remove one of the lids placing it on top of your filled jar and then screw on one of your rings. I hold my finger in the middle of the lid so it does not move around. Next, place your now full jar in the oven to keep warm until you have all of your strawberry jam in the jars. When your jars are all filled, pull them out of the oven and place them in your dishwasher. Push your normal cycle with the heated dry. You can also use a water bath method on a stovetop, but the dishwasher does a great job and all at one time. Once your dishwasher is finished, place your sealed jars on a dishtowel on the counter or table and lay another dishtowel over the top. Leave them set for 24 to 48 hours. After the allotted time, check to see if they have all sealed by pressing your finger down on top of the lids. If it pops it is not sealed, if it doesn't pop you have now made your first successful round of Strawberry Jam:). CONGRATULATIONS! You are now an expert at canning strawberry jam with a dishw... Heather Earles full false 9:08 168极速赛车 How to make Homemade Sunscreen https://heatherearles.com/sunscreen/ Mon, 15 Jun 2020 17:35:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=605 Sunscreen, among other things, is always better when it's home-made. Why? Because you know precisely what you are putting on your skin. As your skin absorbs everything, you can never be too careful. It's scary when you look at the back of the bottle of sunscreen from the store and realize half the ingredients you can't even pronounce, and the other half are rated 9 out of 10 as being toxic to our bodies. If this is true, then why are the companies allowed to use them? My guess is money. So, how do we counter that? Well, I'm just a normal mom who thinks we should put non-toxic things on our bodies and our children, so that leaves us to DIY. What do the experts say? A doctor, (whose name I cannot disclose) said sunscreen over 15 SPF is more harmful to you than the sun because of the chemicals that are used. This is one reason I decided to make my own sunscreen and share that knowledge with you, so you don't have to worry about chemicals, toxins, or burns either. Let's protect our skin from sunburns without harming it. How to Make Homemade Sunscreen Supplies Needed: MaskKitchen scaleGlass bowlPotWhiskGlass jar45 g. coconut oil32.5 g carrier oil (almond oil/jojoba oil/apricot oil)14.25 g beeswax13.75 g shea butter1/4 Tbls vitamin E20 g. zinc oxide: non-nano, uncoated, not micronized Directions: Measure out all of your ingredients except the zinc oxide, on a gram scale zeroing it out each time and place in a glass bowl.Now place the bowl of ingredients over a pot of 1-inch simmering water creating a double boiler.Melt the ingredients completely while stirring with your whisk.Remove the bowl from the pot and wipe down the outside, removing any condensation.Place the glass bowl back on the scale and zero it out. With a mask on, add the zinc oxide until you have 20 grams.Whisk and then slowly pour the now homemade sunscreen into a glass jar, whisk again and pour some more. Repeat this process until all of the sunscreen is in the jar (or multiple ones depending on batch size). We want to make sure the zinc oxide is mixed in well.Allow sunscreen to cool and then put lid on jar. Store in a cool, dry place.Apply every hour as needed while out in the sun. This homemade sunscreen is at least 20 SPF and will protect from UVA and UVB rays providing peace of mind so that you can enjoy your time in the sun. It honestly takes about fifteen minutes to make, which is less time than it takes you to run to the store. So get online, order your ingredients, and know you and your family are protected both from chemicals and the sun. That's it! Let me know how it turns out. Here's to you and creating a healthier living! -Heather Earles For other tutorials visit: Turmeric for your Health Sunscreen, among other things, is always better when it's home-made. Why? Because you know precisely what you are putting on your skin. As your skin absorbs everything, you can never be too careful. Sunscreen, among other things, is always better when it's home-made. Why? Because you know precisely what you are putting on your skin. As your skin absorbs everything, you can never be too careful. It's scary when you look at the back of the bottle of sunscreen from the store and realize half the ingredients you can't even pronounce, and the other half are rated 9 out of 10 as being toxic to our bodies. If this is true, then why are the companies allowed to use them? My guess is money. So, how do we counter that? Well, I'm just a normal mom who thinks we should put non-toxic things on our bodies and our children, so that leaves us to DIY. What do the experts say? A doctor, (whose name I cannot disclose) said sunscreen over 15 SPF is more harmful to you than the sun because of the chemicals that are used. This is one reason I decided to make my own sunscreen and share that knowledge with you, so you don't have to worry about chemicals, toxins, or burns either. Let's protect our skin from sunburns without harming it. How to Make Homemade Sunscreen Supplies Needed: MaskKitchen scaleGlass bowlPotWhiskGlass jar45 g. coconut oil32.5 g carrier oil (almond oil/jojoba oil/apricot oil)14.25 g beeswax13.75 g shea butter1/4 Tbls vitamin E20 g. zinc oxide: non-nano, uncoated, not micronized Directions: Measure out all of your ingredients except the zinc oxide, on a gram scale zeroing it out each time and place in a glass bowl.Now place the bowl of ingredients over a pot of 1-inch simmering water creating a double boiler.Melt the ingredients completely while stirring with your whisk.Remove the bowl from the pot and wipe down the outside, removing any condensation.Place the glass bowl back on the scale and zero it out. With a mask on, add the zinc oxide until you have 20 grams.Whisk and then slowly pour the now homemade sunscreen into a glass jar, whisk again and pour some more. Repeat this process until all of the sunscreen is in the jar (or multiple ones depending on batch size). We want to make sure the zinc oxide is mixed in well.Allow sunscreen to cool and then put lid on jar. Store in a cool, dry place.Apply every hour as needed while out in the sun. This homemade sunscreen is at least 20 SPF and will protect from UVA and UVB rays providing peace of mind so that you can enjoy your time in the sun. It honestly takes about fifteen minutes to make, which is less time than it takes you to run to the store. So get online, order your ingredients, and know you and your family are protected both from chemicals and the sun. That's it! Let me know how it turns out. Here's to you and creating a healthier living! -Heather Earles For other tutorials visit: Turmeric for your Health Heather Earles full false 5:43 168极速赛车 What to Include in a Nature Journal https://heatherearles.com/nature-journal/ Fri, 05 Jun 2020 01:03:06 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505706 Now, what do I mean by a nature journal? Well, for this particular post, we are not talking about writing down when you plant your garden, trees, or anything outdoors, we are discussing what you see outdoors—a scientific journal of sorts. Creating a nature journal is for all ages, as I believe there are multiple health benefits to seeing the beauty of life no matter your age. My only rule is DO NOT make this nature journal complicated. It’s meant to relax, relate, and enjoy what’s all around you. Supplies You Will Need: The three things you truly need are a notebook, writing utensils, and your imagination.Beyond that, you can use paints, colored pencils, stencils, and or dried plants. To begin, pick out a notebook, one that you really, really love. If this is for a child, then you let them pick it out. The point is for the notebook to bring joy to the person who is using it.Next step. When you go out into nature, think of God as your teacher and the world as your classroom. With your notebook along, find something in nature, whether it be a leaf, a horse, the sky, seashells, anything. You draw a picture of it, and then you write about it. Helpful Tips on Writing According to Age If this project is for a kindergartner or someone a little younger, I would suggest having them draw a picture and then saying something like this, “Here is a bird. His name is Mr. Robin.” keep it short and non-stressful. As you get higher up in age, I would encourage the person to write something a little more in-depth. For instance, you could have them draw a picture of whatever they’re looking at, I’m going to choose a hummingbird, and then they write a story about it. The story may say something like this: “There was a mother hummingbird who was frantically flying from house to house looking for nectar. Her little birds were hungry. Stopping at the first house, she noticed a cat sitting on the wall. ‘Oh, this is not a good place to stop,’ she announced, so she flew to the next house. Up and down the Sunny Valley, she went, looking for nectar from the various plants and flowers.” You get the idea of how you could make it a little more difficult for someone who likes to write or is a little older. For children who don’t find writing enjoyable, you could have them merely draw the picture or write a simple description. Like: “The hummingbird has blue and green wings, and its beak is very long, pointy, and black.” I have found that even the children that don’t like to write, like writing about nature. Remember, parents, do not correct spelling errors unless you’re using this for a school project. Nothing is so devastating to a child as a parent who corrects their work when they are proud of their accomplishment and merely trying to show you. Yes, there is a time for that, and age comes into play, but as a parent, I would strongly suggest keeping a project like this enjoyable. Science DVD's Moving on. Since you’re writing this nature journal, there is a set of DVDs that I am going to recommend. Click Here to view. These DVDs talk all about nature/animals and how they have everything they need from the very beginning of life to equip themselves for our world. If you have amazon prime, you can view them for free. I am recommending the DVD’s as they are a great way to see some of what you are writing and learning. You write in a journal for a week, and then you watch one of the three DVDs, a complimentary way of reinforcing what you learn. I guarantee children and adults will learn something from these. How can Science Improve Your Outlook? Appreciating your surroundings takes your mind and that of your children off their limitations. The limitations of being quarantined, sick, unable to provide, and anything else that comes along in life that debilitates us in some way. Having an appreciation for nature and your surroundings gives you a positive outlook on life, Now, what do I mean by a nature journal? Well, for this particular post, we are not talking about writing down when you plant your garden, trees, or anything outdoors, we are discussing what you see outdoors—a scientific journal of sorts. Now, what do I mean by a nature journal? Well, for this particular post, we are not talking about writing down when you plant your garden, trees, or anything outdoors, we are discussing what you see outdoors—a scientific journal of sorts. Creating a nature journal is for all ages, as I believe there are multiple health benefits to seeing the beauty of life no matter your age. My only rule is DO NOT make this nature journal complicated. It’s meant to relax, relate, and enjoy what’s all around you. Supplies You Will Need: The three things you truly need are a notebook, writing utensils, and your imagination.Beyond that, you can use paints, colored pencils, stencils, and or dried plants. To begin, pick out a notebook, one that you really, really love. If this is for a child, then you let them pick it out. The point is for the notebook to bring joy to the person who is using it.Next step. When you go out into nature, think of God as your teacher and the world as your classroom. With your notebook along, find something in nature, whether it be a leaf, a horse, the sky, seashells, anything. You draw a picture of it, and then you write about it. Helpful Tips on Writing According to Age If this project is for a kindergartner or someone a little younger, I would suggest having them draw a picture and then saying something like this, “Here is a bird. His name is Mr. Robin.” keep it short and non-stressful. As you get higher up in age, I would encourage the person to write something a little more in-depth. For instance, you could have them draw a picture of whatever they’re looking at, I’m going to choose a hummingbird, and then they write a story about it. The story may say something like this: “There was a mother hummingbird who was frantically flying from house to house looking for nectar. Her little birds were hungry. Stopping at the first house, she noticed a cat sitting on the wall. ‘Oh, this is not a good place to stop,’ she announced, so she flew to the next house. Up and down the Sunny Valley, she went, looking for nectar from the various plants and flowers.” You get the idea of how you could make it a little more difficult for someone who likes to write or is a little older. For children who don’t find writing enjoyable, you could have them merely draw the picture or write a simple description. Like: “The hummingbird has blue and green wings, and its beak is very long, pointy, and black.” I have found that even the children that don’t like to write, like writing about nature. Remember, parents, do not correct spelling errors unless you’re using this for a school project. Nothing is so devastating to a child as a parent who corrects their work when they are proud of their accomplishment and merely trying to show you. Yes, there is a time for that, and age comes into play, but as a parent, I would strongly suggest keeping a project like this enjoyable. Science DVD's Moving on. Since you’re writing this nature journal, there is a set of DVDs that I am going to recommend. Click Here to view. These DVDs talk all about nature/animals and how they have everything they need from the very beginning of life to equip themselves for our world. If you have amazon prime, you can view them for free. I am recommending the DVD’s as they are a great way to see some of what you are writing and learning. You write in a journal for a week, and then you watch one of the three DVDs, a complimentary way of reinforcing what you learn. Heather Earles full false 7:28 168极速赛车 Liberty and a Story of Letting Go https://heatherearles.com/liberty/ Fri, 29 May 2020 03:59:36 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505683 What is Liberty by Merriam Webster 1: liberty is the quality or state of being free: a: the power to do as one pleases b: freedom from physical restraint c: freedom from arbitrary or despotic (see DESPOT sense 1) control d: the positive enjoyment of various social, political, or economic rights and privileges e: the power of choice My heart is breaking for the people and Christians that have fought, died, and stood behind their beliefs. What are we doing? Where is America? She's hiding her face behind a mask of indecision and fear. People are fighting amongst themselves. Neighbors and friends, guilt-tripping, belittling, or reporting on each other because they have different opinions. No more trust or liberty. No more loyalty and NO leadership. I remember when men and women did not compromise on their beliefs, to appease the masses or their friends. I also remember when friends would not have asked someone to compromise on their beliefs, but no more. It seems if you don't agree, you don't belong. If you choose to be an individual with liberty, you are an outcast. Our silent heroes sing a mournful tune in hopes that the nation will awake. St. John's Church, Richmond, Virginia MARCH 23, 1775 MR. PRESIDENT: No man thinks more highly than I do of the patriotism, as well as abilities, of the very worthy gentlemen who have just addressed the House. But different men often see the same subject in different lights; and, therefore, I hope it will not be thought disrespectful to those gentlemen if, entertaining as I do, opinions of a character very opposite to theirs, I shall speak forth my sentiments freely, and without reserve. This is no time for ceremony. The question before the House is one of awful moment to this country. For my own part, I consider it as nothing less than a question of freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only in this way that we can hope to arrive at truth, and fulfil the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offence, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the majesty of heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings. Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it. I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided; and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of judging of the future but by the past. And judging by the past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of the British ministry for the last ten years, to justify those hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace themselves, and the House? Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been lately received? Trust it not, sir; it will prove a snare to your feet. Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how this gracious reception of our petition comports with these war-like preparations which cover our waters and darken our land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and reconciliation? Have we shown ourselves so unwilling to be reconciled, that force must be called in to win back our love? Let us not deceive ourselves, sir. These are the implements of war and subjugation; the last arguments to which kings resort. I ask, gentlemen, sir, what means this martial array, What is Liberty by Merriam Webster 1: liberty is the quality or state of being free: a: the power to do as one pleases b: freedom from physical restraint c: freedom from arbitrary or despotic (see DESPOT sense 1) control d: the positive enjoyment of... What is Liberty by Merriam Webster 1: liberty is the quality or state of being free: a: the power to do as one pleases b: freedom from physical restraint c: freedom from arbitrary or despotic (see DESPOT sense 1) control d: the positive enjoyment of various social, political, or economic rights and privileges e: the power of choice My heart is breaking for the people and Christians that have fought, died, and stood behind their beliefs. What are we doing? Where is America? She's hiding her face behind a mask of indecision and fear. People are fighting amongst themselves. Neighbors and friends, guilt-tripping, belittling, or reporting on each other because they have different opinions. No more trust or liberty. No more loyalty and NO leadership. I remember when men and women did not compromise on their beliefs, to appease the masses or their friends. I also remember when friends would not have asked someone to compromise on their beliefs, but no more. It seems if you don't agree, you don't belong. If you choose to be an individual with liberty, you are an outcast. Our silent heroes sing a mournful tune in hopes that the nation will awake. St. John's Church, Richmond, Virginia MARCH 23, 1775 MR. PRESIDENT: No man thinks more highly than I do of the patriotism, as well as abilities, of the very worthy gentlemen who have just addressed the House. But different men often see the same subject in different lights; and, therefore, I hope it will not be thought disrespectful to those gentlemen if, entertaining as I do, opinions of a character very opposite to theirs, I shall speak forth my sentiments freely, and without reserve. This is no time for ceremony. The question before the House is one of awful moment to this country. For my own part, I consider it as nothing less than a question of freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only in this way that we can hope to arrive at truth, and fulfil the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offence, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the majesty of heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings. Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it. I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided; and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of judging of the future but by the past. And judging by the past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of the British ministry for the last ten years, to justify those hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace themselves, and the House? Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been lately received? Trust it not, sir; it will prove a snare to your feet. Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how this gracious reception of our petition comports with these war-like preparations which cover our waters and darken our land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and reconciliation? Heather Earles full false 6:38 168极速赛车 How to Make Baked Asparagus https://heatherearles.com/baked-asparagus/ Fri, 22 May 2020 05:41:05 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505657 If you are looking for easy, healthy, and delicious, then you have come to the right place. Baked asparagus is a family favorite recipe that never gets old. It's also something you can prep ahead of time for an easy supper veggie or to take to a friend's BBQ. No matter the occasion you will never go wrong with baked asparagus. With that let's begin. Ingredients and Supplies Needed: Fresh organic asparagus that fills about a 1/2 of a gallon-sized Ziploc bag.3 tsp plus of Himalayan sea salt1/4 to a 1/2 cup of virgin organic olive oil6, or more if you prefer, cloves of garlic choppedParchment paperCookie sheet with sidesLarge bowlTongsSpatula Directions: Measure and pour your virgin olive oil into your large bowl. Now, measure your pink Himalayan sea salt and add it to the olive oil. Stir with your spatula. Next, wash your asparagus and mix it in with the oil and salt as you add it to the bowl. Chop your garlic, and then sprinkle the pieces into the asparagus mixture. Using your tongs, turn the asparagus so it's nicely coated in olive oil. Cover your bowl with foodservice wrap or saran wrap and place it in the refrigerator. You want to allow time for the asparagus to sweat. You can bake it immediately, but it does have more flavor if you allow time for the garlic oil and salt to blend into the asparagus. Prep your pan with the parchment paper once you're ready; spread the asparagus mixture on it and then place it in the oven. Bake at 350 if you're pairing the asparagus with another meat, like pork chops. If you aren't worried about oven space, you can bake the asparagus at a higher temperature for a shorter time. Baking time all depends on how tender or crispy you like your asparagus. I would suggest setting your timer for 30 minutes when you begin and then in 5-minute incriminates after that until you've reached your desired consistency. Be sure to write down the temperature and time so you remember for the next go around. Once the asparagus is finished, pull it out from the oven and serve. You can also grill using this recipe. The cooking time will be different, but again, you can track that the first time. Enjoy, y'all and let me know how it turns out! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. If you are looking for easy, healthy, and delicious, then you have come to the right place. Baked asparagus is a family favorite recipe that never gets old. It's also something you can prep ahead of time for an easy supper veggie or to take to a ... If you are looking for easy, healthy, and delicious, then you have come to the right place. Baked asparagus is a family favorite recipe that never gets old. It's also something you can prep ahead of time for an easy supper veggie or to take to a friend's BBQ. No matter the occasion you will never go wrong with baked asparagus. With that let's begin. Ingredients and Supplies Needed: Fresh organic asparagus that fills about a 1/2 of a gallon-sized Ziploc bag.3 tsp plus of Himalayan sea salt1/4 to a 1/2 cup of virgin organic olive oil6, or more if you prefer, cloves of garlic choppedParchment paperCookie sheet with sidesLarge bowlTongsSpatula Directions: Measure and pour your virgin olive oil into your large bowl. Now, measure your pink Himalayan sea salt and add it to the olive oil. Stir with your spatula. Next, wash your asparagus and mix it in with the oil and salt as you add it to the bowl. Chop your garlic, and then sprinkle the pieces into the asparagus mixture. Using your tongs, turn the asparagus so it's nicely coated in olive oil. Cover your bowl with foodservice wrap or saran wrap and place it in the refrigerator. You want to allow time for the asparagus to sweat. You can bake it immediately, but it does have more flavor if you allow time for the garlic oil and salt to blend into the asparagus. Prep your pan with the parchment paper once you're ready; spread the asparagus mixture on it and then place it in the oven. Bake at 350 if you're pairing the asparagus with another meat, like pork chops. If you aren't worried about oven space, you can bake the asparagus at a higher temperature for a shorter time. Baking time all depends on how tender or crispy you like your asparagus. I would suggest setting your timer for 30 minutes when you begin and then in 5-minute incriminates after that until you've reached your desired consistency. Be sure to write down the temperature and time so you remember for the next go around. Once the asparagus is finished, pull it out from the oven and serve. You can also grill using this recipe. The cooking time will be different, but again, you can track that the first time. Enjoy, y'all and let me know how it turns out! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. Heather Earles full false 4:35 168极速赛车 Equine-Assisted Therapy https://heatherearles.com/equine-assisted-therapy/ Fri, 15 May 2020 16:28:25 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505614 So I have a confession to make. Today something unexpected happened, and I was trying to figure out how I could write about it and still focus on health. Well, it turns out it wasn't hard at all. Equine-assisted therapy is our topic and through the pictures, you will see the newest members of our farm. Meet, Ms. Maggie, and little baby, Sylvia. Not only are ponies, horses, and other animals therapeutic to people with conditions, they bring a plethora of joy to everyone who encounters them. Given people actually like animals ;). Table Of ContentsSo I have a confession to make.Today something unexpected happened, and I was trying to figure out how I could write about it and still focus on health.What is Equine-Assisted Therapy?When Was It Introduced?Equine-Assisted Therapy Benefits#1 Mental Health and Happiness#2 Focus and Behavior#3 PTSD and TBI#4 Physical Healing#5 Helps Improve Speech#6 Strength and Balance#7 Motor Skills and Occupational TherapyEnding NotesSources What is Equine-Assisted Therapy? Equine-assisted therapy (EAT) has been used by medical professionals such as occupational therapists, physical therapists, speech-language pathologists, psychologists, social workers, and recreational therapists.Wikipedia When Was It Introduced? "Equine therapy dates back to the times when horses were used for therapeutic riding in ancient Greek literature. Orbasis of ancient Lydia documented the therapeutic value of riding in 600 B.C. In 1946, Equine Therapy was introduced in Scandinavia after an outbreak of poliomyelitis. Therapeutic Riding was introduced to the United States and Canada in 1960 with the formation of the Community Association of Riding of the Disabled (CARD). In the United States riding for the disabled developed as a form of recreation and as a means of motivation for education, as well as its therapeutic benefits. Animals such as elephants, dolphins, dogs, and cats have also been used for therapeutic purposes. However, horses became the most popular animal in therapy to use because they give immediate feedback to the handler or rider’s actions. Horses also have the ability to mirror the feelings of the handler or rider. A horses’ large and intimidating appearance forces an individual to gain trust around them." -The Anxiety Treatment Center The picture shows a brief overview of different ways in which horse or equine therapy can help. However, I want to take a deeper look. Equine-Assisted Therapy Benefits #1 Mental Health and Happiness According to mentalhealthfirstaid.org, 5 percent of adults (18 or older) experience a mental illness in any one year, equivalent to 43.8 million people. Of adults in the United States with any mental disorder in a one-year period, 14.4 percent have one disorder, 5.8 percent have two disorders and 6 percent have three or more. With such a large number due to people suffering from ADD, Cerebral Palsy, Dementia, Anxiety, Autism, Depression, and more, there is a great need for natural therapies. Equine therapy is proven to help with these symptoms and diagnoses, and also is known to build confidence, trust, perspective, and social skills. Since the horses have similar behaviors with humans, such as social and responsive behaviors, it is easy for patients to create a connection with the horse. #2 Focus and Behavior Learning boundaries is something every child goes through. However, kids are impulsive, and some don't take correction as well as others. There are places like Home On The Range for boys, where they use horses along with a work therapy to teach this. Self-efficiency is a need in children that is hard at times to communicate to parents. We all want independence but before that can come there is a learning period. Animals help to calm and correct a person's focus and behavior. This is due to the reaction of the animal and also taking one's thoughts away from self and focusing it on the care and responsibility ... So I have a confession to make. Today something unexpected happened, and I was trying to figure out how I could write about it and still focus on health. Well, it turns out it wasn't hard at all. Equine-assisted therapy is our topic and through t... So I have a confession to make. Today something unexpected happened, and I was trying to figure out how I could write about it and still focus on health. Well, it turns out it wasn't hard at all. Equine-assisted therapy is our topic and through the pictures, you will see the newest members of our farm. Meet, Ms. Maggie, and little baby, Sylvia. Not only are ponies, horses, and other animals therapeutic to people with conditions, they bring a plethora of joy to everyone who encounters them. Given people actually like animals ;). Table Of ContentsSo I have a confession to make.Today something unexpected happened, and I was trying to figure out how I could write about it and still focus on health.What is Equine-Assisted Therapy?When Was It Introduced?Equine-Assisted Therapy Benefits#1 Mental Health and Happiness#2 Focus and Behavior#3 PTSD and TBI#4 Physical Healing#5 Helps Improve Speech#6 Strength and Balance#7 Motor Skills and Occupational TherapyEnding NotesSources What is Equine-Assisted Therapy? Equine-assisted therapy (EAT) has been used by medical professionals such as occupational therapists, physical therapists, speech-language pathologists, psychologists, social workers, and recreational therapists.Wikipedia When Was It Introduced? "Equine therapy dates back to the times when horses were used for therapeutic riding in ancient Greek literature. Orbasis of ancient Lydia documented the therapeutic value of riding in 600 B.C. In 1946, Equine Therapy was introduced in Scandinavia after an outbreak of poliomyelitis. Therapeutic Riding was introduced to the United States and Canada in 1960 with the formation of the Community Association of Riding of the Disabled (CARD). In the United States riding for the disabled developed as a form of recreation and as a means of motivation for education, as well as its therapeutic benefits. Animals such as elephants, dolphins, dogs, and cats have also been used for therapeutic purposes. However, horses became the most popular animal in therapy to use because they give immediate feedback to the handler or rider’s actions. Horses also have the ability to mirror the feelings of the handler or rider. A horses’ large and intimidating appearance forces an individual to gain trust around them." -The Anxiety Treatment Center The picture shows a brief overview of different ways in which horse or equine therapy can help. However, I want to take a deeper look. Equine-Assisted Therapy Benefits #1 Mental Health and Happiness According to mentalhealthfirstaid.org, 5 percent of adults (18 or older) experience a mental illness in any one year, equivalent to 43.8 million people. Of adults in the United States with any mental disorder in a one-year period, 14.4 percent have one disorder, 5.8 percent have two disorders and 6 percent have three or more. With such a large number due to people suffering from ADD, Cerebral Palsy, Dementia, Anxiety, Autism, Depression, and more, there is a great need for natural therapies. Equine therapy is proven to help with these symptoms and diagnoses, and also is known to build confidence, trust, perspective, and social skills. Since the horses have similar behaviors with humans, such as social and responsive behaviors, it is easy for patients to create a connection with the horse. #2 Focus and Behavior Learning boundaries is something every child goes through. However, kids are impulsive, and some don't take correction as well as others. Heather Earles full false 14:24 168极速赛车 The Thyroid: The Butterfly-Shaped Gland That Runs Your Metabolism https://heatherearles.com/the-thyroid/ Fri, 08 May 2020 01:46:14 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505579 By: Dr. Terra L. Provost, Naturopathic Doctor Where is the thyroid? A busy butterfly-shaped gland resides just below your Adam’s apple and is responsible for the regulation of your metabolism. The thyroid quietly goes about its business, like a butterfly, without getting much attention unless your doctor checks it during a routine physical exam or runs a blood test during an annual check-up. Unless something unusual is found at that time (e.g., swelling around the throat, called a goiter) or symptoms manifest that indicate a problem, there won’t be much further conversation about your thyroid. What does the thyroid do? Let’s take a moment to find out what the thyroid does, how to know if there’s a problem, and how to keep your thyroid healthy. The thyroid is part of the complex endocrine system, which includes the pituitary gland, hypothalamus, thymus, pineal gland, testes, ovaries, adrenal glands, parathyroid, and pancreas. It makes hormones that travel through your bloodstream and regulate your metabolism, brain and heart function, and reproductive and menstrual cycles. When the thyroid is not functioning properly, a chain reaction of hormonal events can take place that involves many other glands/hormones of the endocrine system and the bodily systems they regulate. The end result is one of two primary types of health conditions: hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism. Hyperthyroidism results when the thyroid is overactive Think of hyperthyroidism like a butterfly that can’t stop fluttering its wings. Everything is on overdrive, including metabolism, frequency of bowels, emotions (anxiousness), increased sweating, and–for lady butterflies only–very light menstruation or cessation of the menstrual cycle. This butterfly often feels hot and can’t maintain a healthy weight. There are also bouts of exhaustion from trying to maintain this intense state of arousal. Hypothyroidism results when the thyroid is underactive This butterfly just can’t get its wings to go. It’s gained weight, feels sluggish, and has brittle hair and nails. It feels cold and tired, is kind of depressed, and suffers from constipation. The lady butterflies usually have irregular, heavy menstruation. How to test your thyroid In order to test the thyroid, most doctors will run a thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) test. If that test number is out of range, then a diagnosis is made. There can be many variables to the testing of the thyroid. Taking the testing late in the day can show a lowered TSH, making it look in range, when in actuality, a morning test may have shown the numbers out of range. The TSH does not test the thyroid gland itself; it looks at what the pituitary is telling the thyroid to do. This is why looking at the Free T4, and Free T3 numbers are important, so you know how well the thyroid is making and converting hormone to be used by your cells to run your metabolism. If you are hypothyroid, testing the Thyroid Peroxidase Antibodies (TPO’s), will let your doctor know if your hypothyroidism is caused by the auto-immune component, Hashimoto’s Disease, or primary hypothyroidism. These results can affect how diet and treatment should be directed. 5 Ways to Keep Your Thyroid Healthy Eat from the sea. The sea provides many natural sources of iodine, a building block of the thyroid hormone. Salt has a high concentration of iodine, but it can raise blood pressure. Instead, opt for healthy fish, such as Wild-caught Alaskan Salmon, or try seaweed in a salad. The omega-3’s found in fish oil provides essential fatty acids that reduce inflammation, which plays a role in causing auto-immune diseases.Eat from the earth. Eat foods high in B vitamins, which are precursors to thyroid hormones and influence cell energy. Balance your diet with poultry, nuts and seeds, legumes, and whole grains. Selenium is an important nutrient used to convert inactive T4 from the thyroid to active T3 your body uses. By: Dr. Terra L. Provost, Naturopathic Doctor Where is the thyroid? A busy butterfly-shaped gland resides just below your Adam’s apple and is responsible for the regulation of your metabolism. The thyroid quietly goes about its business, By: Dr. Terra L. Provost, Naturopathic Doctor Where is the thyroid? A busy butterfly-shaped gland resides just below your Adam’s apple and is responsible for the regulation of your metabolism. The thyroid quietly goes about its business, like a butterfly, without getting much attention unless your doctor checks it during a routine physical exam or runs a blood test during an annual check-up. Unless something unusual is found at that time (e.g., swelling around the throat, called a goiter) or symptoms manifest that indicate a problem, there won’t be much further conversation about your thyroid. What does the thyroid do? Let’s take a moment to find out what the thyroid does, how to know if there’s a problem, and how to keep your thyroid healthy. The thyroid is part of the complex endocrine system, which includes the pituitary gland, hypothalamus, thymus, pineal gland, testes, ovaries, adrenal glands, parathyroid, and pancreas. It makes hormones that travel through your bloodstream and regulate your metabolism, brain and heart function, and reproductive and menstrual cycles. When the thyroid is not functioning properly, a chain reaction of hormonal events can take place that involves many other glands/hormones of the endocrine system and the bodily systems they regulate. The end result is one of two primary types of health conditions: hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism. Hyperthyroidism results when the thyroid is overactive Think of hyperthyroidism like a butterfly that can’t stop fluttering its wings. Everything is on overdrive, including metabolism, frequency of bowels, emotions (anxiousness), increased sweating, and–for lady butterflies only–very light menstruation or cessation of the menstrual cycle. This butterfly often feels hot and can’t maintain a healthy weight. There are also bouts of exhaustion from trying to maintain this intense state of arousal. Hypothyroidism results when the thyroid is underactive This butterfly just can’t get its wings to go. It’s gained weight, feels sluggish, and has brittle hair and nails. It feels cold and tired, is kind of depressed, and suffers from constipation. The lady butterflies usually have irregular, heavy menstruation. How to test your thyroid In order to test the thyroid, most doctors will run a thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) test. If that test number is out of range, then a diagnosis is made. There can be many variables to the testing of the thyroid. Taking the testing late in the day can show a lowered TSH, making it look in range, when in actuality, a morning test may have shown the numbers out of range. The TSH does not test the thyroid gland itself; it looks at what the pituitary is telling the thyroid to do. This is why looking at the Free T4, and Free T3 numbers are important, so you know how well the thyroid is making and converting hormone to be used by your cells to run your metabolism. If you are hypothyroid, testing the Thyroid Peroxidase Antibodies (TPO’s), will let your doctor know if your hypothyroidism is caused by the auto-immune component, Hashimoto’s Disease, or primary hypothyroidism. These results can affect how diet and treatment should be directed. 5 Ways to Keep Your Thyroid Healthy Eat from the sea. The sea provides many natural sources of iodine, a building block of the thyroid hormone. Salt has a high concentration of iodine, but it can raise blood pressure. Instead, opt for healthy fish, such as Wild-caught Alaskan Salmon, or try seaweed in a salad. Heather Earles full false 10:24 168极速赛车 Easy Recipe to Make Bars of Lye Soap https://heatherearles.com/lye-soap/ Fri, 01 May 2020 16:44:25 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505543 Is soap really that easy to make? The answer is yes, it's easy, but it does take time. The first time I made lye soap, I was so nervous, but like any recipe, the more you use it, the more familiar and comfortable you become. This is one reason I would suggest picking a recipe and sticking with it a few times to master the process before trying a more difficult one. Now, if you are a person who would like a visual on a process like this, then follow the YouTube tutorial above. The video is for the same recipe so you shouldn't see any difference besides the type of essential oil you can change up for each batch. Let's begin. Supplies needed for lye soap: newspaper or paper towelsplastic dish tub ( the 12-quart size works well) or a Pyrex glass dish 9x11.clear plastic food wrapparchment paper or muslin clothlarge kitchen knife1 large (12 cups or larger), 1 medium (6 cups or larger), and 1 small non-aluminum bowlsglass pitcher (1 quart or larger)immersion blender2 mixing spoons (plastic or wood)Some type of scale that can measure to the 10th of an ouncedisposable latex or nitrile gloveseye protection (goggles, safety glasses, or sunglasses) Never use supplies made with aluminum; they will react with the lye. Next, let's look at the ingredients. Most of these ingredients you can purchase at a grocery store or online for a broader selection. The lye can sometimes be found in as a cleaning supply in hardware stores or grocery stores. I purchase mine online. Speaking of lye, you should not get careless or lazy when you work with it. Wear your gloves and eye protection as directed. It's also a good idea to wear a long sleeve shirt and full-length pants. Avoid making soap when you have small children and or pets around. If, for whatever reason, you get lye on your skin, rinse immediately and seek medical attention if necessary. Ingredients: 36 oz olive oil12 oz grapeseed oil8 oz refrigerated goat's milk or cow's milk as a second option.16 oz coconut oil8.9 oz lye10 bottled or distilled waterup to .5 oz essential oils (optional) Once you have your supplies and ingredients you are ready to start! Easy Lye Bar Soap Take newspaper or old rags and cover your work surface.Place your medium-sized bowl on your scale and zero it out. Next, measure the olive oil in the medium bowl and then dump it into the larger bowl. Repeat with the grapeseed oil and refrigerated milk.Blend using an immersion blender (or spoon.) Use the medium bowl, zero out your scale again and weigh the coconut oil, then add it to the larger bowl.Now, put on your eye protection and gloves. Place the small bowl on the scale and weigh out your lye. Set aside.Place the glass pitcher on the scale and measure your water. In this next step, you want to be in a vented area. I take my lye and water out on the front porch, so I don't breathe in the fumes. Very carefully add the lye to the water and use a clean spoon to stir gently. Stir until the lye starts to turn clear. Once your water runs almost clear, pour the lye solution into the larger bowl of oils and milk.Using your immersion blender, you will blend... and blend... and blend until the mixture is a thick pudding. At this point, add your essential oils to the soap and blend them in. Prepare your glass pan or plastic tub. Pour your thickened mixture into our prepared tub or pan. Smooth out to your desired consistency being sure to press down the corners, so you get a proper fill. You will notice my batch has turned a darker brown. This is because I've added a full Tablespoon of organic cocoa powder. You can also add oatmeal. These two are optional. Lay a sheet of plastic wrap so it is touching the top of the soap. Once your clear wrap is on, set aside for 8-24 hours. You want your soap firm and it set before cutting it. You will notice your mixture change colors, and it cools and hardens. This is perfectly normal. Is soap really that easy to make? The answer is yes, it's easy, but it does take time. The first time I made lye soap, I was so nervous, but like any recipe, the more you use it, the more familiar and comfortable you become. Is soap really that easy to make? The answer is yes, it's easy, but it does take time. The first time I made lye soap, I was so nervous, but like any recipe, the more you use it, the more familiar and comfortable you become. This is one reason I would suggest picking a recipe and sticking with it a few times to master the process before trying a more difficult one. Now, if you are a person who would like a visual on a process like this, then follow the YouTube tutorial above. The video is for the same recipe so you shouldn't see any difference besides the type of essential oil you can change up for each batch. Let's begin. Supplies needed for lye soap: newspaper or paper towelsplastic dish tub ( the 12-quart size works well) or a Pyrex glass dish 9x11.clear plastic food wrapparchment paper or muslin clothlarge kitchen knife1 large (12 cups or larger), 1 medium (6 cups or larger), and 1 small non-aluminum bowlsglass pitcher (1 quart or larger)immersion blender2 mixing spoons (plastic or wood)Some type of scale that can measure to the 10th of an ouncedisposable latex or nitrile gloveseye protection (goggles, safety glasses, or sunglasses) Never use supplies made with aluminum; they will react with the lye. Next, let's look at the ingredients. Most of these ingredients you can purchase at a grocery store or online for a broader selection. The lye can sometimes be found in as a cleaning supply in hardware stores or grocery stores. I purchase mine online. Speaking of lye, you should not get careless or lazy when you work with it. Wear your gloves and eye protection as directed. It's also a good idea to wear a long sleeve shirt and full-length pants. Avoid making soap when you have small children and or pets around. If, for whatever reason, you get lye on your skin, rinse immediately and seek medical attention if necessary. Ingredients: 36 oz olive oil12 oz grapeseed oil8 oz refrigerated goat's milk or cow's milk as a second option.16 oz coconut oil8.9 oz lye10 bottled or distilled waterup to .5 oz essential oils (optional) Once you have your supplies and ingredients you are ready to start! Easy Lye Bar Soap Take newspaper or old rags and cover your work surface.Place your medium-sized bowl on your scale and zero it out. Next, measure the olive oil in the medium bowl and then dump it into the larger bowl. Repeat with the grapeseed oil and refrigerated milk.Blend using an immersion blender (or spoon.) Use the medium bowl, zero out your scale again and weigh the coconut oil, then add it to the larger bowl.Now, put on your eye protection and gloves. Place the small bowl on the scale and weigh out your lye. Set aside.Place the glass pitcher on the scale and measure your water. In this next step, you want to be in a vented area. I take my lye and water out on the front porch, so I don't breathe in the fumes. Very carefully add the lye to the water and use a clean spoon to stir gently. Stir until the lye starts to turn clear. Once your water runs almost clear, pour the lye solution into the larger bowl of oils and milk.Using your immersion blender, you will blend... and blend... and blend until the mixture is a thick pudding. At this point, add your essential oils to the soap and blend them in. Prepare your glass pan or plastic tub. Pour your thickened mixture into our prepared tub or pan. Heather Earles full false 8:57 168极速赛车 Why You Should Truly Appreciate Others https://heatherearles.com/appreciation-for-others/ Sat, 25 Apr 2020 04:08:34 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2505524 Be genuinely interested in other people. -Dale Carnegie There is a common courtesy and virtue that is dying in our society—appreciation for people. People are more interested in themselves and what they have to say than they are in other people, which is a shame. Always making a point, waiting to say something so you can include your two cents worth, or looking for fault in others will cause enemies. We should always have an appreciation for others. Treat others the way we want to be treated is a golden rule that requires an intentional attitude. Humans don't like to be wrong, corrected, or told, we can't do something or do not do something well. Our defenses go up when others criticize, and very few can stand there and except a rejection or correction without remarking or insulting back. Charles Schwab once said, "I consider my ability to arouse enthusiasm among my people," and then continued by saying, "the greatest asset I possess, and the way to develop the best that is in a person is by appreciation and encouragement." Do Not Criticize "There is nothing else that so kills the ambitions of a person as criticisms from superiors. I never criticize anyone. I believe in giving a person incentive to work. So I am anxious to praise but loath to find fault. If I like anything, I am hearty in my approbation and lavish in my praise." When we listen to others, we begin to appreciate others and can offer praise. Now, do not mistake praise for false flattery. "King George V had a set of six maxims displayed on the walls of his study at Buckingham Palace. One of these maxims said: 'Teach me neither to proffer nor receive cheap praise.' That's all flattery is--cheap praise. I once read a definition of flattery that may be worth repeating. "Flattery is telling the other person precisely what he thinks about himself." 'Use what language you will,' said Ralph Waldo Emerson, "you can never say anything but what you are." If all we had to do was flatter, everybody would catch on, and we should all be experts in human relations. When we are not engaged in thinking about some definite problem, we usually spend about 95 percent of our time thinking about ourselves. Now, if we stop thinking about ourselves for a while and begin to think of the other person's good points, we won't have to resort to flattery so cheap and false that it can be spotted almost before it is out of the mouth." That is what Schwab did but the average person does the exact opposite. When someone makes a mistake we bawl them out, but yet when they do something correct, we say nothing. There is an old couplet which says: "Once I did bad and that I heard ever/ Twice I did good, but that I heard never." I have never met a person, young, old, rich, or poor, who didn't like appreciation. In fact, there is not a single person who does not perform better under the life of appreciation versus the destructive spirit of criticism. Give Compliments To further my point, there have been several studies done examining the reason for runaway wives. Do you know what the main reason was for them leaving? "Lack of appreciation." However, it is not just women. A number one cause of Men leaving the marriage is a "lack of appreciation." How crazy is that? A compliment can go along way and not just in saving your marriage. How often do you praise your children? Do you criticize and rag on them all day or do you find something worth praising? Nothing pleases a child more than the approval and interest of their parent. What Did Paul Harvey Say? "Paul Harvey, in one of his radio broadcasts, "The Rest of the Story," told how showing sincere appreciation can change a person's life. He reported that years ago, a teacher in Detroit asked Stevie Morris to help her find a mouse that was lost in the classroom. You see, she appreciated the fact that nature had given Stevie a remarkable pair of ears to compensate for his blind eyes. Be genuinely interested in other people. -Dale Carnegie There is a common courtesy and virtue that is dying in our society—appreciation for people. People are more interested in themselves and what they have to say than they are in other people, Be genuinely interested in other people. -Dale Carnegie There is a common courtesy and virtue that is dying in our society—appreciation for people. People are more interested in themselves and what they have to say than they are in other people, which is a shame. Always making a point, waiting to say something so you can include your two cents worth, or looking for fault in others will cause enemies. We should always have an appreciation for others. Treat others the way we want to be treated is a golden rule that requires an intentional attitude. Humans don't like to be wrong, corrected, or told, we can't do something or do not do something well. Our defenses go up when others criticize, and very few can stand there and except a rejection or correction without remarking or insulting back. Charles Schwab once said, "I consider my ability to arouse enthusiasm among my people," and then continued by saying, "the greatest asset I possess, and the way to develop the best that is in a person is by appreciation and encouragement." Do Not Criticize "There is nothing else that so kills the ambitions of a person as criticisms from superiors. I never criticize anyone. I believe in giving a person incentive to work. So I am anxious to praise but loath to find fault. If I like anything, I am hearty in my approbation and lavish in my praise." When we listen to others, we begin to appreciate others and can offer praise. Now, do not mistake praise for false flattery. "King George V had a set of six maxims displayed on the walls of his study at Buckingham Palace. One of these maxims said: 'Teach me neither to proffer nor receive cheap praise.' That's all flattery is--cheap praise. I once read a definition of flattery that may be worth repeating. "Flattery is telling the other person precisely what he thinks about himself." 'Use what language you will,' said Ralph Waldo Emerson, "you can never say anything but what you are." If all we had to do was flatter, everybody would catch on, and we should all be experts in human relations. When we are not engaged in thinking about some definite problem, we usually spend about 95 percent of our time thinking about ourselves. Now, if we stop thinking about ourselves for a while and begin to think of the other person's good points, we won't have to resort to flattery so cheap and false that it can be spotted almost before it is out of the mouth." That is what Schwab did but the average person does the exact opposite. When someone makes a mistake we bawl them out, but yet when they do something correct, we say nothing. There is an old couplet which says: "Once I did bad and that I heard ever/ Twice I did good, but that I heard never." I have never met a person, young, old, rich, or poor, who didn't like appreciation. In fact, there is not a single person who does not perform better under the life of appreciation versus the destructive spirit of criticism. Give Compliments To further my point, there have been several studies done examining the reason for runaway wives. Do you know what the main reason was for them leaving? "Lack of appreciation." However, it is not just women. A number one cause of Men leaving the marriage is a "lack of appreciation." How crazy is that? A compliment can go along way and not just in saving your marriage. How often do you praise your children? Do you criticize and rag on them all day or do you find something worth praising? Heather Earles full false 8:05 168极速赛车 What is Omega-3, and Why Should You Take It? https://heatherearles.com/omega-3/ Thu, 16 Apr 2020 16:40:24 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005359 First, let's start with the basics. What is the Difference Between Omega 3 and Omega 6? “Omega 6 and Omega 3 fatty acids are two different classes of polyunsaturated fats. They are both important because they are made into powerful regulatory hormones. Omega 6 fats are primarily converted into a range of pro-inflammatory hormones and omega 3 into anti-inflammatory hormones. Perhaps it would help to think of the analogy of hot and cold taps; hot being omega-6 and cold being omega-3. We need a balance of hot and cold to get the right temperature. Due to the abundance of omega 6 in our diets from chemically extracted vegetable oils and a lack of food sources of omega 3 like cold-water fish and grass-fed/wild meat, we have an imbalance. An ideal ratio is 4:1 up to 1:1 of omega 6 to omega 3. This is a long way from the standard American diet, which averages 20:1. Imagine the hot tap (inflammation) on full and the cold tap (anti-inflammation) on a dribble. Inflammation is rampant.” Table Of ContentsFirst, let's start with the basics.What is the Difference Between Omega 3 and Omega 6?Can your body make or produce omega 3 on its own?Amount of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Selected Fish and SeafoodOmega-3 in Olive OilHow Do Omega-3 Fatty Acids Help Improve Your Health?Does the Brain Like Omega-3s?What Do EPA, DHA, and ALA Mean?Omega-3 SupplementsHow Much Is Enough?Summary “Omega-3s are anti-inflammatory and also directly boost immunity by enhancing the function of B cells, a type of white blood cell.” Can your body make or produce omega 3 on its own? The answer is no. "Omega-3 fatty acids are a type of fat the body cannot make on its own. They are an essential fat, which means they are needed to survive. We get the omega-3 fatty acids we need from the foods we eat." -Cleveland Clinic You can find omega-3s in foods like chia seeds, salmon, flax, seaweed, walnuts, broccoli, and edamame. Eggs also contain a small amount of omega-3. Amount of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Selected Fish and Seafood Since fish are one of the best sources, here is a compiled list with exact amounts of omega. MackerelServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 2.5–2.6 gramsSalmon (wild)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.8 gramsHerringServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.3–2 gramsTuna (Bluefin)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.2 gramsLake TroutServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 2 gramsAnchovyServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.4 gramsTuna (Albacore)*Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.5 gramsLake Whitefish (freshwater)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.5 gramsBluefishServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.2 gramsHalibutServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.9 gramsStriped BassServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.8 gramsSea Bass (mixed species)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.65 gramsTuna, white meat cannedServing Size: 3 ounces drainedAmount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.5 grams *Contains a high level of Mercury. Limit the amount you eat.Source: USDA Food Composition Databases The American Heart Association recommends at least two servings a week of fish. A serving is 3.5 ounces of cooked fish or 3/4 cup of flaked fish. Omega-3 in Olive Oil Another source of omega-3 is olive oil. When I first started using olive oil as my source for omega-3 my skin was normally dry and in the winter a little itchy. Not anymore. I take 2 Tbls of olive oil per day and can tell the difference it makes. My skin was all of a sudden soft, it didn't itch. If I could see these positive effects on the outside, just imagine how beneficial it is on the inside. How Do Omega-3 Fatty Acids Help Improve Your Health? "Omega-3 fatty acids help your heart in several ways. First, let's start with the basics. What is the Difference Between Omega 3 and Omega 6? “Omega 6 and Omega 3 fatty acids are two different classes of polyunsaturated fats. They are both important because they are made into powerful regulatory hor... First, let's start with the basics. What is the Difference Between Omega 3 and Omega 6? “Omega 6 and Omega 3 fatty acids are two different classes of polyunsaturated fats. They are both important because they are made into powerful regulatory hormones. Omega 6 fats are primarily converted into a range of pro-inflammatory hormones and omega 3 into anti-inflammatory hormones. Perhaps it would help to think of the analogy of hot and cold taps; hot being omega-6 and cold being omega-3. We need a balance of hot and cold to get the right temperature. Due to the abundance of omega 6 in our diets from chemically extracted vegetable oils and a lack of food sources of omega 3 like cold-water fish and grass-fed/wild meat, we have an imbalance. An ideal ratio is 4:1 up to 1:1 of omega 6 to omega 3. This is a long way from the standard American diet, which averages 20:1. Imagine the hot tap (inflammation) on full and the cold tap (anti-inflammation) on a dribble. Inflammation is rampant.” Table Of ContentsFirst, let's start with the basics.What is the Difference Between Omega 3 and Omega 6?Can your body make or produce omega 3 on its own?Amount of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Selected Fish and SeafoodOmega-3 in Olive OilHow Do Omega-3 Fatty Acids Help Improve Your Health?Does the Brain Like Omega-3s?What Do EPA, DHA, and ALA Mean?Omega-3 SupplementsHow Much Is Enough?Summary “Omega-3s are anti-inflammatory and also directly boost immunity by enhancing the function of B cells, a type of white blood cell.” Can your body make or produce omega 3 on its own? The answer is no. "Omega-3 fatty acids are a type of fat the body cannot make on its own. They are an essential fat, which means they are needed to survive. We get the omega-3 fatty acids we need from the foods we eat." -Cleveland Clinic You can find omega-3s in foods like chia seeds, salmon, flax, seaweed, walnuts, broccoli, and edamame. Eggs also contain a small amount of omega-3. Amount of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Selected Fish and Seafood Since fish are one of the best sources, here is a compiled list with exact amounts of omega. MackerelServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 2.5–2.6 gramsSalmon (wild)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.8 gramsHerringServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.3–2 gramsTuna (Bluefin)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.2 gramsLake TroutServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 2 gramsAnchovyServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.4 gramsTuna (Albacore)*Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.5 gramsLake Whitefish (freshwater)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.5 gramsBluefishServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 1.2 gramsHalibutServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.9 gramsStriped BassServing Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.8 gramsSea Bass (mixed species)Serving Size: 3 ounces (100 grams)Amount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.65 gramsTuna, white meat cannedServing Size: 3 ounces drainedAmount of Omega-3 Fat: 0.5 grams *Contains a high level of Mercury. Limit the amount you eat.Source: USDA Food Composition Databases The American Heart Association recommends at least two servings a week of fish. A serving is 3.5 ounces of cooked fish or 3/4 cup of flaked fish. Omega-3 in Olive Oil Another source of omega-3 is olive oil. When I first started using olive oil as my source for omega-3 my... Heather Earles 3 3 7 7 What Is Omega-3, And Why Should You Take It? full false 12:25 168极速赛车 DIY Turmeric and Ginger Capsules https://heatherearles.com/turmeric-and-ginger-capsules/ Fri, 10 Apr 2020 15:38:24 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005429 When you want something done correctly, sometimes it's best to do it yourself. I prefer to make my vitamins/herbal pills, so I know the exact ingredients that are being put in them. I don't want fillers, I don't want added or unnatural ingredients I simply wish to have the Turmeric, Ginger, and a dash of pepper, in this case. Take note, when you make your capsules, it's still essential that you know where your ingredients are grown. Go for organic, choosing companies that you're familiar with, or if you're able, grow them yourself. Herbs are easily grown, and a little goes a long way. Beyond that advice, capsules are straightforward and easy to make. You can purchase empty capsules online and choose from a large variety. CLICK HERE to see the ones I use. Or get them from your local health food store. Well, that's it for information, let's start making capsules! Turmeric Ginger, & Pepper Capsules To be clear, we put black pepper in the capsules, so your body absorbs the herbs at a faster rate. Ingredients: 1/2 cup organic turmeric1/4 cup organic ginger1 Tablespoon black pepper Directions: Measure out your ingredients. Dump your Turmeric, Ginger, and Pepper into a medium-sized glass bowl. Stir, using a spoon or fork. Fill your empty pills by pulling them apart, dipping the larger side into the powder until full, and then close them. Set aside. Repeat this process until you have filled your preferred amount. If you have any remaining mixed powder, take a glass jar or vial and pour the ingredients in. Store in a cool dry place. I usually make enough to last the family and me a couple of weeks. If you are single, however, you can make enough for a month if you prefer. The leftover powder and filled capsules can both be stored in a glass jar. That's it, friends. I told you it was easy. Don't be afraid to experiment with other ingredients and different forms of herbs, like oils. Stay safe and have a healthy week! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. If you want to connect with Heather on social media click on each site below. When you want something done correctly, sometimes it's best to do it yourself. I prefer to make my vitamins/herbal pills, so I know the exact ingredients that are being put in them. I don't want fillers, When you want something done correctly, sometimes it's best to do it yourself. I prefer to make my vitamins/herbal pills, so I know the exact ingredients that are being put in them. I don't want fillers, I don't want added or unnatural ingredients I simply wish to have the Turmeric, Ginger, and a dash of pepper, in this case. Take note, when you make your capsules, it's still essential that you know where your ingredients are grown. Go for organic, choosing companies that you're familiar with, or if you're able, grow them yourself. Herbs are easily grown, and a little goes a long way. Beyond that advice, capsules are straightforward and easy to make. You can purchase empty capsules online and choose from a large variety. CLICK HERE to see the ones I use. Or get them from your local health food store. Well, that's it for information, let's start making capsules! Turmeric Ginger, & Pepper Capsules To be clear, we put black pepper in the capsules, so your body absorbs the herbs at a faster rate. Ingredients: 1/2 cup organic turmeric1/4 cup organic ginger1 Tablespoon black pepper Directions: Measure out your ingredients. Dump your Turmeric, Ginger, and Pepper into a medium-sized glass bowl. Stir, using a spoon or fork. Fill your empty pills by pulling them apart, dipping the larger side into the powder until full, and then close them. Set aside. Repeat this process until you have filled your preferred amount. If you have any remaining mixed powder, take a glass jar or vial and pour the ingredients in. Store in a cool dry place. I usually make enough to last the family and me a couple of weeks. If you are single, however, you can make enough for a month if you prefer. The leftover powder and filled capsules can both be stored in a glass jar. That's it, friends. I told you it was easy. Don't be afraid to experiment with other ingredients and different forms of herbs, like oils. Stay safe and have a healthy week! Heather EarlesHeather is married to a retired Special Forces Officer, and they live on a farm with their four children. She is an established author, a stay-at-home mother, and an advocate for healthy living. She publishes a weekly blog and podcast (Herb ‘N Wisdom™) and writes for a local newspaper to aid and inspire others. If you want to connect with Heather on social media click on each site below. Heather Earles full false 4:24 168极速赛车 Ginger and Its Many Uses | Recipes Included https://heatherearles.com/ginger/ Sat, 04 Apr 2020 01:49:22 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005357 Ginger is the spice made from the rhizome, or enlarged underground stem, of the herbaceous perennial plant Zingiber officinale. Chocked full of antioxidants; for centuries, it has been used in medical traditions throughout the world. Native to southern Asia, ginger is a warming, stimulating herb which is especially useful for circulation. It is used in Ayurvedic practice, Western herbalism, and aromatherapy to relieve pain, curb inflammation, and settle nausea. The essential oil distilled from the root smells similar to fresh root ginger. Ginger is known to have antiviral properties, contains more than 50 antioxidant compounds, and has powerful anti-inflammatory benefits that have been shown to aid breathing and respiration. It’s also great at relieving nausea, treating aches and pains in the body, and reducing indigestion. Basically, ginger can both help combat viral infection and alleviate its symptoms.Jaya Jaya Myra Here is a further look at the properties of ginger: PungentSweetWarming DryingCarminative (a drug that relieves flatulence.)Antispasmodic (is an agent that suppresses muscle spasms.)Diaphoretic (chiefly of a drug) inducing perspiration.Anti-emetic (helps to ease symptoms of nausea or vomiting.)Rubefacient (is a substance for topical application that produces redness of the skin, e.g. by causing dilation of the capillaries and an increase in blood circulation.)Analgesic (painkillers or pain relievers.)Antiseptic (relating to or denoting substances that prevent the growth of disease-causing microorganisms.)AntioxidantExpectorantPromotes sweatingAntidepressantStimulant Table Of Contents Ginger is the spice made from the rhizome, or enlarged underground stem, of the herbaceous perennial plant Zingiber officinale. Chocked full of antioxidants; for centuries, it has been used in medical traditions throughout the world. Ginger is the spice made from the rhizome, or enlarged underground stem, of the herbaceous perennial plant Zingiber officinale. Chocked full of antioxidants; for centuries, it has been used in medical traditions throughout the world. Native to southern Asia, ginger is a warming, stimulating herb which is especially useful for circulation. It is used in Ayurvedic practice, Western herbalism, and aromatherapy to relieve pain, curb inflammation, and settle nausea. The essential oil distilled from the root smells similar to fresh root ginger. Ginger is known to have antiviral properties, contains more than 50 antioxidant compounds, and has powerful anti-inflammatory benefits that have been shown to aid breathing and respiration. It’s also great at relieving nausea, treating aches and pains in the body, and reducing indigestion. Basically, ginger can both help combat viral infection and alleviate its symptoms.Jaya Jaya Myra Here is a further look at the properties of ginger: PungentSweetWarming DryingCarminative (a drug that relieves flatulence.)Antispasmodic (is an agent that suppresses muscle spasms.)Diaphoretic (chiefly of a drug) inducing perspiration.Anti-emetic (helps to ease symptoms of nausea or vomiting.)Rubefacient (is a substance for topical application that produces redness of the skin, e.g. by causing dilation of the capillaries and an increase in blood circulation.)Analgesic (painkillers or pain relievers.)Antiseptic (relating to or denoting substances that prevent the growth of disease-causing microorganisms.)AntioxidantExpectorantPromotes sweatingAntidepressantStimulant Table Of Contents Heather Earles 3 3 5 5 All About Ginger full false 16:19 168极速赛车 What Foods Should You Eat To Combat the Coronavirus? https://heatherearles.com/combat-the-coronavirus/ Sat, 28 Mar 2020 04:55:13 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005344 Choosing foods that boost your immune system are the best choices to combat the coronavirus. Foods like: Tea, garlic, ginger, cinnamon,turmeric, and other common foods with immune-boosting benefits. The World Health Organization has labeled COVID-19 a pandemic. That has a lot of people worried about getting sick, but do you really need to be concerned? The virus that causes COVID-19 is like the flu or common cold and, because of that, can’t be treated with antibiotics. Antibiotics treat bacterial infections, but not viruses. The key is in prevention, because once you get a viral infection, it has to run its course. Luckily, there are many ways you can reduce your chances of falling ill—and strengthen your body for quicker recovery—including eating the right foods.BY JAYA JAYA MYR8A As the numbers show more people die every year from the common flu, I am not worried about the coronavirus to the extent that others are. See numbers here. That said, if it's not the coronavirus, then it's a different cold or flu that our bodies become exposed to each year. One thing I've noticed with this pandemic is we're told to do things that should be implemented anyways. I.e. exercise, eat healthily to boost our immune and gut system and keep our homes clean. Health is the issue here and how you treat your body. In short, you should always care about your health and not just when a crisis hits. By paying attention to what foods can fight off the coronavirus, we are paying attention to what foods will fight off every other virus. That is the reason for this post to make people aware of what they can do to prevent viruses, cures if they get one and, in general, what is best for every day living. Table Of Contents Choosing foods that boost your immune system are the best choices to combat the coronavirus. Foods like: Tea, garlic, ginger, cinnamon,turmeric, and other common foods with immune-boosting benefits. Choosing foods that boost your immune system are the best choices to combat the coronavirus. Foods like: Tea, garlic, ginger, cinnamon,turmeric, and other common foods with immune-boosting benefits. The World Health Organization has labeled COVID-19 a pandemic. That has a lot of people worried about getting sick, but do you really need to be concerned? The virus that causes COVID-19 is like the flu or common cold and, because of that, can’t be treated with antibiotics. Antibiotics treat bacterial infections, but not viruses. The key is in prevention, because once you get a viral infection, it has to run its course. Luckily, there are many ways you can reduce your chances of falling ill—and strengthen your body for quicker recovery—including eating the right foods.BY JAYA JAYA MYR8A As the numbers show more people die every year from the common flu, I am not worried about the coronavirus to the extent that others are. See numbers here. That said, if it's not the coronavirus, then it's a different cold or flu that our bodies become exposed to each year. One thing I've noticed with this pandemic is we're told to do things that should be implemented anyways. I.e. exercise, eat healthily to boost our immune and gut system and keep our homes clean. Health is the issue here and how you treat your body. In short, you should always care about your health and not just when a crisis hits. By paying attention to what foods can fight off the coronavirus, we are paying attention to what foods will fight off every other virus. That is the reason for this post to make people aware of what they can do to prevent viruses, cures if they get one and, in general, what is best for every day living. Table Of Contents Heather Earles full false 25:25 168极速赛车 Why Should You Keep Things in Perspective? https://heatherearles.com/perspective/ Thu, 19 Mar 2020 04:42:01 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005328 So often, we scramble around in our daily lives, never paying attention or keeping in perspective what is truly important. It’s only when something huge happens to disrupt the normal that we take a step back and think. This disruption could be a family member getting cancer, and economic scare, divorce, finding out you only have a year to live, or a crisis in our world that changes everything like we’re witnessing today. Now, why is that? Why do we wait so long before realizing what we have? I’m not sure if I can answer that question 100%. However, I do know that as human beings, we take for granted so much and don’t give enough thanks. Always seeking more doesn't leave very much time to be grateful and or thankful for what we already have. Our spouses, for instance, children, a roof over our head, and food to eat. These things can all be taken away regardless of your situation in life. Disaster and tragedy know no boundaries. Money and fortune cannot save people’s souls or comfort them when hard times come. And hard times will come. If history has taught us anything, it has taught us that we should plan for the unthinkable and unpredictable. Whether it be a civil war, a virus, a crash in the stock market, or another Great Depression, events happen that are out of our control. Weather, disease, and what other humans are wanting/willing to do to get what they want is not in our control. Murderers, Isis, child molesters, human traffickers, or other nations that don’t want us to exist don’t care about anything other than profit, pain, and an overall sense of power. Please don’t get me wrong countries other than the United States have these same worries and fears. Dating back to the beginning of Bible times countries and humans have not all gotten along. Some people are greedy, and nothing satisfies them. They always want more. That doesn’t mean all people are evil. However, it does mean within every race; some don’t care how or who they hurt to get to the top. They have no soul. I only bring this up in hopes that you take a step back during these unpredictable times to realize what is truly important in your life. Regret is a horrible friend. It calls when you don’t want it to, tells you what a failure you are, and sticks around when you want it to leave. So if you were to look at your life right now, what would you regret not doing? A straightforward yet powerful question the majority of the population doesn’t ask themselves until it’s too late. Why? Could be they’re too busy running, looking at their money portfolio, or they don’t believe that anything bad can or will happen to them. Not only is this foolish, but not realistic and sad. If you want to invest in your future, then love and care for those that mean the most to you, protect them, invest in their lives and by that, I don’t mean to give them whatever they want, no I mean tell them you love them or take the time to spend with them. Invest in their portfolio, and yours will be filled. Anyone can do it. A soldier, regular citizens to include children. You don’t need a particular profession to appreciate or be grateful for people, or to take care of what you love. Never assume that an individual does not have the power to change lives for the better. By appreciating what you have, you have taken on the mindset of helping those including yourself, stay positive in bad situations and look for ways to help others as you would want to be helped. Keep things in perspective so you are available to assist. One thing is guaranteed; we are not promised tomorrow. I’m not trying to be all doom and gloom I’m just trying to get you to stop and think about everything you have and the reason for it. Call it a Spring cleaning of the mind where you get to throw out unneeded or damaged goods and replace it with fresh air (perspective) and a whole new bright look on life. Give freedom and health to your life by decluttering what i... So often, we scramble around in our daily lives, never paying attention or keeping in perspective what is truly important. It’s only when something huge happens to disrupt the normal that we take a step back and think. So often, we scramble around in our daily lives, never paying attention or keeping in perspective what is truly important. It’s only when something huge happens to disrupt the normal that we take a step back and think. This disruption could be a family member getting cancer, and economic scare, divorce, finding out you only have a year to live, or a crisis in our world that changes everything like we’re witnessing today. Now, why is that? Why do we wait so long before realizing what we have? I’m not sure if I can answer that question 100%. However, I do know that as human beings, we take for granted so much and don’t give enough thanks. Always seeking more doesn't leave very much time to be grateful and or thankful for what we already have. Our spouses, for instance, children, a roof over our head, and food to eat. These things can all be taken away regardless of your situation in life. Disaster and tragedy know no boundaries. Money and fortune cannot save people’s souls or comfort them when hard times come. And hard times will come. If history has taught us anything, it has taught us that we should plan for the unthinkable and unpredictable. Whether it be a civil war, a virus, a crash in the stock market, or another Great Depression, events happen that are out of our control. Weather, disease, and what other humans are wanting/willing to do to get what they want is not in our control. Murderers, Isis, child molesters, human traffickers, or other nations that don’t want us to exist don’t care about anything other than profit, pain, and an overall sense of power. Please don’t get me wrong countries other than the United States have these same worries and fears. Dating back to the beginning of Bible times countries and humans have not all gotten along. Some people are greedy, and nothing satisfies them. They always want more. That doesn’t mean all people are evil. However, it does mean within every race; some don’t care how or who they hurt to get to the top. They have no soul. I only bring this up in hopes that you take a step back during these unpredictable times to realize what is truly important in your life. Regret is a horrible friend. It calls when you don’t want it to, tells you what a failure you are, and sticks around when you want it to leave. So if you were to look at your life right now, what would you regret not doing? A straightforward yet powerful question the majority of the population doesn’t ask themselves until it’s too late. Why? Could be they’re too busy running, looking at their money portfolio, or they don’t believe that anything bad can or will happen to them. Not only is this foolish, but not realistic and sad. If you want to invest in your future, then love and care for those that mean the most to you, protect them, invest in their lives and by that, I don’t mean to give them whatever they want, no I mean tell them you love them or take the time to spend with them. Invest in their portfolio, and yours will be filled. Anyone can do it. A soldier, regular citizens to include children. You don’t need a particular profession to appreciate or be grateful for people, or to take care of what you love. Never assume that an individual does not have the power to change lives for the better. By appreciating what you have, you have taken on the mindset of helping those including yourself, stay positive in bad situations and look for ways to help others as you would want to be helped. Keep things in perspective so you are available to assist. Heather Earles full false 7:58 168极速赛车 How to Prepare and Plan Ahead For a Crisis https://heatherearles.com/planning-ahead/ Fri, 13 Mar 2020 02:57:33 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005296 With the crazy going on around us and in our world, it’s a good idea to prep or plan ahead. Planning doesn’t mean you’re some kind of lunatic it only means you want to be prepared. Planning could mean many things and include different areas of your home or life. So, today we’ll discuss how to take each part of your home and your life and give a little planning to prepare you for small and large events or catastrophes that happened near you. Let’s start in the home. If you want to sanitize and or clean your table, countertops, the outside of your dishwasher, or stove, you can use 1 to a few ingredients. You can use my oregano oil and Castile all-purpose spray, straight vinegar, or diluted bleach. You can also use baking soda mixed with water to clean certain things, such as your countertops. As you can see, it only takes a few ingredients depending on which type you use to keep bacteria and viruses out of your home. Here is more good news. All of the items I’ve mentioned the vinegar, the oregano Castile spray, and the bleach are used in more than just one area of your home. For instance, the all-purpose spray does not hurt wood, tile, ceramic, or pretty much any other surface so that you can use it in your bathroom entryways on your floors, door handles, railings, etc. Now since we are talking about planning ahead and these natural cleaners can clean the majority of your home, it’s a good idea to stock up. Vinegar, oils, and bleach keep for long periods if appropriately stored as in a cool, dry place and out of direct sunlight. Stocking or storing up on everyday items is smart and efficient. Why? Because it helps you prepare, so you don’t have to run to the store like the crazy mobs when a crisis hits to buy toilet paper. Whether you are single or have a family, stocking, storing, planning, whatever you want to call it, is an excellent idea. If you have more than just yourself to worry about, I would consider it your responsibility. Now, the amount you stock up on is your choice. For instance, if you have a family of four, I would suggest buying a couple of cases of bleach which can last for two years and longer. As bleach is concentrated, this will go a long way. Same with the vinegar which you can use for multiple things. I use it for cleaning countertops, floors, bathrooms, and also to clean out the dishwasher or coffee maker when it becomes clogged. Vinegar a great face cleanser/toner. Now before I go any further, let’s clarify something. Some call what I’m talking about prepping, but I merely call it proper planning. Look to our history, The Great Depression, crisis times like that. We are only doing what our families have done for generations before us. As I live on a farm with my family, I never wait until we’re almost out of something before going and getting some more. There is always a backup for every product food item and or things like toothpaste, basics, and medicinal items. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve needed to use backup products for one reason or another. It might be I was sick and couldn’t make it to the store, or I didn’t keep track of how much we had left. Another great reason to have a backup is when family or friends come to stay. On several occasions, I’ve misjudged how much we need something. It’s hard to plan everything, and you never know when or how much you’re going to use an item—living in the country you can’t afford to run out. Now that we got you and your family covered let’s talk about pet care. When we’re talking about planning, we need to think of more than ourselves. Who’s going to take care of your animals? Whether you have a house dog, cat, or animals outside on the farm, they all need consideration. Again, the amount you want to have as a backup is your choice. Some can afford more than others, and some merely want more than others. Regardless of your station in life, With the crazy going on around us and in our world, it’s a good idea to prep or plan ahead. Planning doesn’t mean you’re some kind of lunatic it only means you want to be prepared. Planning could mean many things and include different areas of y... With the crazy going on around us and in our world, it’s a good idea to prep or plan ahead. Planning doesn’t mean you’re some kind of lunatic it only means you want to be prepared. Planning could mean many things and include different areas of your home or life. So, today we’ll discuss how to take each part of your home and your life and give a little planning to prepare you for small and large events or catastrophes that happened near you. Let’s start in the home. If you want to sanitize and or clean your table, countertops, the outside of your dishwasher, or stove, you can use 1 to a few ingredients. You can use my oregano oil and Castile all-purpose spray, straight vinegar, or diluted bleach. You can also use baking soda mixed with water to clean certain things, such as your countertops. As you can see, it only takes a few ingredients depending on which type you use to keep bacteria and viruses out of your home. Here is more good news. All of the items I’ve mentioned the vinegar, the oregano Castile spray, and the bleach are used in more than just one area of your home. For instance, the all-purpose spray does not hurt wood, tile, ceramic, or pretty much any other surface so that you can use it in your bathroom entryways on your floors, door handles, railings, etc. Now since we are talking about planning ahead and these natural cleaners can clean the majority of your home, it’s a good idea to stock up. Vinegar, oils, and bleach keep for long periods if appropriately stored as in a cool, dry place and out of direct sunlight. Stocking or storing up on everyday items is smart and efficient. Why? Because it helps you prepare, so you don’t have to run to the store like the crazy mobs when a crisis hits to buy toilet paper. Whether you are single or have a family, stocking, storing, planning, whatever you want to call it, is an excellent idea. If you have more than just yourself to worry about, I would consider it your responsibility. Now, the amount you stock up on is your choice. For instance, if you have a family of four, I would suggest buying a couple of cases of bleach which can last for two years and longer. As bleach is concentrated, this will go a long way. Same with the vinegar which you can use for multiple things. I use it for cleaning countertops, floors, bathrooms, and also to clean out the dishwasher or coffee maker when it becomes clogged. Vinegar a great face cleanser/toner. Now before I go any further, let’s clarify something. Some call what I’m talking about prepping, but I merely call it proper planning. Look to our history, The Great Depression, crisis times like that. We are only doing what our families have done for generations before us. As I live on a farm with my family, I never wait until we’re almost out of something before going and getting some more. There is always a backup for every product food item and or things like toothpaste, basics, and medicinal items. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve needed to use backup products for one reason or another. It might be I was sick and couldn’t make it to the store, or I didn’t keep track of how much we had left. Another great reason to have a backup is when family or friends come to stay. On several occasions, I’ve misjudged how much we need something. It’s hard to plan everything, and you never know when or how much you’re going to use an item—living in the country you can’t afford to run out. Now that we got you and your family covered let’s talk about pet care. Heather Earles 2 2 full false 15:01 168极速赛车 Magic Sock Treatment for Flu, Colds, and Inflammation https://heatherearles.com/magic-socks-treatment/ Thu, 05 Mar 2020 03:08:01 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005278 If you are new to the world of naturopathic medicine, then welcome. This article about magic sock treatment is one of many simple yet very effective therapies to combat specific conditions. These conditions and overall effects include but are not limited to: Stimulating and improving your immune system which aids in cold and flu symptoms such as nasal congestion and cough.Upper respiratory infections, and bronchitis. Sore throat or any inflammation or infections of the throat.Headaches or migraines.Sinus infection.Ear infections.It will also increase circulation helping with inflammation and swelling.Tonifies tissues. "Tonification is a therapeutic treatment that nourishes and replenishes the qi, blood, yin, and yang of the human body when they are deficient or weak. It is applicable to one or several of the organs, or one of the qi, blood, yin and yang, or the weakness of all of them as a whole. This is a method, unique to TCM, to sustain and restore the harmony of the body. Although Chinese medicine has a rich philosophical and theoretical background, it has also spawned many practical treatments that can relieve human suffering from a minor irritation to a potentially life-threatening situation." -shen-nong.comPeople may also use this method as a sedative effect which helps treat anxiety and sleep problems. The magic sock treatment is best if repeated for three nights in a row unless otherwise indicated by your physician. Sock Treatment Supplies: One pair of white cotton socks. Preferably 100% but no less than 60% cotton.One pair of wool socks. Preferably 100% but no less than 60% wool (or two additional pairs of cotton socks.) TowelOne bowl of ice water.A warm bath or a warm foot bath.Extra pajamas if you are soaked with sweat. Optional: Epsom salts or essential oils for a warm foot bath.Essential oils applied to the bottom of the feet before wet socks are put on. Directions: "Take a hot bath for 5-10 minutes (full body or foot bath). This is very important for the effectiveness of the treatment. In fact, it could be harmful if your feet are not warmed first.Soak the pair of thin cotton socks in the bowl of ice water. Wring the socks out thoroughly so they do not drip.Dry off feet and body thoroughly with a dry towel. Optional: apply essential oils to the bottom of the feet.Place ice-cold wet cotton socks on your feet and cover with thick wool socks. Put on the first set of pajamas. Go directly to bed. Place the second set of pajamas next to the bed. Avoid getting chilled (drinking hot ginger or yarrow tea can help warm you up. However, this is optional). If feet are cold after 1-2 minutes of application, get up and warm feet and reapply cold socks (you may need to re-dunk them in ice water and wring them out again if they’ve lost their chill).Go directly to bed for the night, wearing the socks. During the night, you may wake up with your whole body wet from sweat. If so, change into the dry pajamas, but leave the socks on.Remove the socks in the morning, or when they are DRY. IMPORTANT: socks should be left on until they are warm and dry, otherwise, the process is depleting. Special Notes: Do NOT perform this treatment if you: Are debilitated and cannot heat the compress, if you are chilled or have low body temperature (less than 98°F orally): hot ginger or yarrow tea and/or a hot bath or foot soak will increase your body temperature. Make sure you do not have a high fever.If you have a skin condition that’s aggravated by prolonged moist applicationsor are pregnant, the temperature of the bath must not be too hot for too long." -Health For Life The magic sock treatment can be performed for adults and children, keeping in mind the precautions stated. If you are interested in other treatments to help with swelling/inflammation, balance and vascular healing CLICK HERE. -Heather Earles If you are new to the world of naturopathic medicine, then welcome. This article about magic sock treatment is one of many simple yet very effective therapies to combat specific conditions. These conditions and overall effects include but are no... If you are new to the world of naturopathic medicine, then welcome. This article about magic sock treatment is one of many simple yet very effective therapies to combat specific conditions. These conditions and overall effects include but are not limited to: Stimulating and improving your immune system which aids in cold and flu symptoms such as nasal congestion and cough.Upper respiratory infections, and bronchitis. Sore throat or any inflammation or infections of the throat.Headaches or migraines.Sinus infection.Ear infections.It will also increase circulation helping with inflammation and swelling.Tonifies tissues. "Tonification is a therapeutic treatment that nourishes and replenishes the qi, blood, yin, and yang of the human body when they are deficient or weak. It is applicable to one or several of the organs, or one of the qi, blood, yin and yang, or the weakness of all of them as a whole. This is a method, unique to TCM, to sustain and restore the harmony of the body. Although Chinese medicine has a rich philosophical and theoretical background, it has also spawned many practical treatments that can relieve human suffering from a minor irritation to a potentially life-threatening situation." -shen-nong.comPeople may also use this method as a sedative effect which helps treat anxiety and sleep problems. The magic sock treatment is best if repeated for three nights in a row unless otherwise indicated by your physician. Sock Treatment Supplies: One pair of white cotton socks. Preferably 100% but no less than 60% cotton.One pair of wool socks. Preferably 100% but no less than 60% wool (or two additional pairs of cotton socks.) TowelOne bowl of ice water.A warm bath or a warm foot bath.Extra pajamas if you are soaked with sweat. Optional: Epsom salts or essential oils for a warm foot bath.Essential oils applied to the bottom of the feet before wet socks are put on. Directions: "Take a hot bath for 5-10 minutes (full body or foot bath). This is very important for the effectiveness of the treatment. In fact, it could be harmful if your feet are not warmed first.Soak the pair of thin cotton socks in the bowl of ice water. Wring the socks out thoroughly so they do not drip.Dry off feet and body thoroughly with a dry towel. Optional: apply essential oils to the bottom of the feet.Place ice-cold wet cotton socks on your feet and cover with thick wool socks. Put on the first set of pajamas. Go directly to bed. Place the second set of pajamas next to the bed. Avoid getting chilled (drinking hot ginger or yarrow tea can help warm you up. However, this is optional). If feet are cold after 1-2 minutes of application, get up and warm feet and reapply cold socks (you may need to re-dunk them in ice water and wring them out again if they’ve lost their chill).Go directly to bed for the night, wearing the socks. During the night, you may wake up with your whole body wet from sweat. If so, change into the dry pajamas, but leave the socks on.Remove the socks in the morning, or when they are DRY. IMPORTANT: socks should be left on until they are warm and dry, otherwise, the process is depleting. Special Notes: Do NOT perform this treatment if you: Are debilitated and cannot heat the compress, if you are chilled or have low body temperature (less than 98°F orally): hot ginger or yarrow tea and/or a hot bath or foot soak will increase your body temperature. Make sure you do not have a high fever.If you have a skin condition that’s aggravated by prolonged moist applicationsor are pregnant, the temperature of the bath must not be too hot for to... Heather Earles 2 2 full false 6:31 168极速赛车 Castile Soap and Its Many Uses https://heatherearles.com/castile-soap/ Fri, 28 Feb 2020 03:36:31 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005243 Some of you think this post is a no brainer and clicked on it out of curiosity, and some of you are finding out for the first-time what castile soap is. Believe it or not, I didn’t start using this product until 2019. You would think a health freak like me would have known about it before then, but that wasn’t the case. As there are multiple natural products able to do many things, I didn’t come across it. For instance, I use vinegar to clean, turmeric for all-around health, borax for washing soda, and so forth. It wasn’t until recently that I came across castile soap as an aid to help my son get rid of his acne. As each person is unique and different remedies or natural products affect us in different ways, I was looking for alternatives other than my usual go to’s. After researching castile soap, however, and trying it for multiple purposes in my own home, did I fall in love. Now, it’s your turn. I want to share with you the many ways and uses of castile soap so that you, too, can add this natural product to your pantries. Table Of Contents Some of you think this post is a no brainer and clicked on it out of curiosity, and some of you are finding out for the first-time what castile soap is. Believe it or not, I didn’t start using this product until 2019. Some of you think this post is a no brainer and clicked on it out of curiosity, and some of you are finding out for the first-time what castile soap is. Believe it or not, I didn’t start using this product until 2019. You would think a health freak like me would have known about it before then, but that wasn’t the case. As there are multiple natural products able to do many things, I didn’t come across it. For instance, I use vinegar to clean, turmeric for all-around health, borax for washing soda, and so forth. It wasn’t until recently that I came across castile soap as an aid to help my son get rid of his acne. As each person is unique and different remedies or natural products affect us in different ways, I was looking for alternatives other than my usual go to’s. After researching castile soap, however, and trying it for multiple purposes in my own home, did I fall in love. Now, it’s your turn. I want to share with you the many ways and uses of castile soap so that you, too, can add this natural product to your pantries. Table Of Contents Heather Earles 2 2 52 52 The Many Uses of Castile Soap full false 10:47 168极速赛车 Chicken Alfredo Recipe for All Levels of Cooks https://heatherearles.com/chicken-alfredo/ Fri, 21 Feb 2020 14:39:42 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005210 Each person has a favorite go-to meal they like to either eat or cook. And as a mom, you get really excited when that go-to meal is more than one person's favorite. Chicken Alfredo is not only a go-to meal, but the entire family loves it!! They request Alfredo for birthdays when we have company; you name it. I can never go wrong by putting this meal on the menu. As some people are more visual learners, I always include tons of pictures to go along with the step-by-step instructions. Ready? Let's start! Items Needed: A large pot to cook your noodles inLarge skillet for the sauceSteamer for the broccoli. My pasta pot has a built-in strainer and a steamer that goes on the top.Measuring cupsMeasuring spoonsStirring spoon Ingredients for a double batch: 16 oz. Pkg. linguine2 cups fresh or frozen broccoli flowerets2 lbs. Skinless, boneless chicken breast or leftover baked chicken diced into bite-sized pieces.4 Tablespoons butter2 cans (10 3/4 oz.) cream of chicken soup1 cup 2% or whole milk1 cup grated Parmesan cheese1/2 teaspoon ground black pepper Directions: Heat water in your large saucepan on high heat and add a touch of olive oil. This helps the noodles not to stick. Next, wait for the water to come to a boil and add the noodles. Add your broccoli to the water during the last four minutes of cooking time or steam them in a separate pan on top of the noodles. Add the butter to your large skillet and heat on medium-high.Once the butter has melted, add your chicken and cook until golden brown, stirring often. Next, add your milk... Parmesan cheese... Soup... And black pepper to the skillet. Stir until the mixture is hot and bubbly. Add your broccoli flowerets. At this point, you can add your noodles directly to the Alfredo sauce or leave it in a bowl, and each person can dish up individually. Serve and enjoy! If you have leftovers, they keep well in the refrigerator and will last about seven days. This is a simple dinner but delicious and very filling. You can make the process go a bit faster by having your chicken already cooked and ready to pull out of the freezer when Alfredo is on the menu. To change the recipe up a bit, substitute 2 lbs. fresh extra-large shrimp shelled and deveined. Cook until the shrimp turns pink. If you would love another dinner idea, check out this Veronica Recipe. Have a healthy week. -Heather Earles Each person has a favorite go-to meal they like to either eat or cook. And as a mom, you get really excited when that go-to meal is more than one person's favorite. Chicken Alfredo is not only a go-to meal, but the entire family loves it!! Each person has a favorite go-to meal they like to either eat or cook. And as a mom, you get really excited when that go-to meal is more than one person's favorite. Chicken Alfredo is not only a go-to meal, but the entire family loves it!! They request Alfredo for birthdays when we have company; you name it. I can never go wrong by putting this meal on the menu. As some people are more visual learners, I always include tons of pictures to go along with the step-by-step instructions. Ready? Let's start! Items Needed: A large pot to cook your noodles inLarge skillet for the sauceSteamer for the broccoli. My pasta pot has a built-in strainer and a steamer that goes on the top.Measuring cupsMeasuring spoonsStirring spoon Ingredients for a double batch: 16 oz. Pkg. linguine2 cups fresh or frozen broccoli flowerets2 lbs. Skinless, boneless chicken breast or leftover baked chicken diced into bite-sized pieces.4 Tablespoons butter2 cans (10 3/4 oz.) cream of chicken soup1 cup 2% or whole milk1 cup grated Parmesan cheese1/2 teaspoon ground black pepper Directions: Heat water in your large saucepan on high heat and add a touch of olive oil. This helps the noodles not to stick. Next, wait for the water to come to a boil and add the noodles. Add your broccoli to the water during the last four minutes of cooking time or steam them in a separate pan on top of the noodles. Add the butter to your large skillet and heat on medium-high.Once the butter has melted, add your chicken and cook until golden brown, stirring often. Next, add your milk... Parmesan cheese... Soup... And black pepper to the skillet. Stir until the mixture is hot and bubbly. Add your broccoli flowerets. At this point, you can add your noodles directly to the Alfredo sauce or leave it in a bowl, and each person can dish up individually. Serve and enjoy! If you have leftovers, they keep well in the refrigerator and will last about seven days. This is a simple dinner but delicious and very filling. You can make the process go a bit faster by having your chicken already cooked and ready to pull out of the freezer when Alfredo is on the menu. To change the recipe up a bit, substitute 2 lbs. fresh extra-large shrimp shelled and deveined. Cook until the shrimp turns pink. If you would love another dinner idea, check out this Veronica Recipe. Have a healthy week. -Heather Earles Heather Earles 1 1 full false 5:18 168极速赛车 The Many Uses of Oregano https://heatherearles.com/oregano/ Fri, 14 Feb 2020 17:01:50 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005167 Definition of Oregano by Merriam Webster 1: "a bushy perennial mint (Origanum vulgare) with leaves that are used as a seasoning and a source of aromatic oil — called also origanum, wild marjoram 2: any of several plants (genera Lippia and Coleus) other than oregano of the vervain or mint families." "Oregano oil contains high levels of important compounds in its leaves and smaller stems. Oil manufacturers dry the leaves and stems, then steam-distill the plant matter to extract as many compounds as possible. Table Of ContentsDefinition of Oregano by Merriam WebsterBrief Overview of OreganoMedical UsesFighting Urinary Tract InfectionHealing Small Cuts or WoundsOregano Ointment Recipe for Small Cuts or WoundsHerbal Pastes for Both Medical and Culinary UsesChoosing the Right Type of Herbs for Food and Medical PastesSimple Herb Paste RecipeCombining Herbs for More FlavorHow to Use Herbal PastesFood UsesMore Than Just SeasoningsFresh Oregano PestoOutdoor Uses of OreganoHow to Use Oregano Oil to Heal Spider BitesSpider Bite OintmentIndoor Uses of OreganoDiffusing Oregano OilEnding Notes Brief Overview of Oregano Oregano oil contains: carvacrol, the main active compound in oregano oil and a type of antioxidant called a phenolthymol, which may help protect against toxins and fight fungal infections While oregano oil contains a significant amount, the compound thymol occurs most abundantly in thyme." -MedicalNewsToday Medical Uses "Oregano is used for respiratory tract disorders such as coughs, asthma, croup, and bronchitis. It is also used for gastrointestinal (GI) disorders such as heartburn and bloating. Other uses include treating menstrual cramps, rheumatoid arthritis, urinary tract disorders, including urinary tract infections (UTIs), headaches, and heart conditions. The oil of oregano is taken by mouth for intestinal parasites, allergies, sinus pain, arthritis, cold and flu, swine flu, earaches, and fatigue. It is applied to the skin for skin conditions including acne, athlete's foot, oily skin, dandruff, canker sores, warts, ringworm, rosacea, and psoriasis; as well as for insect and spider bites, gum disease, toothaches, muscle pain, and varicose veins. Oregano oil is also used topically as an insect repellent." -WebMD Fighting Urinary Tract Infection "Interesting research has been done by the United States Department of Agriculture on Oregano oil’s ability to consistently kill E. Coli, Listeria monocytogenes, and Salmonella, common and sometimes deadly foodborne pathogens. According to the Mayo Clinic, most urinary tract infections are caused by the bacteria Escherichia coli. But drug-resistant strains of E-coli have developed, making urinary tract infections harder to treat. A major advantage of using an essential oil to fight germs is that pathogens do not develop resistant strains to essential oils. Clinical studies have proven that bacteria do not develop resistance to oregano oil, but continue to be destroyed by it over time. As a broad-spectrum anti-microbial, it will destroy both urinary tract bacteria and yeasts, unlike most antibiotics." -Health Freedom Resources Healing Small Cuts or Wounds Because of the ingredients in oregano oil, carvacrol, and thymol, you can prevent a bacterial infection from forming and help the wound heal by making a paste or diluting oregano with a carrier oil. Oregano Ointment Recipe for Small Cuts or Wounds Ointment ingredients: Refined Coconut oil, 2 Tbsp. Oregano essential oil, 2 dropsThyme essential oil, 5 dropsHelichrysum essential oil, 2 drops Lavender essential oil, 2 drops Frankincense essential oil, 1-2 tsp. If you want a firmer salve, you can use beeswax pastilles. Directions Using a small double boiler, or heating a pan on your lowest setting, melt the coconut oil and beeswax until liquified. Then add all essential oils, and mix thoroughly. Now, pour the mixture into a small jar or tin and solidify in a coo... Definition of Oregano by Merriam Webster 1: "a bushy perennial mint (Origanum vulgare) with leaves that are used as a seasoning and a source of aromatic oil — called also origanum, wild marjoram 2: any of several plants (genera Lippia and Coleu... Definition of Oregano by Merriam Webster 1: "a bushy perennial mint (Origanum vulgare) with leaves that are used as a seasoning and a source of aromatic oil — called also origanum, wild marjoram 2: any of several plants (genera Lippia and Coleus) other than oregano of the vervain or mint families." "Oregano oil contains high levels of important compounds in its leaves and smaller stems. Oil manufacturers dry the leaves and stems, then steam-distill the plant matter to extract as many compounds as possible. Table Of ContentsDefinition of Oregano by Merriam WebsterBrief Overview of OreganoMedical UsesFighting Urinary Tract InfectionHealing Small Cuts or WoundsOregano Ointment Recipe for Small Cuts or WoundsHerbal Pastes for Both Medical and Culinary UsesChoosing the Right Type of Herbs for Food and Medical PastesSimple Herb Paste RecipeCombining Herbs for More FlavorHow to Use Herbal PastesFood UsesMore Than Just SeasoningsFresh Oregano PestoOutdoor Uses of OreganoHow to Use Oregano Oil to Heal Spider BitesSpider Bite OintmentIndoor Uses of OreganoDiffusing Oregano OilEnding Notes Brief Overview of Oregano Oregano oil contains: carvacrol, the main active compound in oregano oil and a type of antioxidant called a phenolthymol, which may help protect against toxins and fight fungal infections While oregano oil contains a significant amount, the compound thymol occurs most abundantly in thyme." -MedicalNewsToday Medical Uses "Oregano is used for respiratory tract disorders such as coughs, asthma, croup, and bronchitis. It is also used for gastrointestinal (GI) disorders such as heartburn and bloating. Other uses include treating menstrual cramps, rheumatoid arthritis, urinary tract disorders, including urinary tract infections (UTIs), headaches, and heart conditions. The oil of oregano is taken by mouth for intestinal parasites, allergies, sinus pain, arthritis, cold and flu, swine flu, earaches, and fatigue. It is applied to the skin for skin conditions including acne, athlete's foot, oily skin, dandruff, canker sores, warts, ringworm, rosacea, and psoriasis; as well as for insect and spider bites, gum disease, toothaches, muscle pain, and varicose veins. Oregano oil is also used topically as an insect repellent." -WebMD Fighting Urinary Tract Infection "Interesting research has been done by the United States Department of Agriculture on Oregano oil’s ability to consistently kill E. Coli, Listeria monocytogenes, and Salmonella, common and sometimes deadly foodborne pathogens. According to the Mayo Clinic, most urinary tract infections are caused by the bacteria Escherichia coli. But drug-resistant strains of E-coli have developed, making urinary tract infections harder to treat. A major advantage of using an essential oil to fight germs is that pathogens do not develop resistant strains to essential oils. Clinical studies have proven that bacteria do not develop resistance to oregano oil, but continue to be destroyed by it over time. As a broad-spectrum anti-microbial, it will destroy both urinary tract bacteria and yeasts, unlike most antibiotics." -Health Freedom Resources Healing Small Cuts or Wounds Because of the ingredients in oregano oil, carvacrol, and thymol, you can prevent a bacterial infection from forming and help the wound heal by making a paste or diluting oregano with a carrier oil. Oregano Ointment Recipe for Small Cuts or Wounds Ointment ingredients: Heather Earles 1 1 full false 18:58 168极速赛车 Living Natural and Organic https://heatherearles.com/natural-and-organic/ Tue, 11 Feb 2020 23:19:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2514 What is Natural or Organic Living? The dictionary describes them as: Natural: Existing in or derived from nature.Organic: 1. relating to or derived from living matter.2. (of food or farming methods) produced or involving production without the use of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, or other artificial chemicals.Living: the pursuit of a lifestyle of the specified type."The benefits of country living."synonyms: Way of life, lifestyle, manner of living, way of living, mode of living, life. Combined the three words give us the foundation to accurately talk about natural and organic living. Not long ago the word organic held the same meaning as natural living. It wasn't a hype word or one that put an extra price tag on an item. It was just a way of life. People wanted items or food where they knew what was in them. This led to growing your own produce, making your food such as butter and cheese from scratch, sewing your own clothes, and making your soaps, sunscreens, and so on. Some of this came from the financial burden the depression or lack of resources caused, and currently some of what our COVID-19 flu bug has caused. But mostly living natural and organic is done because it is the best way in which a family can live clean. Generations of people grew up this way as did many reading this article. My husband and I were raised in small towns/the country learning the ways of the land. We now choose to raise our kids the same way. The reason may seem obvious but let's go through them anyway. Health benefitsQuality of lifeAffordable livingClean food and productsMaintaining forgotten skills These are my top five reasons for Natural and Organic Living and ones I'm not willing to give up for the sake of convenience. Speaking of convenience and natural or organic living does not fit in the same sentence. At least when we're talking about quality. If you're referring to the convenience of having food in your garden instead of going to the store or grabbing a tincture instead of heading to the doctor, then yes, it is convenient that way. Remember, though, it took a lot of work to get your garden to produce and time to make the tinctures. People nowadays often trade convenience for quality and health. However, quality takes time and is oftentimes hard work, like organic and natural living. Also, when you replace convenience with quality, you lose essential skills no matter the time in history you have lived. Health is a big issue as it is harder to give back or treat your mind and body instead of constantly giving it what it needs. There are so many products to help people get healthy, but what I've found is fresh air, exercise, clean living, and eating will always surpass the next go-to drug, facelift serum, or machine. Hard times often bring people back to the basics, but if those basics are forgotten, then what? People will often suffer when they rely on a system rather than relying on their ability to provide. For this reason, teaching the young is necessary to preserve not only our culture but to preserve necessary skills to live. Diving a little more into Quality versus Convenience Q. Homegrown food and meals.C. Buying everything from the store and popping in a microwave dinner.Q. Homemade tinctures that take 2-4 weeks.C. Buying over the counter medicine or going to the doctor and getting a prescription.Q. Canning and preserving your own food.C. Filling your cart at the grocery store in a matter of minutes.Q. SewingC. Purchasing linens or clothes online or at a store. I understand everyone's situation and lifestyles are different. Some could care less about living a natural and organic life while others are either living it or trying to start. Wherever you're at on this scale, I'm not criticizing you. I'm merely pointing out the benefits of natural and organic living. Maybe it will help some of you decide. In a world of cancer and autoimmune diseases, What is Natural or Organic Living? The dictionary describes them as: Natural: Existing in or derived from nature.Organic: 1. relating to or derived from living matter.2. (of food or farming methods) produced or involving production without the us... What is Natural or Organic Living? The dictionary describes them as: Natural: Existing in or derived from nature.Organic: 1. relating to or derived from living matter.2. (of food or farming methods) produced or involving production without the use of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, or other artificial chemicals.Living: the pursuit of a lifestyle of the specified type."The benefits of country living."synonyms: Way of life, lifestyle, manner of living, way of living, mode of living, life. Combined the three words give us the foundation to accurately talk about natural and organic living. Not long ago the word organic held the same meaning as natural living. It wasn't a hype word or one that put an extra price tag on an item. It was just a way of life. People wanted items or food where they knew what was in them. This led to growing your own produce, making your food such as butter and cheese from scratch, sewing your own clothes, and making your soaps, sunscreens, and so on. Some of this came from the financial burden the depression or lack of resources caused, and currently some of what our COVID-19 flu bug has caused. But mostly living natural and organic is done because it is the best way in which a family can live clean. Generations of people grew up this way as did many reading this article. My husband and I were raised in small towns/the country learning the ways of the land. We now choose to raise our kids the same way. The reason may seem obvious but let's go through them anyway. Health benefitsQuality of lifeAffordable livingClean food and productsMaintaining forgotten skills These are my top five reasons for Natural and Organic Living and ones I'm not willing to give up for the sake of convenience. Speaking of convenience and natural or organic living does not fit in the same sentence. At least when we're talking about quality. If you're referring to the convenience of having food in your garden instead of going to the store or grabbing a tincture instead of heading to the doctor, then yes, it is convenient that way. Remember, though, it took a lot of work to get your garden to produce and time to make the tinctures. People nowadays often trade convenience for quality and health. However, quality takes time and is oftentimes hard work, like organic and natural living. Also, when you replace convenience with quality, you lose essential skills no matter the time in history you have lived. Health is a big issue as it is harder to give back or treat your mind and body instead of constantly giving it what it needs. There are so many products to help people get healthy, but what I've found is fresh air, exercise, clean living, and eating will always surpass the next go-to drug, facelift serum, or machine. Hard times often bring people back to the basics, but if those basics are forgotten, then what? People will often suffer when they rely on a system rather than relying on their ability to provide. For this reason, teaching the young is necessary to preserve not only our culture but to preserve necessary skills to live. Diving a little more into Quality versus Convenience Q. Homegrown food and meals.C. Buying everything from the store and popping in a microwave dinner.Q. Homemade tinctures that take 2-4 weeks.C. Buying over the counter medicine or going to the doctor and getting a prescription.Q. Canning and preserving your own food.C. Filling your cart at the grocery store in a matter of minutes.Q. SewingC. Heather Earles full false 7:33 168极速赛车 The Many Uses of Thyme https://heatherearles.com/thyme/ Fri, 07 Feb 2020 03:52:17 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005081 Definition of thyme 1: any of a genus (Thymus) of Eurasian mints with small pungent aromatic leaves especially: a Mediterranean garden herb (T. vulgaris) 2: thyme leaves used as a seasoningMerriam-Webster This is the dictionaries version but, it does not do it justice. Thyme is so much more than just an herb; it's a powerful healer. For those of us who love natural living and Herb 'N Wisdom™, thyme is a must-have in our gardens and dried in our cupboards. For those of you, not familiar with its uses, please continue to read so you too may fall in love with this herb. Table Of ContentsThyme in FoodRaspberry-Thyme VinegarLemon Water and ThymeFoodborne BacteriaHow to Use Thyme for Medicinal PurposesThyme Cough SyrupKilling the Tiger Mosquito With ThymolThyme Oil to Treat AcneA Cleanser for the SkinA Cleanser for Oily Type SkinHair Rinse All-Purpose CleanerRepel BugsDiffusing OilThyme Repels Garden PestsIt Attracts PollinatorsUse Thyme Oil To Repel MosquitoesDIY Mosquito Repellant Camping Food Uses Thyme in Food Thyme is taken as an appetite stimulant and to flavor different foods. These foods include soups, sauces, potatoes, rice dishes, vegetables, and fresh bread. Raspberry-Thyme Vinegar This beautiful raspberry- and thyme-infused vinegar works well in vinaigrettes. Combine with walnut oil and a pinch of salt and toss with baby spinach and goat cheese for a quick salad. Or stir into a few raspberry preserves and use it as a glaze for pork tenderloin. The recipe makes enough vinegar, so you'll have extra to decant into a decorative bottle or two to give away as a simple homemade gift. Source: EatingWell Magazine, November/December 2012 Recipe Summary Total: 40 mins Servings: 1 Ingredients 6 cups white-wine vinegar3 cups fresh raspberries12 sprigs fresh thymeAdditional fresh herbs for decoration (optional) Directions Step 1- Wash 3 pint-size (2-cup) heatproof glass canning jars (or similar containers) and their lids with hot soapy water. Rinse thoroughly with hot water. Fill a large, deep pot (such as a water bath canner) about half full with water. Place the jars upright into the pot; add enough additional water to cover by 2 inches. Bring the water to a boil; boil jars for 10 minutes. Add the lids to the pot, and then remove the pot from the heat. Let the jars and lids stay in hot water as you prepare the flavoring and vinegar. (Keeping the jars warm minimizes breakage when filling with hot liquid.)Step 2- Thoroughly rinse raspberries and thyme with water. Remove the jars from the water bath with a jar lifter or tongs. Divide the raspberries and thyme among the jars. Heat vinegar in a large saucepan to a bare simmer (at least 190 degrees F). Carefully divide the vinegar among the prepared jars, leaving at least 1/4-inch of space between the top of the jar and the vinegar. Remove lids from the water bath, dry with a clean towel, and screw tightly onto the jars.Step 3- Store the jars in a cool, dark place, undisturbed, for 3 to 4 weeks. Strain vinegar through cheesecloth into another container until the vinegar looks clear. Repeat as needed until all the sediment is removed and the vinegar is clear. Discard all solids and pour the strained vinegar back into the rinsed jars or divide among sterilized decorative bottles. Decorate with a few well-rinsed fresh sprigs of thyme or raspberries, if desired. (Decorative raspberries will begin to breakdown after a few weeks in the vinegar so, remove them once they begin to lose their shape and or color.) Tips Make-Ahead Tip: Refrigerate for up to 1 year. Equipment: 3 pint-size (2-cup) glass canning jars; cheesecloth Nutrition Facts Serving Size: 1 Tablespoon Per Serving: 3 calories; 1 mg calcium Lemon Water and Thyme Ingredients 1 lemon cut into thick slices6 sprigs of fresh thyme1 gallon of water Directions Fill your glass pitcher with 1/4 gallon of the waterNow, Definition of thyme 1: any of a genus (Thymus) of Eurasian mints with small pungent aromatic leaves especially: a Mediterranean garden herb (T. vulgaris) 2: thyme leaves used as a seasoningMerriam-Webster This is the dictionaries version but, Definition of thyme 1: any of a genus (Thymus) of Eurasian mints with small pungent aromatic leaves especially: a Mediterranean garden herb (T. vulgaris) 2: thyme leaves used as a seasoningMerriam-Webster This is the dictionaries version but, it does not do it justice. Thyme is so much more than just an herb; it's a powerful healer. For those of us who love natural living and Herb 'N Wisdom™, thyme is a must-have in our gardens and dried in our cupboards. For those of you, not familiar with its uses, please continue to read so you too may fall in love with this herb. Table Of ContentsThyme in FoodRaspberry-Thyme VinegarLemon Water and ThymeFoodborne BacteriaHow to Use Thyme for Medicinal PurposesThyme Cough SyrupKilling the Tiger Mosquito With ThymolThyme Oil to Treat AcneA Cleanser for the SkinA Cleanser for Oily Type SkinHair Rinse All-Purpose CleanerRepel BugsDiffusing OilThyme Repels Garden PestsIt Attracts PollinatorsUse Thyme Oil To Repel MosquitoesDIY Mosquito Repellant Camping Food Uses Thyme in Food Thyme is taken as an appetite stimulant and to flavor different foods. These foods include soups, sauces, potatoes, rice dishes, vegetables, and fresh bread. Raspberry-Thyme Vinegar This beautiful raspberry- and thyme-infused vinegar works well in vinaigrettes. Combine with walnut oil and a pinch of salt and toss with baby spinach and goat cheese for a quick salad. Or stir into a few raspberry preserves and use it as a glaze for pork tenderloin. The recipe makes enough vinegar, so you'll have extra to decant into a decorative bottle or two to give away as a simple homemade gift. Source: EatingWell Magazine, November/December 2012 Recipe Summary Total: 40 mins Servings: 1 Ingredients 6 cups white-wine vinegar3 cups fresh raspberries12 sprigs fresh thymeAdditional fresh herbs for decoration (optional) Directions Step 1- Wash 3 pint-size (2-cup) heatproof glass canning jars (or similar containers) and their lids with hot soapy water. Rinse thoroughly with hot water. Fill a large, deep pot (such as a water bath canner) about half full with water. Place the jars upright into the pot; add enough additional water to cover by 2 inches. Bring the water to a boil; boil jars for 10 minutes. Add the lids to the pot, and then remove the pot from the heat. Let the jars and lids stay in hot water as you prepare the flavoring and vinegar. (Keeping the jars warm minimizes breakage when filling with hot liquid.)Step 2- Thoroughly rinse raspberries and thyme with water. Remove the jars from the water bath with a jar lifter or tongs. Divide the raspberries and thyme among the jars. Heat vinegar in a large saucepan to a bare simmer (at least 190 degrees F). Carefully divide the vinegar among the prepared jars, leaving at least 1/4-inch of space between the top of the jar and the vinegar. Remove lids from the water bath, dry with a clean towel, and screw tightly onto the jars.Step 3- Store the jars in a cool, dark place, undisturbed, for 3 to 4 weeks. Strain vinegar through cheesecloth into another container until the vinegar looks clear. Repeat as needed until all the sediment is removed and the vinegar is clear. Discard all solids and pour the strained vinegar back into the rinsed jars or divide among sterilized decorative bottles. Decorate with a few well-rinsed fresh sprigs of thyme or raspberries, if desired. (Decorative raspberries will begin to breakdown after a few weeks in the vinegar so, remove them once they begin to lose their shape and or color. Heather Earles full false 21:15 168极速赛车 Seven-Layer Taco Dip For Every Occasion https://heatherearles.com/seven-layer-dip/ Fri, 31 Jan 2020 02:39:02 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005055 Hello food lovers! Do you ever crave a certain type of cuisine? Yes? Me too. In our house, everyone has been craving Mexican food. Since that's a pretty healthy meal, I haven't said much, but I did feel the need to change it up a bit. That's where this dip comes in. Seven-Layer Dip has awesome ingredients on each level so when combined in your mouth they give a mighty punch of flavor. To add another layer, (no pun intended :) I'm going to share our family's guacamole recipe so you can add fresh guacamole each time you make this easy fan favorite. Ready? Let's start... Click here to get our families Homemade Guacamole Recipe Once you have the guacamole recipe then you're ready for the next step. Seven-Layer Taco Dip Items needed: 2-quart square glass pyrex dish spatulaknifecutting board Ingredients: One 16oz can of refried beansGuacamoleEnough sour cream to cover and put a layer on top of the guacamoleShredded Colby or your choice cheeseSliced olivesChopped onions (I use green onions.)Diced tomatoes Directions Take your glass pyrex dish and spread the entire 16 oz can of refried beans on the bottom using your spatula. Now add enough guacamole to cover the beans. Next, comes the layer of sour cream. Wash the spatula off before adding each layer to make it uniform. Using your choice block of cheese, shred until a nice layer covers the sour cream. You can also use the pre-shredded cheese you purchase from the store. For your olives, you can buy a can that is already sliced or buy whole olives and slice them yourself. Regardless, this will make the next layer. Now, chop some green, white, or yellow onions and sprinkle them over the olives. The final layer will be your diced tomatoes which you can prepare ahead of time or dice fresh for the occasion. BAM! You now have a fan favorite that took about 10 minutes to make. Perfect for when time is short, or your church is having a potluck. Remember if you are having a taco night this dip spreads nicely on a soft taco adding loads of flavor when combined with the meat. Enjoy your week, Friends! -Heather Earles Hello food lovers! Do you ever crave a certain type of cuisine? Yes? Me too. In our house, everyone has been craving Mexican food. Since that's a pretty healthy meal, I haven't said much, but I did feel the need to change it up a bit. Hello food lovers! Do you ever crave a certain type of cuisine? Yes? Me too. In our house, everyone has been craving Mexican food. Since that's a pretty healthy meal, I haven't said much, but I did feel the need to change it up a bit. That's where this dip comes in. Seven-Layer Dip has awesome ingredients on each level so when combined in your mouth they give a mighty punch of flavor. To add another layer, (no pun intended :) I'm going to share our family's guacamole recipe so you can add fresh guacamole each time you make this easy fan favorite. Ready? Let's start... Click here to get our families Homemade Guacamole Recipe Once you have the guacamole recipe then you're ready for the next step. Seven-Layer Taco Dip Items needed: 2-quart square glass pyrex dish spatulaknifecutting board Ingredients: One 16oz can of refried beansGuacamoleEnough sour cream to cover and put a layer on top of the guacamoleShredded Colby or your choice cheeseSliced olivesChopped onions (I use green onions.)Diced tomatoes Directions Take your glass pyrex dish and spread the entire 16 oz can of refried beans on the bottom using your spatula. Now add enough guacamole to cover the beans. Next, comes the layer of sour cream. Wash the spatula off before adding each layer to make it uniform. Using your choice block of cheese, shred until a nice layer covers the sour cream. You can also use the pre-shredded cheese you purchase from the store. For your olives, you can buy a can that is already sliced or buy whole olives and slice them yourself. Regardless, this will make the next layer. Now, chop some green, white, or yellow onions and sprinkle them over the olives. The final layer will be your diced tomatoes which you can prepare ahead of time or dice fresh for the occasion. BAM! You now have a fan favorite that took about 10 minutes to make. Perfect for when time is short, or your church is having a potluck. Remember if you are having a taco night this dip spreads nicely on a soft taco adding loads of flavor when combined with the meat. Enjoy your week, Friends! -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 4:36 168极速赛车 A Guacamole Recipe You Will Love! https://heatherearles.com/guacamole/ Fri, 24 Jan 2020 06:31:42 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005057 What is guacamole? Well, guacamole is a dip or spread, with a base of avocados that was developed by the Aztecs in Mexico. However, as it found its way to America it's now used in salads, as a condiment, or as a dip. There are multiple brands and places to buy a guacamole spread or dip, but making it at home using fresh ingredients is my preferred method. That being said, let's get into the recipe. Fresh Guacamole Items needed: knifechopping boardmedium to a large bowlfork Ingredients: 3 avocados peeled and pitted1 lime, juiced1/2 cup diced onions1 teaspoon salt1 teaspoon minced garlic3 Tablespoons fresh chopped cilantro2 Roma tomatoes diced Directions Place your avocados in a medium to large bowl and mash them. Then add your lime juice and salt. Mix. Next dump you chopped onions, cilantro, tomatoes, and garlic into the bowl and stir. For full flavor cover and refrigerate 1 hour. If you don't want to wait you can serve immediately. Note: To keep your guacamole from turning brown lightly brush the surfaces and edges with lime juice. Then, tightly wrap your bowl or airtight container with plastic wrap and store in your refrigerator. Eat within two to three days. This fresh guacamole is perfect to use with a seven-layer taco dip or served with chips. Bring it to a party or add it to the menu when you have a taco night. That's it! Your newest recipe to add to your growing cookbook. Other than shopping for your ingredients there is no need to go outside your home to acquire your favorite dip. Make and take or enjoy right now. Feel free to leave any comments or post pictures of your own guacamole. We'll talk to you again next week, Friends. -Heather Earles What is guacamole? Well, guacamole is a dip or spread, with a base of avocados that was developed by the Aztecs in Mexico. However, as it found its way to America it's now used in salads, as a condiment, or as a dip. What is guacamole? Well, guacamole is a dip or spread, with a base of avocados that was developed by the Aztecs in Mexico. However, as it found its way to America it's now used in salads, as a condiment, or as a dip. There are multiple brands and places to buy a guacamole spread or dip, but making it at home using fresh ingredients is my preferred method. That being said, let's get into the recipe. Fresh Guacamole Items needed: knifechopping boardmedium to a large bowlfork Ingredients: 3 avocados peeled and pitted1 lime, juiced1/2 cup diced onions1 teaspoon salt1 teaspoon minced garlic3 Tablespoons fresh chopped cilantro2 Roma tomatoes diced Directions Place your avocados in a medium to large bowl and mash them. Then add your lime juice and salt. Mix. Next dump you chopped onions, cilantro, tomatoes, and garlic into the bowl and stir. For full flavor cover and refrigerate 1 hour. If you don't want to wait you can serve immediately. Note: To keep your guacamole from turning brown lightly brush the surfaces and edges with lime juice. Then, tightly wrap your bowl or airtight container with plastic wrap and store in your refrigerator. Eat within two to three days. This fresh guacamole is perfect to use with a seven-layer taco dip or served with chips. Bring it to a party or add it to the menu when you have a taco night. That's it! Your newest recipe to add to your growing cookbook. Other than shopping for your ingredients there is no need to go outside your home to acquire your favorite dip. Make and take or enjoy right now. Feel free to leave any comments or post pictures of your own guacamole. We'll talk to you again next week, Friends. -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 3:36 168极速赛车 Hamburger Soup Recipe for All Levels of Cooks https://heatherearles.com/hamburger-soup/ Fri, 17 Jan 2020 18:16:29 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2005017 My first introduction to hamburger soup was while having a game night with some friends. My good friend got the recipe from her sister, who is the wife of a farmer and makes it each year when they have their bull sale. Hearty and filling, she makes a substantial amount that satisfies the hungry crowd. As I had never tried it before, I was excited to see how it tasted. Besides a person who loves a new recipe, I'm always looking for something the kids will enjoy and isn't our norm. In short, the hamburger soup tasted phenomenal! The kids had two bowls a piece and raved about the flavor; a compliment to the cook. Well, that was it, the very next week the kids requested I make it again and the rest is history. So, here it is, the popular... Hamburger Soup By Jenn Cook time 1 1/2 -3 hours Items Needed: Large stockpotMedium potChopping boardCutting knifeWhisk Ingredients: 6-9 cups of chicken broth8 cups of diced potatoes (with or without skin).1 1/2 cups chopped carrots1 1/2 cups chopped onion2 lbs. ground beef1 1/2 cups chopped celery1 Tablespoon minced garlic2 teaspoons basil2 teaspoons parsley Ingredients for making the roux: 6 Tablespoons butter1/2 cup flour Additional toppings (optional) Shredded cheeseFritos Directions: In a large stockpot bring 6 cups chicken broth to a boil. Add diced potatoes (with or without the skins). Next, brown the ground beef with desired seasonings. Add to the stockpot. With reserved drippings from the burger, saute onions, carrots, celery, and garlic for 3 to 5 minutes. Add to the stockpot and cook until the veggies reach the desired consistency.At this point, add your basil and parsley. Make your roux by melting the butter and then stirring in your 1/2 cup of flour until you have a paste. Stir into the soup until well mixed. If needed add additional cups of chicken broth. I determine this before adding the roux.Serve. Top each dish with cheese or other desired toppings. Now, if you will excuse me, I'm going to clean up my kitchen ;). Enjoy! -Heather Earles My first introduction to hamburger soup was while having a game night with some friends. My good friend got the recipe from her sister, who is the wife of a farmer and makes it each year when they have their bull sale. Hearty and filling, My first introduction to hamburger soup was while having a game night with some friends. My good friend got the recipe from her sister, who is the wife of a farmer and makes it each year when they have their bull sale. Hearty and filling, she makes a substantial amount that satisfies the hungry crowd. As I had never tried it before, I was excited to see how it tasted. Besides a person who loves a new recipe, I'm always looking for something the kids will enjoy and isn't our norm. In short, the hamburger soup tasted phenomenal! The kids had two bowls a piece and raved about the flavor; a compliment to the cook. Well, that was it, the very next week the kids requested I make it again and the rest is history. So, here it is, the popular... Hamburger Soup By Jenn Cook time 1 1/2 -3 hours Items Needed: Large stockpotMedium potChopping boardCutting knifeWhisk Ingredients: 6-9 cups of chicken broth8 cups of diced potatoes (with or without skin).1 1/2 cups chopped carrots1 1/2 cups chopped onion2 lbs. ground beef1 1/2 cups chopped celery1 Tablespoon minced garlic2 teaspoons basil2 teaspoons parsley Ingredients for making the roux: 6 Tablespoons butter1/2 cup flour Additional toppings (optional) Shredded cheeseFritos Directions: In a large stockpot bring 6 cups chicken broth to a boil. Add diced potatoes (with or without the skins). Next, brown the ground beef with desired seasonings. Add to the stockpot. With reserved drippings from the burger, saute onions, carrots, celery, and garlic for 3 to 5 minutes. Add to the stockpot and cook until the veggies reach the desired consistency.At this point, add your basil and parsley. Make your roux by melting the butter and then stirring in your 1/2 cup of flour until you have a paste. Stir into the soup until well mixed. If needed add additional cups of chicken broth. I determine this before adding the roux.Serve. Top each dish with cheese or other desired toppings. Now, if you will excuse me, I'm going to clean up my kitchen ;). Enjoy! -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 5:16 168极速赛车 Detoxifying Metals From Your Body https://heatherearles.com/metal-detox/ Fri, 10 Jan 2020 06:06:05 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004992 Why should you care if you have metals in your body? Well, “overexposure can lead to heavy metal poisoning, such as what occurs in Wilson’s disease. This can be fatal." Also, metals stored in our body CAN cause a missed diagnosis by Doctors. Foggy brain and or memory loss, excess body weight even when the patient is exercising and eating right, fatigue, high blood pressure, and in some cases, thyroid dysfunction. A missed diagnosis can be very harmful because metals attacking your liver and or kidneys can turn into metal poisoning, as stated above. Therefore detoxifying is crucial. How Do I Know If I Need to Detox? Symptoms can vary depending on the type of metal your exposed to. Some symptoms may include: headachesabdominal pain and crampingnauseavomitingdiarrheafatiguedifficulty breathing In more severe cases of chronic heavy metal poisoning, you may experience symptoms, including: burning and tingling sensationschronic infectionsbrain fogvisual disturbancesinsomniaparalysis How Can you Determine the Levels of Metals in Your Body? Your doctor can test your urine, blood, and hair follicles to determine and measure the amount and toxicity of metals in your body. How are the Metals Absorbed? There are multiple ways in which metals can enter your body. The first is through the skin. Our skin absorbs things like dirt from gardening, dust blowing in the air, makeup, to include lipstick etc. The second is when you directly ingest them. Although you might think ingesting metals like mercury, nickel, cadmium, lead, and aluminum are harsher and more dangerous, that's not exactly true. Our skin absorbs elements quickly, and, for this reason, your body feels and produces the side effects at a faster rate unless we're talking about ingesting extreme amounts. Can Metals Naturally Leave Your Body? Metals don’t naturally leave the body unless you are, in fact, continually and intentionally eating foods and drinking certain liquids to detox. As metals cling to fat, you can understand why it’s easy for them to hang around. Because of this, people who have high fat and low carb diets are at a disadvantage when it comes to getting rid of metals. Also, people who work in industrial environments, receive shots with fillers like aluminum, and are exposed to any form of metals are also at a disadvantage. Detoxing is a lifestyle and not a one-time event. Even if you change jobs and or move (which I would recommend depending on the levels you are exposed to), you should still consider adding a metal detox as part of your life. Since some ways of detoxing are merely adding fiber from foods and drinking different broths or drinks, you can continuously detox. This will increase your chances of having your body function at peak levels consistently. Why wait until you feel the symptoms when you can be proactive? Who Should Do a Metal Detox? Everyone is the short answer. If you as the adult are exposed, then your children are. Since they are smaller and have weaker constitutions, then you might see symptoms in them first. How To Do a Metal Detox Using Food? Detox Foods To Include in Your Daily Diet cilantrogarlicwild blueberrieslemon waterlime waterspirulinachlorellabarley grass juice powderAtlantic dulsecurrygreen teatomatoesprobioticsoatmealturmericcelery or celery juice Using high fiber foods and foods the metals will cling to is a great way for your body to naturally dispose of the toxins; they will pass through your urinary tract or bowel system. What Are Some Foods That Should be Avoided? “An effective heavy metal detox includes more than incorporating healthy fruits and vegetables. To minimize the effects of heavy metal poisoning or prevent it altogether, you need to eliminate some foods from your diet. This is especially true for processed foods and excess fats. These foods have minimal nutritional value and slow down the detox process. Why should you care if you have metals in your body? Well, “overexposure can lead to heavy metal poisoning, such as what occurs in Wilson’s disease. This can be fatal." Also, metals stored in our body CAN cause a missed diagnosis by Doctors. Why should you care if you have metals in your body? Well, “overexposure can lead to heavy metal poisoning, such as what occurs in Wilson’s disease. This can be fatal." Also, metals stored in our body CAN cause a missed diagnosis by Doctors. Foggy brain and or memory loss, excess body weight even when the patient is exercising and eating right, fatigue, high blood pressure, and in some cases, thyroid dysfunction. A missed diagnosis can be very harmful because metals attacking your liver and or kidneys can turn into metal poisoning, as stated above. Therefore detoxifying is crucial. How Do I Know If I Need to Detox? Symptoms can vary depending on the type of metal your exposed to. Some symptoms may include: headachesabdominal pain and crampingnauseavomitingdiarrheafatiguedifficulty breathing In more severe cases of chronic heavy metal poisoning, you may experience symptoms, including: burning and tingling sensationschronic infectionsbrain fogvisual disturbancesinsomniaparalysis How Can you Determine the Levels of Metals in Your Body? Your doctor can test your urine, blood, and hair follicles to determine and measure the amount and toxicity of metals in your body. How are the Metals Absorbed? There are multiple ways in which metals can enter your body. The first is through the skin. Our skin absorbs things like dirt from gardening, dust blowing in the air, makeup, to include lipstick etc. The second is when you directly ingest them. Although you might think ingesting metals like mercury, nickel, cadmium, lead, and aluminum are harsher and more dangerous, that's not exactly true. Our skin absorbs elements quickly, and, for this reason, your body feels and produces the side effects at a faster rate unless we're talking about ingesting extreme amounts. Can Metals Naturally Leave Your Body? Metals don’t naturally leave the body unless you are, in fact, continually and intentionally eating foods and drinking certain liquids to detox. As metals cling to fat, you can understand why it’s easy for them to hang around. Because of this, people who have high fat and low carb diets are at a disadvantage when it comes to getting rid of metals. Also, people who work in industrial environments, receive shots with fillers like aluminum, and are exposed to any form of metals are also at a disadvantage. Detoxing is a lifestyle and not a one-time event. Even if you change jobs and or move (which I would recommend depending on the levels you are exposed to), you should still consider adding a metal detox as part of your life. Since some ways of detoxing are merely adding fiber from foods and drinking different broths or drinks, you can continuously detox. This will increase your chances of having your body function at peak levels consistently. Why wait until you feel the symptoms when you can be proactive? Who Should Do a Metal Detox? Everyone is the short answer. If you as the adult are exposed, then your children are. Since they are smaller and have weaker constitutions, then you might see symptoms in them first. How To Do a Metal Detox Using Food? Detox Foods To Include in Your Daily Diet cilantrogarlicwild blueberrieslemon waterlime waterspirulinachlorellabarley grass juice powderAtlantic dulsecurrygreen teatomatoesprobioticsoatmealturmericcelery... Heather Earles full false 8:42 168极速赛车 Making Resolutions That Will Last in the New Year https://heatherearles.com/new-year/ Thu, 26 Dec 2019 06:42:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1209 “There is a time for everything, and a season for every activity under the heavens…” Ecclesiastes 4:1 It’s that time of the year. One year is fixing to leave and another one looms over the horizon with the promise of a fresh start. We approach the date with anticipation hoping to achieve our dreams this time. That enthusiasm, however, it’s gone by January 31st and out with normal selves we go, until next December. This post is going to give you the cutting-edge tools to achieve your goals this year. Let this be the year you achieve your dreams and the results you want. But for now, let’s clarify a few definitions and realities. First, dreaming is good but a dream will remain just a dream if we don’t set a realistic deadline to achieve it. A goal is a dream with a deadline. Remember that. Second, objectives are part of a larger goal, mini-steps if you would. Third, and final are the tasks. Tasks are the little actions you take to achieve your objectives. Goal Characteristics: Goals are written: A goal not written down is hope and hope it is not a strategy.Goals are concrete and specific. “I have better relationships with kids” is lofty and fluffy as a cloud dream. “I get home earlier so I can have dinner with my family and play with my kids”, it’s a much better objective.Goals are yours no one else’s: For example, You can’t have a goal for your husband to be more romantic. You can, however, drop hints with fireworks, neon signs, write it on a sign by the highway, leave him a detailed recording, a YouTube video… etc., etc. (you get my drift), for him to include it on his’Goals are realistic: Way too often we set out to achieve goals with unrealistic expectations and pat ourselves in the back when we achieve our self-fulfilling prophecy of gloom and doom. Nature follows an order. If you set out to lose 100 pounds in 15 days, it’s not only improbable but also dangerous.Goals have a deadline: “I pay off half of my credit card debt” is a great idea but not so much if it takes half of your lifetime. Goal Achieving Process: Don’t write down 100 things: but a few (no more than five) in each functional area of your life (i.e. spirituality, relationships, finances, health, etc.)Establish a tracking/planning system: I highly recommend the Franklyn Covey Planners, (Online version available) and or this little App I found a few years back called Life Ticker. At the heart of this system is the breakdown of goals into manageable units. For Example: I want to lose 20 pounds by June 2017 (a concrete and realistic goal): Objective 1: I read at least two books on nutrition and fitness Task 1: I visit the library, download books or visit the bookstore by January 7th. Task 2: Using this information I create a nutrition and workout plan. Objective 2: I join a gym or fitness club (if you are more of an extrovert). Task 1. I look for signing up deals and offers Task 2: I read reviews of my local fitness trainers Objective 3: I set aside and schedule a time for working out and make it a priority Task 1: I commit myself to set aside time for working out. I put it on my planners and make an appointment with myself. Task 2: I recruit and/or get the buy-in from my friends and family for moral support allowing me to take time for myself to do this. Objective 4: Get going, measure and record my progress. I adjust and change the things that aren’t working. Franklin-Covey Planners Products 10% off $60, 15% off $80, 20% off $100. Promo Code: GIVE http://www.kqzyfj.com/d481biroiq5E887E79578D889CC57ADE69A666666 25% Off Any One Item. Promo Code: WINTER http://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-8221813-12722362-1478034000000 Now, here is a technique you won’t find anywhere else and it’s at the heart of my writings. It’s called “task hacking” ™. During your planning process, you carefully study a task, break it down into pieces and research different ways of ... “There is a time for everything, and a season for every activity under the heavens…” Ecclesiastes 4:1 It’s that time of the year. One year is fixing to leave and another one looms over the horizon with the promise of a fres... “There is a time for everything, and a season for every activity under the heavens…” Ecclesiastes 4:1 It’s that time of the year. One year is fixing to leave and another one looms over the horizon with the promise of a fresh start. We approach the date with anticipation hoping to achieve our dreams this time. That enthusiasm, however, it’s gone by January 31st and out with normal selves we go, until next December. This post is going to give you the cutting-edge tools to achieve your goals this year. Let this be the year you achieve your dreams and the results you want. But for now, let’s clarify a few definitions and realities. First, dreaming is good but a dream will remain just a dream if we don’t set a realistic deadline to achieve it. A goal is a dream with a deadline. Remember that. Second, objectives are part of a larger goal, mini-steps if you would. Third, and final are the tasks. Tasks are the little actions you take to achieve your objectives. Goal Characteristics: Goals are written: A goal not written down is hope and hope it is not a strategy.Goals are concrete and specific. “I have better relationships with kids” is lofty and fluffy as a cloud dream. “I get home earlier so I can have dinner with my family and play with my kids”, it’s a much better objective.Goals are yours no one else’s: For example, You can’t have a goal for your husband to be more romantic. You can, however, drop hints with fireworks, neon signs, write it on a sign by the highway, leave him a detailed recording, a YouTube video… etc., etc. (you get my drift), for him to include it on his’Goals are realistic: Way too often we set out to achieve goals with unrealistic expectations and pat ourselves in the back when we achieve our self-fulfilling prophecy of gloom and doom. Nature follows an order. If you set out to lose 100 pounds in 15 days, it’s not only improbable but also dangerous.Goals have a deadline: “I pay off half of my credit card debt” is a great idea but not so much if it takes half of your lifetime. Goal Achieving Process: Don’t write down 100 things: but a few (no more than five) in each functional area of your life (i.e. spirituality, relationships, finances, health, etc.)Establish a tracking/planning system: I highly recommend the Franklyn Covey Planners, (Online version available) and or this little App I found a few years back called Life Ticker. At the heart of this system is the breakdown of goals into manageable units. For Example: I want to lose 20 pounds by June 2017 (a concrete and realistic goal): Objective 1: I read at least two books on nutrition and fitness Task 1: I visit the library, download books or visit the bookstore by January 7th. Task 2: Using this information I create a nutrition and workout plan. Objective 2: I join a gym or fitness club (if you are more of an extrovert). Task 1. I look for signing up deals and offers Task 2: I read reviews of my local fitness trainers Objective 3: I set aside and schedule a time for working out and make it a priority Task 1: I commit myself to set aside time for working out. I put it on my planners and make an appointment with myself. Task 2: I recruit and/or get the buy-in from my friends and family for moral support allowing me to take time for myself to do this. Objective 4: Get going, measure and record my progress. I adjust and change the things that aren’t working. Heather Earles full false 16:25 168极速赛车 Coconut Oil and Sea Salt Face Scrub https://heatherearles.com/face-scrub/ Fri, 20 Dec 2019 05:07:34 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004923 Your skin reflects the climate where you live and that isn't always a healthy climate. This is one of many reasons why we need to take of our health. Each year I work on getting as many toxins out of my life and home as possible. This simple idea of health has opened my eyes to many simple ingredients we so often take for granted. In short, it shouldn't take a label that covers an entire product to tell you the list of ingredients. The list instead should hold very few ingredients that are easily read. For instance, This face scrub we are making today has two elements, coconut oil, and sea salt. What is Coconut Oil? Coconut oil or copra oil is an edible oil extracted from the kernel or meat of mature coconuts harvested from the coconut palm. It has various applications. Because of its high saturated fat content, it is slow to oxidize and, thus, resistant to rancidification, lasting up to six months at 24 °C without spoiling.Wikipedia Healthy skin "Applying a coconut extract to human skin may enhance its protective barrier functions and have an anti-inflammatory effect, says a 2017 study. What Is Pink Himalayan Salt? "Pink Himalayan salt is a type of rock salt from the Punjab region of Pakistan, near the foothills of the Himalayas. Pink Himalayan salt is chemically similar to table salt. It contains up to 98 percent sodium chloride. The rest of the salt consists of trace minerals, such as potassium, magnesium, and calcium. These give the salt its light pink tint. These minerals also explain why Himalayan salt tastes different from regular table salt." -healthline The primary uses are as a food additive and in cooking. However, it's also used in spa treatments aiding people and their health. Two simple yet very effective ingredients we are using today to create our Coconut Oil and Sea Salt face scrub. Coconut Oil & Sea Salt Face Scrub Ingredient and items needed: Coconut OilPink Himalayan sea saltJar with lidLabels (optional)FunnelSpoon To Make Take your jar of choice and mix one part melted coconut oil with two parts of sea salt. Mix together with a spoon.Let cool so the coconut oil solidifies. If you have labels, place one of those on top of your jar, if not you can download your Face Scrub Labels right here . These are perfect to dress up your jar for home use or give the coconut oil scrub away as a gift. That's it. You are now finished. To Use Dampen your skin and take a small amount out of your jar using your fingers or a spoon and lightly rub onto your skin in a circular motion moving outward on your face and neck area. Do this for a couple of minutes and then rinse off with warm water. Pat dry with a clean towel. You can use this face scrub daily to help with acne, to remove dead skin, or to gain a more youthful-looking appearance. If you don't want the salt to create a mess in your sink, apply the sea salt scrub during a shower. Enjoy my friends, and we'll talk to you again next week. Oh, if you are interested in how to make your own body butter CLICK HERE :). -Heather Earles Your skin reflects the climate where you live and that isn't always a healthy climate. This is one of many reasons why we need to take of our health. Each year I work on getting as many toxins out of my life and home as possible. Your skin reflects the climate where you live and that isn't always a healthy climate. This is one of many reasons why we need to take of our health. Each year I work on getting as many toxins out of my life and home as possible. This simple idea of health has opened my eyes to many simple ingredients we so often take for granted. In short, it shouldn't take a label that covers an entire product to tell you the list of ingredients. The list instead should hold very few ingredients that are easily read. For instance, This face scrub we are making today has two elements, coconut oil, and sea salt. What is Coconut Oil? Coconut oil or copra oil is an edible oil extracted from the kernel or meat of mature coconuts harvested from the coconut palm. It has various applications. Because of its high saturated fat content, it is slow to oxidize and, thus, resistant to rancidification, lasting up to six months at 24 °C without spoiling.Wikipedia Healthy skin "Applying a coconut extract to human skin may enhance its protective barrier functions and have an anti-inflammatory effect, says a 2017 study. What Is Pink Himalayan Salt? "Pink Himalayan salt is a type of rock salt from the Punjab region of Pakistan, near the foothills of the Himalayas. Pink Himalayan salt is chemically similar to table salt. It contains up to 98 percent sodium chloride. The rest of the salt consists of trace minerals, such as potassium, magnesium, and calcium. These give the salt its light pink tint. These minerals also explain why Himalayan salt tastes different from regular table salt." -healthline The primary uses are as a food additive and in cooking. However, it's also used in spa treatments aiding people and their health. Two simple yet very effective ingredients we are using today to create our Coconut Oil and Sea Salt face scrub. Coconut Oil & Sea Salt Face Scrub Ingredient and items needed: Coconut OilPink Himalayan sea saltJar with lidLabels (optional)FunnelSpoon To Make Take your jar of choice and mix one part melted coconut oil with two parts of sea salt. Mix together with a spoon.Let cool so the coconut oil solidifies. If you have labels, place one of those on top of your jar, if not you can download your Face Scrub Labels right here . These are perfect to dress up your jar for home use or give the coconut oil scrub away as a gift. That's it. You are now finished. To Use Dampen your skin and take a small amount out of your jar using your fingers or a spoon and lightly rub onto your skin in a circular motion moving outward on your face and neck area. Do this for a couple of minutes and then rinse off with warm water. Pat dry with a clean towel. You can use this face scrub daily to help with acne, to remove dead skin, or to gain a more youthful-looking appearance. If you don't want the salt to create a mess in your sink, apply the sea salt scrub during a shower. Enjoy my friends, and we'll talk to you again next week. Oh, if you are interested in how to make your own body butter CLICK HERE :). -Heather Earles Heather Earles 2 2 full false 5:19 168极速赛车 Health Uses For Hydrogen Peroxide https://heatherearles.com/hydrogen-peroxide/ Fri, 13 Dec 2019 04:09:21 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004896 First, what is Hydrogen Peroxide? "Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) is a clear, colorless, odorless liquid. It’s a combination of hydrogen and oxygen and is available in many strengths (indicated by the percentage of dilution with water). One dilution of hydrogen peroxide is 35 percent H2O2 and 65 percent water. Food producers use 35 percent H2O2 for a variety of purposes, including processing cheese and bleaching wheat flour. It’s also used to kill microorganisms in food packaging materials. This 35 percent dilution is called “food grade” in part because it doesn’t contain certain stabilizers: acetanilidephenolsodium stannatetetrasodium pyrophosphate These stabilizers are found in most other commercially available hydrogen peroxide and should not be ingested. No matter the dilution — even if food grade 35 percent H2O2 — you should never drink any hydrogen peroxide. Types of hydrogen peroxide Beyond food-grade, hydrogen peroxide is available in a number of dilutions: 3 percent H2O2 (“household” hydrogen peroxide): available in supermarkets and drugstores, typically in brown bottles6 to 10 percent H2O2 (hair-bleaching hydrogen peroxide)90 percent H2O2 (“industrial” hydrogen peroxide): available in various strengths and used for bleaching paper and textiles, producing foam rubber, and as an ingredient in rocket fuel" - By healthline There are multiple ways in which you can use Hydrogen Peroxide There are also multiple places. Hydrogen Peroxide is a better choice when it comes to cleaning because the smell is not toxic nor is it poisonous unless you ingest large amounts. This is just one example of how you can use this clear but effective liquid. Read on to find out more ways in which you can use Hydrogen Peroxide, a more natural approach, in your home and for your health. Top Uses of Hydrogen Peroxide Disinfectant Have you ever poured peroxide on a cut and watched it fizz? Kind of cool to watch, but more than that it helps clean. Cleaning a cut with soap and water will do just as well of a job and can be less of an irritant to the skin. Peroxide, however, is a great backup and something you should keep in or by your first aid kit or where soap and water are not available. Removing Earwax Wax in your ears can build up over time leaving them clogged. If you prefer to take care of the problem at home, simply apply a few drops and leave in for a day, then rinse out with warm water. You can also have someone pour hydrogen peroxide in your ear with you lying on your side. The canal will start to bubble as it cleans, so keep a paper towel on hand to catch any loose wax, or when you have sat for a few minutes and are going to drain the side, you are cleaning. Swollen Gums This may happen if you don’t brush and floss enough or if your mouth or gums get hit. It might help to treat it with a rinse of half hydrogen peroxide (3%) and half water. Swish it for 30 seconds and then spit. Saltwater is another option. Call your doctor if your sore gums stick around for more than about 7 days.WebMD Canker Sores Canker Sores can get very sore. One way to help get rid of them sooner is to apply peroxide on a cotton ball and dab on the sores. You can also swish peroxide in your mouth for 1 to 2 minutes and then spit it out. Rinse your mouth out afterward. Helps to Whiten Teeth You can buy multiple types of toothpaste which have either baking soda or peroxide in them. However, you can also swish straight peroxide or apply a paste of baking soda and water directly to your teeth. The main thing to consider when using these methods is how often you do them. As these products are great, they can also cause your teeth to be sensitive or eat the protective coating which you don't want to do. To prevent this, use twice a week, three times at the most. If you feel your teeth getting sensitive, cut back on the amount per week. Old Time Hair Dye First, what is Hydrogen Peroxide? "Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) is a clear, colorless, odorless liquid. It’s a combination of hydrogen and oxygen and is available in many strengths (indicated by the percentage of dilution with water). First, what is Hydrogen Peroxide? "Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) is a clear, colorless, odorless liquid. It’s a combination of hydrogen and oxygen and is available in many strengths (indicated by the percentage of dilution with water). One dilution of hydrogen peroxide is 35 percent H2O2 and 65 percent water. Food producers use 35 percent H2O2 for a variety of purposes, including processing cheese and bleaching wheat flour. It’s also used to kill microorganisms in food packaging materials. This 35 percent dilution is called “food grade” in part because it doesn’t contain certain stabilizers: acetanilidephenolsodium stannatetetrasodium pyrophosphate These stabilizers are found in most other commercially available hydrogen peroxide and should not be ingested. No matter the dilution — even if food grade 35 percent H2O2 — you should never drink any hydrogen peroxide. Types of hydrogen peroxide Beyond food-grade, hydrogen peroxide is available in a number of dilutions: 3 percent H2O2 (“household” hydrogen peroxide): available in supermarkets and drugstores, typically in brown bottles6 to 10 percent H2O2 (hair-bleaching hydrogen peroxide)90 percent H2O2 (“industrial” hydrogen peroxide): available in various strengths and used for bleaching paper and textiles, producing foam rubber, and as an ingredient in rocket fuel" - By healthline There are multiple ways in which you can use Hydrogen Peroxide There are also multiple places. Hydrogen Peroxide is a better choice when it comes to cleaning because the smell is not toxic nor is it poisonous unless you ingest large amounts. This is just one example of how you can use this clear but effective liquid. Read on to find out more ways in which you can use Hydrogen Peroxide, a more natural approach, in your home and for your health. Top Uses of Hydrogen Peroxide Disinfectant Have you ever poured peroxide on a cut and watched it fizz? Kind of cool to watch, but more than that it helps clean. Cleaning a cut with soap and water will do just as well of a job and can be less of an irritant to the skin. Peroxide, however, is a great backup and something you should keep in or by your first aid kit or where soap and water are not available. Removing Earwax Wax in your ears can build up over time leaving them clogged. If you prefer to take care of the problem at home, simply apply a few drops and leave in for a day, then rinse out with warm water. You can also have someone pour hydrogen peroxide in your ear with you lying on your side. The canal will start to bubble as it cleans, so keep a paper towel on hand to catch any loose wax, or when you have sat for a few minutes and are going to drain the side, you are cleaning. Swollen Gums This may happen if you don’t brush and floss enough or if your mouth or gums get hit. It might help to treat it with a rinse of half hydrogen peroxide (3%) and half water. Swish it for 30 seconds and then spit. Saltwater is another option. Call your doctor if your sore gums stick around for more than about 7 days.WebMD Canker Sores Canker Sores can get very sore. One way to help get rid of them sooner is to apply peroxide on a cotton ball and dab on the sores. You can also swish peroxide in your mouth for 1 to 2 minutes and then spit it out. Heather Earles full false 11:31 168极速赛车 Health Benefits of Witch-Hazel https://heatherearles.com/witch-hazel/ Fri, 06 Dec 2019 06:20:39 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004805 Witch-Hazel, what the heck is that? Definition of witch-hazel 1: "any of a genus (Hamamelis of the family Hamamelidaceae, the witch-hazel family) of shrubs or small trees with slender-petaled usually yellow flowers borne in late fall or early spring especially: one (H. virginiana) of eastern North America that blooms in the fall 2: an alcoholic solution of a distillate of the bark of a witch hazel (H. virginiana) used as a soothing and mildly astringent lotion." -Merriam-Webster "Native Americans are believed to have been the first to use witch-hazel extensively for medicinal purposes. The extract was produced by boiling the stems of the shrub and producing a decoction that was used in treating swellings, inflammations, and tumors. In addition to being used as a medication, early European settlers also observed Native Americans using American witch-hazel to find underground sources of water. This activity is probably where the common name witch-hazel came from. Because of the native’s association of the plant appearing where underground sources of water appeared, early white settlers began using forks from the plant’s branches for dowsing and water divining; it is from this practice that the plant probably received the name, “witch hazel”. Upon being introduced to the plant’s medicinal qualities, early settlers quickly began implementing the plant into their own treasure-trove of medical knowledge and soon, the plant was being used by colonists throughout the American coast, as well as in Europe." -By AppalachianMagazine - September 16, 2019 Nowadays witch-hazel is just as effective. I have seen the difference it has made not only in other people's skin but also, my own. You don't need to buy the most expensive products to get incredible and effective results. Sometimes it's just seeing what works best for you. Witch-Hazel is cheap in price but not in what it can do for you. Do You Have Acne? If so, Where Does it Come From? Acne can come from a lot of different sources including: Stress, bad eating habits to include too much sugar, not drinking enough water, dirty pillowcases,not washing your face,hormones,and not getting enough exercise or sleep. How Can You Clear Up Acne Using Cheaper but Effective Products and or Changing What you Eat? There are a few products/plants you can use to help clear your acne. The Fabulous Four. Witch-Hazel, Dr. Bronner Hemp Peppermint Pure Castile Oil, Moisturizer for your skin tone, and a small chunk from the stem of an Aloe Vera plant. To use, first pour witch-hazel on a cotton pad and wipe all over your face and neck. Next, take Dr. Bronner's and place on a dampened face brush and lightly scrub in a circular motion, again on your face and neck. Once you rinse the soap off, pat dry. Apply a small amount of moisturizer. Last, cut a small chunk from an aloe vera stem and rub the gel on your face and neck. Leave on and let dry. Do this every evening before going to bed.Turmeric Face Mask. Turmeric has a healing effect both internally and externally. I use this Turmeric Face Mask regularly, especially before an event, and it always improves the texture, pore size, and clearness of my skin.Water. So many people underestimate good quality water and the role it can play in clearing up acne and keeping your skin healthy. If you consciously drink enough water for your body weight each day, you will see results in your skin in as little as a week.Sugar. Say no to sugar. There isn't one single health benefit to eating sugar. It destroys the inside of your body and adds stress when you look on the outside. It can cause cancer, acne, weight gain, and so many other stressful and life-changing problems. I know everything in moderation, but most humans have a hard time limiting sugar. When my son breaks out, he goes on a sugar diet and drinks lots of water. Within a week, his acne goes away. Imagine how that improves the inside of the body too. Witch-Hazel, what the heck is that? Definition of witch-hazel 1: "any of a genus (Hamamelis of the family Hamamelidaceae, the witch-hazel family) of shrubs or small trees with slender-petaled usually yellow flowers borne in late fall or early spr... Witch-Hazel, what the heck is that? Definition of witch-hazel 1: "any of a genus (Hamamelis of the family Hamamelidaceae, the witch-hazel family) of shrubs or small trees with slender-petaled usually yellow flowers borne in late fall or early spring especially: one (H. virginiana) of eastern North America that blooms in the fall 2: an alcoholic solution of a distillate of the bark of a witch hazel (H. virginiana) used as a soothing and mildly astringent lotion." -Merriam-Webster "Native Americans are believed to have been the first to use witch-hazel extensively for medicinal purposes. The extract was produced by boiling the stems of the shrub and producing a decoction that was used in treating swellings, inflammations, and tumors. In addition to being used as a medication, early European settlers also observed Native Americans using American witch-hazel to find underground sources of water. This activity is probably where the common name witch-hazel came from. Because of the native’s association of the plant appearing where underground sources of water appeared, early white settlers began using forks from the plant’s branches for dowsing and water divining; it is from this practice that the plant probably received the name, “witch hazel”. Upon being introduced to the plant’s medicinal qualities, early settlers quickly began implementing the plant into their own treasure-trove of medical knowledge and soon, the plant was being used by colonists throughout the American coast, as well as in Europe." -By AppalachianMagazine - September 16, 2019 Nowadays witch-hazel is just as effective. I have seen the difference it has made not only in other people's skin but also, my own. You don't need to buy the most expensive products to get incredible and effective results. Sometimes it's just seeing what works best for you. Witch-Hazel is cheap in price but not in what it can do for you. Do You Have Acne? If so, Where Does it Come From? Acne can come from a lot of different sources including: Stress, bad eating habits to include too much sugar, not drinking enough water, dirty pillowcases,not washing your face,hormones,and not getting enough exercise or sleep. How Can You Clear Up Acne Using Cheaper but Effective Products and or Changing What you Eat? There are a few products/plants you can use to help clear your acne. The Fabulous Four. Witch-Hazel, Dr. Bronner Hemp Peppermint Pure Castile Oil, Moisturizer for your skin tone, and a small chunk from the stem of an Aloe Vera plant. To use, first pour witch-hazel on a cotton pad and wipe all over your face and neck. Next, take Dr. Bronner's and place on a dampened face brush and lightly scrub in a circular motion, again on your face and neck. Once you rinse the soap off, pat dry. Apply a small amount of moisturizer. Last, cut a small chunk from an aloe vera stem and rub the gel on your face and neck. Leave on and let dry. Do this every evening before going to bed.Turmeric Face Mask. Turmeric has a healing effect both internally and externally. I use this Turmeric Face Mask regularly, especially before an event, and it always improves the texture, pore size, and clearness of my skin.Water. So many people underestimate good quality water and the role it can play in clearing up acne and keeping your skin healthy. If you consciously drink enough water for your body weight each day, you will see results in your skin in as little as a week.Sugar. Say no to sugar. There isn't one single health benefit to eating su... Heather Earles full false 11:26 168极速赛车 Proclamation of Thanksgiving by President George Washington, 1789 https://heatherearles.com/thanksgiving/ Thu, 28 Nov 2019 11:54:00 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=1109 "In these changing times, let us be reminded of the beliefs held by our Founding Fathers, and remember them on Thanksgiving Day. Whereas it is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of almighty God, to obey His will, to be grateful for His benefits, and humbly to implore His protection and favor; and Whereas both Houses of Congress have, by their joint committee, requested me to "recommend to the people of the United States a day of public thanksgiving and prayer, to be observed by acknowledging with grateful hearts the many and signal favors of Almighty God, especially by affording them an opportunity peaceably to establish a form of government for their safety and happiness:" Now, therefore, I do recommend and assign Thursday, the 26th day of November next, to be devoted by the people of these States to the service of that and glorious Being who is the beneficent Author of all the good that was, that is, or that will be; that we may then all unite in rendering unto Him our sincere and humble thanks for His kind care and protection of the people of this country previous to their becoming a nation; for the signal and manifold mercies and the favorable interpositions of His providence in the course and conclusion of the late war; for the great degree of tranquility, union, and plenty which we have since enjoyed; for the peaceable and rational manner in which we have been enabled to establish constitutions of government for our safety and happiness, and particularly the national one now lately instituted for the civil and religious livery with which we are blessed, and the means we have of acquiring and diffusing useful knowledge; and, in general, for all the great and various favors which He has been pleased to confer upon us. And also that we may then unite in most humbly offering our prayers and supplications to the great Lord and Ruler of Nations and beseech Him to pardon our nation, and other transgressions; to enable us all, whether in public or private stations, to perform our several and relative duties properly and punctually; to render our National Government a blessing to all the people by constantly being a Government of wise, just, and constitutional laws, discreetly and faithfully executed and obeyed; to protect and guide all sovereigns and nations (especially such as have shown kindness to us), and to bless them with good governments, peace, and concord; to promote the knowledge and practice of true religion and virtue, and the increase of science among them and us; and, generally to grant unto all mankind such a degree of temporal prosperity as He alone knows to be best." -George Washington October 1789 Happy Thanksgiving - Heather Earles Taking our Country Back and making it Great again "In these changing times, let us be reminded of the beliefs held by our Founding Fathers, and remember them on Thanksgiving Day. Whereas it is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of almighty God, to obey His will, "In these changing times, let us be reminded of the beliefs held by our Founding Fathers, and remember them on Thanksgiving Day. Whereas it is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of almighty God, to obey His will, to be grateful for His benefits, and humbly to implore His protection and favor; and Whereas both Houses of Congress have, by their joint committee, requested me to "recommend to the people of the United States a day of public thanksgiving and prayer, to be observed by acknowledging with grateful hearts the many and signal favors of Almighty God, especially by affording them an opportunity peaceably to establish a form of government for their safety and happiness:" Now, therefore, I do recommend and assign Thursday, the 26th day of November next, to be devoted by the people of these States to the service of that and glorious Being who is the beneficent Author of all the good that was, that is, or that will be; that we may then all unite in rendering unto Him our sincere and humble thanks for His kind care and protection of the people of this country previous to their becoming a nation; for the signal and manifold mercies and the favorable interpositions of His providence in the course and conclusion of the late war; for the great degree of tranquility, union, and plenty which we have since enjoyed; for the peaceable and rational manner in which we have been enabled to establish constitutions of government for our safety and happiness, and particularly the national one now lately instituted for the civil and religious livery with which we are blessed, and the means we have of acquiring and diffusing useful knowledge; and, in general, for all the great and various favors which He has been pleased to confer upon us. And also that we may then unite in most humbly offering our prayers and supplications to the great Lord and Ruler of Nations and beseech Him to pardon our nation, and other transgressions; to enable us all, whether in public or private stations, to perform our several and relative duties properly and punctually; to render our National Government a blessing to all the people by constantly being a Government of wise, just, and constitutional laws, discreetly and faithfully executed and obeyed; to protect and guide all sovereigns and nations (especially such as have shown kindness to us), and to bless them with good governments, peace, and concord; to promote the knowledge and practice of true religion and virtue, and the increase of science among them and us; and, generally to grant unto all mankind such a degree of temporal prosperity as He alone knows to be best." -George Washington October 1789 Happy Thanksgiving - Heather Earles Taking our Country Back and making it Great again Heather Earles full false 4:34 168极速赛车 Achieving Success Through Habits and Goal Setting https://heatherearles.com/habits-and-goal-setting/ Thu, 21 Nov 2019 19:43:26 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004596 What Is A Goal? The dictionary states that a goal is: the object of a person's ambition or effort; an aim or desired result. Now, we know each person has different ambitions, but how different people get to each aspiration is almost always the same. There is a formula for almost anything in life, including that of achieving success through habits and goal setting. Read this list to see what is NOT in the formula and the reason most people do not complete their goal. A Bad Formula Lack of ambition or driveGets discouraged easilyTries to take the easy routeThey do not have a plan because they do not see the importance of one.Has no patientsFalls apart when something does not go according to what they had planned.Fear of rejectionFear of failure According to the University of Scranton, a whopping 92 percent of people who set New Year's goals never actually achieve them. That leaves 8 percent of us in a very elite category of goal-achievers.By Marcel Schwantes Elite group, alright. This percentage is huge. So what is it that 8% are doing differently? Let's talk about it. Why Are Some People Successful While Others Are Not? Saying you're going to do something and then not doing it is a common thing but why? Is it the society we live in and the short attention span, or I don't want to do it if I don't get instant gratification syndrome? I think it's both. People have so much at their fingertips that rarely do they need to be patient with anything anymore. Hate to tell you this, but success, unless it was handed down to you, doesn't come instantly. The turtle and the rabbit are the perfect illustration or picture one should paint in their mind when they think of success through habits and goal setting. Success and reaching your goals is the turtle who gets there in months sometimes years. Not the rabbit who runs a little then gets lazy and decides to run again. Unlike 92%, 8% have different habits and a formula they follow to make their success happen. Want to know what it is, or what you should be doing to be in the elite group? I thought so. Habits of the Elite Group Know what the end goal looks like. You need a clear vision and a starting plan to get you from A-Z. Successful people have that. They know how they want to start, plan a path that includes resources or items needed to obtain small victories or mini-goals along the way, and ultimately see the end in their mind or on the paper.Have confidence in your abilities. You are not going to find people who lack confidence in the 8% bracket. Success through goal setting is hard enough without doubting yourself every step of the way. Know your worth, or there's no worth in starting.Create a team of successful people. Surrounding yourself with like-minded and ambitious people is a must if you want to succeed. A team not only helps in keeping you motivated, but they can help with breakthroughs and offer sound advice or opinions on your project.Be consistent. I cannot stress this one enough. This one right here will break you more than any other and send your goals back to the starting line. You must be consistent and form the habits needed to reach ANY achievement. Think about an Olympic athlete, and you will understand that consistency is critical.Stay Focused. Yes, it's easy to go in five different directions, especially if you are working on a computer. However, if you can't remain focused slowly but surely the work required to achieve the small or big steps needed will not get done setting you back or keeping you under that lazy tree where the rabbit is while someone else works their way to the finish line.Use affirmations. Telling yourself you can do it, or writing yourself a little script is like taking in oxygen before you suffocate. Affirmations are needed every day sometimes multiple times a day and could be the difference from you giving up before you crest the hill you're climbing.Put in to place good habits. What Is A Goal? The dictionary states that a goal is: the object of a person's ambition or effort; an aim or desired result. Now, we know each person has different ambitions, but how different people get to each aspiration is almost always the sa... What Is A Goal? The dictionary states that a goal is: the object of a person's ambition or effort; an aim or desired result. Now, we know each person has different ambitions, but how different people get to each aspiration is almost always the same. There is a formula for almost anything in life, including that of achieving success through habits and goal setting. Read this list to see what is NOT in the formula and the reason most people do not complete their goal. A Bad Formula Lack of ambition or driveGets discouraged easilyTries to take the easy routeThey do not have a plan because they do not see the importance of one.Has no patientsFalls apart when something does not go according to what they had planned.Fear of rejectionFear of failure According to the University of Scranton, a whopping 92 percent of people who set New Year's goals never actually achieve them. That leaves 8 percent of us in a very elite category of goal-achievers.By Marcel Schwantes Elite group, alright. This percentage is huge. So what is it that 8% are doing differently? Let's talk about it. Why Are Some People Successful While Others Are Not? Saying you're going to do something and then not doing it is a common thing but why? Is it the society we live in and the short attention span, or I don't want to do it if I don't get instant gratification syndrome? I think it's both. People have so much at their fingertips that rarely do they need to be patient with anything anymore. Hate to tell you this, but success, unless it was handed down to you, doesn't come instantly. The turtle and the rabbit are the perfect illustration or picture one should paint in their mind when they think of success through habits and goal setting. Success and reaching your goals is the turtle who gets there in months sometimes years. Not the rabbit who runs a little then gets lazy and decides to run again. Unlike 92%, 8% have different habits and a formula they follow to make their success happen. Want to know what it is, or what you should be doing to be in the elite group? I thought so. Habits of the Elite Group Know what the end goal looks like. You need a clear vision and a starting plan to get you from A-Z. Successful people have that. They know how they want to start, plan a path that includes resources or items needed to obtain small victories or mini-goals along the way, and ultimately see the end in their mind or on the paper.Have confidence in your abilities. You are not going to find people who lack confidence in the 8% bracket. Success through goal setting is hard enough without doubting yourself every step of the way. Know your worth, or there's no worth in starting.Create a team of successful people. Surrounding yourself with like-minded and ambitious people is a must if you want to succeed. A team not only helps in keeping you motivated, but they can help with breakthroughs and offer sound advice or opinions on your project.Be consistent. I cannot stress this one enough. This one right here will break you more than any other and send your goals back to the starting line. You must be consistent and form the habits needed to reach ANY achievement. Think about an Olympic athlete, and you will understand that consistency is critical.Stay Focused. Yes, it's easy to go in five different directions, especially if you are working on a computer. However, if you can't remain focused slowly but surely the work required to achieve the small or big steps needed will not get done setting you back or keeping you under that lazy tree where the rabbi... Heather Earles full false 13:20 168极速赛车 Getting Your Home Ready For the Holidays https://heatherearles.com/home/ Fri, 15 Nov 2019 05:09:52 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004746 Last week, we talked about my top Holiday Shopping tips, which will help reduce your stress this season. Preparing your home for the holidays and making your space your own is another way to help reduce stress. Your home represents a welcoming atmosphere for yourself, your family, and friends. Welcoming doesn't mean jammed full of stuff, nor does it suggest, no one can touch anything. There's a happy medium when it comes to having your home feel welcoming, yet not cluttered, or bare. Often our homes represent how we feel inside. For instance, when you feel out of control or no longer in control, you tend to collect things or go on buying binges. When you feel happy and satisfied, your home will reflect that. Decorated, yet not overdone. The holidays can bring unexpected joy, but for some, all they see is what they need to get done. To avoid the latter, try to clean out a room each week before the holiday season approaches. Depending on your home, you may only need a touch up in each room. Or replace a decoration to make it fresh, or for some, a massive purging is in order. All can be healthy as long as you do things in moderation. In other words, please don't get rid of your dining room table, clean it off. But if you have extra items like knick-knacks, dishes, and clothes, then gather them up and take them to the second-hand store. If that won't get done promptly, give them to goodwill. Clean One Room at A Time Cleaning one room at a time might sound like common sense, but you would be surprised by how many people skip from room to room and waste time. When you're touching up, yes, but if you're doing a deep cleaning, it's a lot more productive to stick with one room at a time. How to Set Goals for Each Room A great way to determine what you want for each room is to find a picture online, in a magazine, and duplicate it. Not everyone has created ideas, but that doesn't mean you can't borrow someone else's. I love going on Pinterest or looking in a magazine, finding a room I love, and duplicating something about it. It might be an entire wall color, a piece of furniture, or merely a look of simplicity. Do Not Let Guilt Clutter Your Home My best friend and I were talking tonight about how we haven't gone shopping, yet there are still so many unnecessary things that float around in our houses. How is that possible when we seem to purge all of the time? Well, if you're married or have kids, that's one reason, or you may be the person everyone loves to give things to. Being the go-to person can be good and bad. Good because you may need the gifted items. Bad because often, a person has a hard time giving something away they've received from someone they love, even if they don't want it or won't use it. In the case of you not wanting something, you don't need to feel bad. Items are just that, items. They don't have a beating heart, and they can't buy you happiness, so appreciate the gesture but regift it or get rid of it so your home can represent you and what you enjoy. In the long run, I promise you will feel better, and your home will feel more welcoming. How to Change Your Decor for Each Season or Holiday My mom is GREAT at redressing a room. That's what I call it. Using neutrals for the wall colors, she changes the decorations for the seasons and holidays to not only freshen up each room but to get the mood of the seasons. If your home smells like pumpkin pie and golden leaves hang over your door, you think of Thanksgiving and Fall. If you can smell simmering potpourri and see mini Christmas trees lit up, you think of Christmas. Mom has a way of decorating that is not only welcoming but creates an atmosphere of enjoyment and relaxation. Again, neutral walls, so the decorations or decor can do the highlighting. I'm learning, Mom ;). How Do I Know If My Space/Room is Welcoming? To find out how your home or rooms feel, ask a friend. Last week, we talked about my top Holiday Shopping tips, which will help reduce your stress this season. Preparing your home for the holidays and making your space your own is another way to help reduce stress. Last week, we talked about my top Holiday Shopping tips, which will help reduce your stress this season. Preparing your home for the holidays and making your space your own is another way to help reduce stress. Your home represents a welcoming atmosphere for yourself, your family, and friends. Welcoming doesn't mean jammed full of stuff, nor does it suggest, no one can touch anything. There's a happy medium when it comes to having your home feel welcoming, yet not cluttered, or bare. Often our homes represent how we feel inside. For instance, when you feel out of control or no longer in control, you tend to collect things or go on buying binges. When you feel happy and satisfied, your home will reflect that. Decorated, yet not overdone. The holidays can bring unexpected joy, but for some, all they see is what they need to get done. To avoid the latter, try to clean out a room each week before the holiday season approaches. Depending on your home, you may only need a touch up in each room. Or replace a decoration to make it fresh, or for some, a massive purging is in order. All can be healthy as long as you do things in moderation. In other words, please don't get rid of your dining room table, clean it off. But if you have extra items like knick-knacks, dishes, and clothes, then gather them up and take them to the second-hand store. If that won't get done promptly, give them to goodwill. Clean One Room at A Time Cleaning one room at a time might sound like common sense, but you would be surprised by how many people skip from room to room and waste time. When you're touching up, yes, but if you're doing a deep cleaning, it's a lot more productive to stick with one room at a time. How to Set Goals for Each Room A great way to determine what you want for each room is to find a picture online, in a magazine, and duplicate it. Not everyone has created ideas, but that doesn't mean you can't borrow someone else's. I love going on Pinterest or looking in a magazine, finding a room I love, and duplicating something about it. It might be an entire wall color, a piece of furniture, or merely a look of simplicity. Do Not Let Guilt Clutter Your Home My best friend and I were talking tonight about how we haven't gone shopping, yet there are still so many unnecessary things that float around in our houses. How is that possible when we seem to purge all of the time? Well, if you're married or have kids, that's one reason, or you may be the person everyone loves to give things to. Being the go-to person can be good and bad. Good because you may need the gifted items. Bad because often, a person has a hard time giving something away they've received from someone they love, even if they don't want it or won't use it. In the case of you not wanting something, you don't need to feel bad. Items are just that, items. They don't have a beating heart, and they can't buy you happiness, so appreciate the gesture but regift it or get rid of it so your home can represent you and what you enjoy. In the long run, I promise you will feel better, and your home will feel more welcoming. How to Change Your Decor for Each Season or Holiday My mom is GREAT at redressing a room. That's what I call it. Using neutrals for the wall colors, she changes the decorations for the seasons and holidays to not only freshen up each room but to get the mood of the seasons. If your home smells like pumpkin pie and golden leaves hang over your door, you think of Thanksgiving and Fall. Heather Earles full false 10:12 168极速赛车 Heather’s Tips for Holiday Shopping https://heatherearles.com/holiday-shopping/ Fri, 08 Nov 2019 09:30:22 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004707 Each year the holidays seem to sneak up on us as does the shopping. Planning for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Years can be stressful enough without the worry of last-minute decisions. This year why not try something new to ease the holiday stress so you can add more enjoyment and cheer while still accomplishing everything; shopping wise, that is? Here are my tips for Holiday Shopping: #1 Keep a Notebook of What Friends and Family Need/Like Pre-Order Your Journal Here One of my dearest friends is an Angel when it comes to listening. Because of this each year, she gives gifts that mean a great deal to each person. It could've been the smallest comment about what a person likes, but she stores it away in her memory, or writes it down in a Christmas Journal, and is therefore never stressed when it comes to ideas. #2 Start Early It's no surprise that getting a head start on your shopping would be one of the first tips I give. Don't wait until the last minute because it usually costs more and waste time when you could be cooking some favorite holiday treats. #3 Choose one Family or Person at a Time to Shop For When you're ready to start gift buying, pick one family or person at a time. For instance, in our exchange, we draw families and not just individuals, so when I go shopping, I choose gifts for that entire family at one time, and then I can safely place a checkmark by their name as being complete. This is far more effective than buying one gift on several different days, or weeks even, and then not remembering who you got what. #4 Save Coupons, Hit Sales, or Save Items in Your Cart Online You can add items to your cart online and then get notified when they go on sale. This is a great way to keep your costs down and still get that perfect gift. The same goes for saving coupons, waiting for sales, or finding discounts in magazines, newspapers, or through apps like RetailMeNot. #5 Shop Local to Find Unique Buys You can find some fantastic and unique items when you shop local. Box stores are fine, but they carry a lot of the same things. #6 Regift There is nothing wrong with regifting an item, as long as you remember who gave it to you. You don't want to make the mistake of giving it back:(. I would rather a present get used by someone who I know would love it than to let it sit in the box, untouched because I don't know what else to do with it. #7 Buy Second Hand There is no shame in buying a gift from a second-hand store. I do this every year. Sometimes I buy something and repaint or vamp it up, or sometimes things still have a price tag or are practically new. Children especially don't care where a gift is purchased; all they see are presents under the tree. #8 Make Something Homemade If you go on Pinterest, you can find a ton of ideas or DIY tutorials. You may not need ideas if you are a crafty person by nature. Why not use your talents and make unique gifts like Homemade Vanilla Extract, a piece of furniture, or pillows. The size doesn't matter, only the intent and thoughtfulness behind each gift. #9 Don't Buy a Gift Just Because Someone Bought You One This is probably the worst mistake people make. They think they need to buy the whole world a gift. When someone buys you a gift, accept it graciously, even if you did not get that person anything. You can always return the favor if you want to call it that, later with a card or invite for dinner or coffee. You don't need to run to the store, quick pick out the first thing you see just to give something in return. That person is going to know that's what you did, especially if the holiday has passed. Remember, do things from the heart, not because you're trying to fill a quota. #10 Always Keep the Interest of Others in Mind When You Shop This might sound strange, but a lot of people buy a gift because it's something they like. Not everyone, even your best friends, Each year the holidays seem to sneak up on us as does the shopping. Planning for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Years can be stressful enough without the worry of last-minute decisions. This year why not try something new to ease the holiday st... Each year the holidays seem to sneak up on us as does the shopping. Planning for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Years can be stressful enough without the worry of last-minute decisions. This year why not try something new to ease the holiday stress so you can add more enjoyment and cheer while still accomplishing everything; shopping wise, that is? Here are my tips for Holiday Shopping: #1 Keep a Notebook of What Friends and Family Need/Like Pre-Order Your Journal Here One of my dearest friends is an Angel when it comes to listening. Because of this each year, she gives gifts that mean a great deal to each person. It could've been the smallest comment about what a person likes, but she stores it away in her memory, or writes it down in a Christmas Journal, and is therefore never stressed when it comes to ideas. #2 Start Early It's no surprise that getting a head start on your shopping would be one of the first tips I give. Don't wait until the last minute because it usually costs more and waste time when you could be cooking some favorite holiday treats. #3 Choose one Family or Person at a Time to Shop For When you're ready to start gift buying, pick one family or person at a time. For instance, in our exchange, we draw families and not just individuals, so when I go shopping, I choose gifts for that entire family at one time, and then I can safely place a checkmark by their name as being complete. This is far more effective than buying one gift on several different days, or weeks even, and then not remembering who you got what. #4 Save Coupons, Hit Sales, or Save Items in Your Cart Online You can add items to your cart online and then get notified when they go on sale. This is a great way to keep your costs down and still get that perfect gift. The same goes for saving coupons, waiting for sales, or finding discounts in magazines, newspapers, or through apps like RetailMeNot. #5 Shop Local to Find Unique Buys You can find some fantastic and unique items when you shop local. Box stores are fine, but they carry a lot of the same things. #6 Regift There is nothing wrong with regifting an item, as long as you remember who gave it to you. You don't want to make the mistake of giving it back:(. I would rather a present get used by someone who I know would love it than to let it sit in the box, untouched because I don't know what else to do with it. #7 Buy Second Hand There is no shame in buying a gift from a second-hand store. I do this every year. Sometimes I buy something and repaint or vamp it up, or sometimes things still have a price tag or are practically new. Children especially don't care where a gift is purchased; all they see are presents under the tree. #8 Make Something Homemade If you go on Pinterest, you can find a ton of ideas or DIY tutorials. You may not need ideas if you are a crafty person by nature. Why not use your talents and make unique gifts like Homemade Vanilla Extract, a piece of furniture, or pillows. The size doesn't matter, only the intent and thoughtfulness behind each gift. #9 Don't Buy a Gift Just Because Someone Bought You One This is probably the worst mistake people make. They think they need to buy the whole world a gift. When someone buys you a gift, accept it graciously, even if you did not get that person anything. Heather Earles full false 7:32 168极速赛车 How to Make Homemade Vanilla Extract https://heatherearles.com/vanilla-extract/ Fri, 01 Nov 2019 05:05:17 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004685 Did you know that vanilla extract only has two ingredients? You heard right, two parts, vodka, and vanilla beans. My sister in law told me how to make the recipe years ago, and I couldn't believe how easy it was. There I was traipsing into the liquor store trying to find an 8 oz. glass bottle of vodka. The salesclerk immediately saw I was not in my element or a usual customer, and politely asked if I needed any help. I must have had the OMG look on my face-scanning all of the shelves. "Yes," I responded. "I'm looking for a smaller bottle of vodka, preferably in glass that is at least 80 proof.""Oh, I bet you're having a party.""Um, actually, I just want to make some vanilla." The young clerk stared at me and didn't speak for a moment."What do you mean vanilla?""You know, vanilla extract like you use to bake with?""I didn't know you used vodka."I proceeded to explain how you make it, and the clerk seemed extremely excited."I'm going to try it!""You should, oh, and it's great to give away as a gift for the holidays."Her mouth dropped open, and I'm not sure if it was the fact she gets a discount, so she was thrilled with the idea of a cheap gift or the fact she could give lots of alcohol away. I never did ask. As I like to think the best of people, I'm sure she was thinking about what a unique and brilliant idea:). We visited a little more, but to finish my story, with her help, I ended up finding what I wanted — a 375 ml glass bottle of Absolut Vodka 80 proof. To be honest, you don't need to buy expensive vodka as the vanilla bean is what gives the exact flavor. Speaking of taste, avoid flavored vodka. Extracts are made with alcohol because it's the best way to exact flavors out of food. Why make Vanilla Exact at home? Well, for the same reasons we make everything else at home; To keep synthetics, artificial flavors, and colorings out of your food. The taste is unbeatable when you use pure ingredients.And last, your cost goes way down as you can reuse your vanilla beans. What is the ratio of beans to vodka? A great question. The ratio all depends on your taste and what you're using the vanilla in. If you plan to use it in a lot of desserts, then I would opt for a stronger flavor; 5-6 vanilla beans per 8 oz. of vodka. For everyday baking at home, I think the flavor of 2-4 beans per 8 oz. of vodka is perfect. Again, it all depends on your taste. What is the best type of vanilla bean? Madagascar - rich and creamy.Indonesian - well balanced and mild.Indian - full, chocolate How long do I brew the mixture before using it? You can leave your bottle with your beans sitting for as little as 12 weeks; this is the minimum time I would allow. Although, to enhance your flavor or darken your extract, leave for six months or up to a year. Think of it like a fine wine that will only get better with age. Recipe For Homemade Vanilla Extract This recipe is straightforward. Take your preferred bottle of vodka and open the lid.Next, you can pour the contents into a pretty jar using a funnel and then label it, or use the vodka jar and mark the date on the lid with a marker.Take your desired number of vanilla beans and slice them down one side.Place them in your jar.Store in a dark, cool location until they have brewed to your desired amount of time. The flavor will improve with time. A Special Note: Brew several batches at one time, so you never run out. If you're planning on giving the extract away as a gift, start early or let the person know their present needs to brew for a few months. You are now a vanilla expert! Other than experimenting with different types of vanilla beans, there isn't anything else to it. Enjoy, and let me know how your extract turns out for you. -Heather Earles Did you know that vanilla extract only has two ingredients? You heard right, two parts, vodka, and vanilla beans. My sister in law told me how to make the recipe years ago, and I couldn't believe how easy it was. Did you know that vanilla extract only has two ingredients? You heard right, two parts, vodka, and vanilla beans. My sister in law told me how to make the recipe years ago, and I couldn't believe how easy it was. There I was traipsing into the liquor store trying to find an 8 oz. glass bottle of vodka. The salesclerk immediately saw I was not in my element or a usual customer, and politely asked if I needed any help. I must have had the OMG look on my face-scanning all of the shelves. "Yes," I responded. "I'm looking for a smaller bottle of vodka, preferably in glass that is at least 80 proof.""Oh, I bet you're having a party.""Um, actually, I just want to make some vanilla." The young clerk stared at me and didn't speak for a moment."What do you mean vanilla?""You know, vanilla extract like you use to bake with?""I didn't know you used vodka."I proceeded to explain how you make it, and the clerk seemed extremely excited."I'm going to try it!""You should, oh, and it's great to give away as a gift for the holidays."Her mouth dropped open, and I'm not sure if it was the fact she gets a discount, so she was thrilled with the idea of a cheap gift or the fact she could give lots of alcohol away. I never did ask. As I like to think the best of people, I'm sure she was thinking about what a unique and brilliant idea:). We visited a little more, but to finish my story, with her help, I ended up finding what I wanted — a 375 ml glass bottle of Absolut Vodka 80 proof. To be honest, you don't need to buy expensive vodka as the vanilla bean is what gives the exact flavor. Speaking of taste, avoid flavored vodka. Extracts are made with alcohol because it's the best way to exact flavors out of food. Why make Vanilla Exact at home? Well, for the same reasons we make everything else at home; To keep synthetics, artificial flavors, and colorings out of your food. The taste is unbeatable when you use pure ingredients.And last, your cost goes way down as you can reuse your vanilla beans. What is the ratio of beans to vodka? A great question. The ratio all depends on your taste and what you're using the vanilla in. If you plan to use it in a lot of desserts, then I would opt for a stronger flavor; 5-6 vanilla beans per 8 oz. of vodka. For everyday baking at home, I think the flavor of 2-4 beans per 8 oz. of vodka is perfect. Again, it all depends on your taste. What is the best type of vanilla bean? Madagascar - rich and creamy.Indonesian - well balanced and mild.Indian - full, chocolate How long do I brew the mixture before using it? You can leave your bottle with your beans sitting for as little as 12 weeks; this is the minimum time I would allow. Although, to enhance your flavor or darken your extract, leave for six months or up to a year. Think of it like a fine wine that will only get better with age. Recipe For Homemade Vanilla Extract This recipe is straightforward. Take your preferred bottle of vodka and open the lid.Next, you can pour the contents into a pretty jar using a funnel and then label it, or use the vodka jar and mark the date on the lid with a marker.Take your desired number of vanilla beans and slice them down one side.Place them in your jar.Store in a dark, cool location until they have brewed to your desired amount of time. The flavor will improve with time. A Special Note: Brew several batches at one time, so you never run out. Heather Earles full false 6:27 168极速赛车 Homemade Simmering Potpourri Combos https://heatherearles.com/simmering-potpourri/ Thu, 24 Oct 2019 05:14:54 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004669 One of the best ways to make your home smell like the holidays, other than baking, is by making a pot of simmering potpourri. With so many possible combinations you can make your home smell like anything you want. If you like oranges, add oranges, if you love the smell of cinnamon add a few sticks. Simmering Potpourri is just that, placing your ingredients in a slow cooker or saucepan with water and simmering your ingredients. As some of you are not familiar with this method of making your home smell delicious, I'm going to give you a few starter recipes that you can use, or as I like to call it, make them your own. There is not going to be a specific amount of each ingredient this way you can add more of what you like. Recipe #1 Orange Clove Orange slicesCranberriesCinnamon sticksVanilla extract ClovesNutmegWater Recipe #2 Cranberry Evergreen Orange slicesClovesApple slicesCinnamon sticksVanilla extractEvergreen sprigsCranberriesWater Recipe #3 Lime Mint Evergreen Lime slices Mint Leaves Cinnamon sticksVanilla extractEvergreen sprigsWater Recipe #4 Lemon Rosemary Lemon slicesRosemary sprigsGrapefruit slicesVanilla extractWater There isn't much more to it. You decide the amounts of each ingredient and fill your home with the smells of the season. You can drink your concoction as long as you start with a clean pot or slow cooker, and are adding pure, fresh, ingredients you enjoy. Just filter the mixture before pouring it into a pitcher or your cup. What are you waiting for? Gather your list and head to the garden or your favorite store to pick up a basketful of fruits, spices, and herbs. Your home is waiting to be enchanted as you start the season off rights! -Heather Earles One of the best ways to make your home smell like the holidays, other than baking, is by making a pot of simmering potpourri. With so many possible combinations you can make your home smell like anything you want. If you like oranges, One of the best ways to make your home smell like the holidays, other than baking, is by making a pot of simmering potpourri. With so many possible combinations you can make your home smell like anything you want. If you like oranges, add oranges, if you love the smell of cinnamon add a few sticks. Simmering Potpourri is just that, placing your ingredients in a slow cooker or saucepan with water and simmering your ingredients. As some of you are not familiar with this method of making your home smell delicious, I'm going to give you a few starter recipes that you can use, or as I like to call it, make them your own. There is not going to be a specific amount of each ingredient this way you can add more of what you like. Recipe #1 Orange Clove Orange slicesCranberriesCinnamon sticksVanilla extract ClovesNutmegWater Recipe #2 Cranberry Evergreen Orange slicesClovesApple slicesCinnamon sticksVanilla extractEvergreen sprigsCranberriesWater Recipe #3 Lime Mint Evergreen Lime slices Mint Leaves Cinnamon sticksVanilla extractEvergreen sprigsWater Recipe #4 Lemon Rosemary Lemon slicesRosemary sprigsGrapefruit slicesVanilla extractWater There isn't much more to it. You decide the amounts of each ingredient and fill your home with the smells of the season. You can drink your concoction as long as you start with a clean pot or slow cooker, and are adding pure, fresh, ingredients you enjoy. Just filter the mixture before pouring it into a pitcher or your cup. What are you waiting for? Gather your list and head to the garden or your favorite store to pick up a basketful of fruits, spices, and herbs. Your home is waiting to be enchanted as you start the season off rights! -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 4:09 168极速赛车 Easy Homemade Pizza Sauce https://heatherearles.com/pizza-sauce/ Fri, 18 Oct 2019 16:24:47 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004630 Who Doesn't Love a great Pizza Sauce? Whether you live in Italy, Ireland, the United States, or any other country, I'm betting you have a favorite pizza joint you frequent often. There's just something so flavorful and down to earth when you bite into a well-made pizza spread on your choice crust. The thin or chewy dough melts in your mouth as all of your favorite toppings are combined, leaving your mouth watering and ready for the next bight. That is if your pizza sauce passes the test. Without the right base, a pizza can taste like wet cardboard. Since we don't want that happening, we're going to make you a pro at sauce making. Full of fresh, yet simple ingredients, this recipe will have people coming to your house instead of the local pizza place! Ready for the directions and recipe? Here you go. Prepping Your Tomatoes If you have your own garden, then gather the number of tomatoes you want to process or buy them from a farmer's market or store.Now, wash them and place them in a bowl or your sink. Set up your processor and the bowls to catch the discarded skin/seeds and the tomato juice/pulp and process. Empty your processed tomatoes into a measuring cup to determine the amount you have. Next, put your measured tomato product in the pot you will be using to can.Feed your seeds and skins to your chickens, pigs, or throw them in the trash. Now that you have your tomatoes prepped here's the recipe. Easy Homemade Pizza Sauce Recipe Ingredients: 40 pounds of tomatoes (I used Roma's)1 1/2 Tablespoons lemon juice per pint jar.1/2 cup fresh basil1/2 cup fresh parsley2 cups chopped onions10 cloves of minced garlic4 teaspoons salt4 teaspoons olive oil Peel and mince your garlic. Chop your onions. Onions, garlic, salt, and olive oil. Heat your olive oil, onions, garlic, and salt in a saucepan on medium heat until the onions are translucent. About 6 minutes. Stir the entire time. Add to tomato mixture. Now, add the basil and parsley to your tomato puree, and bring to a boil while stirring often. Once boiling, reduce heat to medium-high and cook for another 60-90 minutes without a lid. Again, stir often so it does not scorch. You are trying to thicken the mixture. When your allotted time is up the sauce will have reduced by half.Determine your cooking time on whether you like your sauce thin or thick.Once your pizza sauce is finished, you can serve it fresh, freeze it, or can it. Canning Your Pizza Sauce Turn your oven to the lowest setting. Mine will go down to 175 degrees.Prep your canning area.Prepping includes cleaning your jars and heating them in a pot of water on your stove.Bringing a small pan of water to a boil, turn it off, and then add your lids.Have your rings, a small washcloth, your magnet, and your jar clamp on a towel. The towel helps prevent the filled hot jars from sliding on your countertop.You also want a funnel and ladle.Once you have everything set up and your lids and jars are hot, you are ready. Pour 1 1/2 Tablespoons of lemon juice into each jar. Now, fill your jar, leaving 1/2" from the top. Wipe the top clean, removing any spilled sauce. Using your magnet, grab a lid from your small pot and place it on your jar. Screw on your ring until it is snug. Place each jar as you fill them in your warmed oven. Once all of your jars are filled, place them in your dishwasher on a regular cycle, heated dry. When your dishwasher cycle is complete, remove the jars, set on a towel, and place another dishtowel over the top. Keep under a towel until all of the jars are sealed or for 12 hours.Store in a cool dry place. That's it, folks! All you need to do now is grab a jar, look up your favorite dough recipe, gather your toppings, bake, and enjoy the fruit of your labor. -Heather Earles Who Doesn't Love a great Pizza Sauce? Whether you live in Italy, Ireland, the United States, or any other country, I'm betting you have a favorite pizza joint you frequent often. There's just something so flavorful and down to earth when you bite... Who Doesn't Love a great Pizza Sauce? Whether you live in Italy, Ireland, the United States, or any other country, I'm betting you have a favorite pizza joint you frequent often. There's just something so flavorful and down to earth when you bite into a well-made pizza spread on your choice crust. The thin or chewy dough melts in your mouth as all of your favorite toppings are combined, leaving your mouth watering and ready for the next bight. That is if your pizza sauce passes the test. Without the right base, a pizza can taste like wet cardboard. Since we don't want that happening, we're going to make you a pro at sauce making. Full of fresh, yet simple ingredients, this recipe will have people coming to your house instead of the local pizza place! Ready for the directions and recipe? Here you go. Prepping Your Tomatoes If you have your own garden, then gather the number of tomatoes you want to process or buy them from a farmer's market or store.Now, wash them and place them in a bowl or your sink. Set up your processor and the bowls to catch the discarded skin/seeds and the tomato juice/pulp and process. Empty your processed tomatoes into a measuring cup to determine the amount you have. Next, put your measured tomato product in the pot you will be using to can.Feed your seeds and skins to your chickens, pigs, or throw them in the trash. Now that you have your tomatoes prepped here's the recipe. Easy Homemade Pizza Sauce Recipe Ingredients: 40 pounds of tomatoes (I used Roma's)1 1/2 Tablespoons lemon juice per pint jar.1/2 cup fresh basil1/2 cup fresh parsley2 cups chopped onions10 cloves of minced garlic4 teaspoons salt4 teaspoons olive oil Peel and mince your garlic. Chop your onions. Onions, garlic, salt, and olive oil. Heat your olive oil, onions, garlic, and salt in a saucepan on medium heat until the onions are translucent. About 6 minutes. Stir the entire time. Add to tomato mixture. Now, add the basil and parsley to your tomato puree, and bring to a boil while stirring often. Once boiling, reduce heat to medium-high and cook for another 60-90 minutes without a lid. Again, stir often so it does not scorch. You are trying to thicken the mixture. When your allotted time is up the sauce will have reduced by half.Determine your cooking time on whether you like your sauce thin or thick.Once your pizza sauce is finished, you can serve it fresh, freeze it, or can it. Canning Your Pizza Sauce Turn your oven to the lowest setting. Mine will go down to 175 degrees.Prep your canning area.Prepping includes cleaning your jars and heating them in a pot of water on your stove.Bringing a small pan of water to a boil, turn it off, and then add your lids.Have your rings, a small washcloth, your magnet, and your jar clamp on a towel. The towel helps prevent the filled hot jars from sliding on your countertop.You also want a funnel and ladle.Once you have everything set up and your lids and jars are hot, you are ready. Pour 1 1/2 Tablespoons of lemon juice into each jar. Heather Earles full false 8:27 168极速赛车 Fall Bucket List https://heatherearles.com/fall-bucket-list/ Thu, 10 Oct 2019 07:35:30 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004599 I don't know about you but I'm so ready for Fall. Each season has its own beauty, and as I am a person who loves taking pictures, among other things, Fall is one of my favorites. Some of the highlights for me are to capture colors, and cozy up in a new or really loved and worn-out sweater. I also love choosing or making fresh tea from the herbs I grow in the Summer. What else do I do? Well, as I love a list, I've made a printable Fall checklist which you can download here. The checklist has beautiful pictures and colors and something you can use for school, youth groups, family, or as your own personal checklist each year. The activities are ones everyone can enjoy and do at their own pace (well weather permitting :). Did you know the last time we started a fire in the Spring to our first fire this Fall was only three months? Three months people. Depressing, I know, but all the more reason to start checking off my list:). Who knew that looking at a sheet of paper full of fun and festive designs could make a person happy? Okay, I'm being a little dramatic but seriously I love this list. Want to see it? Here's a sample: Isn't it cool! See the sweater on there? Also, making and drinking hot cocoa, taking beautiful pictures of the numerous Fall colors and landscape, buying or reading a favorite novel, finding the coziest slippers to sink your feet into. What's not to love? We are hosting a pumpkin carving/hayride get together this weekend with other homeschool families, and this list is something I'm excited to hand out. Adding a personal touch to get people excited about life is a great way to start any season. Often times we have so much to do we don't take the time for cool things, like going to a pumpkin patch and carving your own pumpkins. But when you have a reminder, or list it always helps. For heaven sakes, who doesn't want to go on a hayride? Nobody I know. They're exciting, old fashioned and what I like to call easy and cheap fun. That's why I've included it. Ooh, and don't forget football and Hallmark movie watching. What a better way to end your evening than to sit back with your warm slippers looking at your new fall decor and scream at the TV because the refs made a bad call. Or, cry over the ending of a perfect romance where the two finally get together and kiss. I know, I'm a sap, but I do write fiction and need to get my ideas from somewhere;). You better hurry though, in different parts of the country, like where I live, Fall can be very short. In fact, we are supposed to get snow this Thursday. Don't worry, it usually snows and then melts before actual Winter hits. Making plenty of time for you to check off this adorable Fall checklist! Other Fun Activities for Fall Riding horseTrying new recipesHave people over for dinnerCut firewoodCarve a pumpkinTail gaitingGo huntingHarvesting your gardenCanning/freezing veggies (some think this is work, but I enjoy it ;).Riding bikeAttend a Fall festDecorate your yard See what fun Fall can be! Great gift idea! My friends and I just swapped indoor starter plants today too. No price tag attached; just sharing creative ways to change things up. I also asked them what some of their favorite oil mixtures were to diffuse in the Fall. Here's what they said: An equal part of Thieves and orange or another citrus oil. Peppermint, citrus, and vanilla. PurificationHome for the Holidays Set. These bring the smell of the season right into your home and gives you the extra pep in your step to start your day. Did I mention I LOVE FALL! Special Notes: Oils, diffusers, and books are a great go-to gift idea for Christmas or birthdays. With that I'm going to end. Enjoy and don't forget to Download your Fall Checklist! We'll talk to you next week! -Heather Earles I don't know about you but I'm so ready for Fall. Each season has its own beauty, and as I am a person who loves taking pictures, among other things, Fall is one of my favorites. Some of the highlights for me are to capture colors, I don't know about you but I'm so ready for Fall. Each season has its own beauty, and as I am a person who loves taking pictures, among other things, Fall is one of my favorites. Some of the highlights for me are to capture colors, and cozy up in a new or really loved and worn-out sweater. I also love choosing or making fresh tea from the herbs I grow in the Summer. What else do I do? Well, as I love a list, I've made a printable Fall checklist which you can download here. The checklist has beautiful pictures and colors and something you can use for school, youth groups, family, or as your own personal checklist each year. The activities are ones everyone can enjoy and do at their own pace (well weather permitting :). Did you know the last time we started a fire in the Spring to our first fire this Fall was only three months? Three months people. Depressing, I know, but all the more reason to start checking off my list:). Who knew that looking at a sheet of paper full of fun and festive designs could make a person happy? Okay, I'm being a little dramatic but seriously I love this list. Want to see it? Here's a sample: Isn't it cool! See the sweater on there? Also, making and drinking hot cocoa, taking beautiful pictures of the numerous Fall colors and landscape, buying or reading a favorite novel, finding the coziest slippers to sink your feet into. What's not to love? We are hosting a pumpkin carving/hayride get together this weekend with other homeschool families, and this list is something I'm excited to hand out. Adding a personal touch to get people excited about life is a great way to start any season. Often times we have so much to do we don't take the time for cool things, like going to a pumpkin patch and carving your own pumpkins. But when you have a reminder, or list it always helps. For heaven sakes, who doesn't want to go on a hayride? Nobody I know. They're exciting, old fashioned and what I like to call easy and cheap fun. That's why I've included it. Ooh, and don't forget football and Hallmark movie watching. What a better way to end your evening than to sit back with your warm slippers looking at your new fall decor and scream at the TV because the refs made a bad call. Or, cry over the ending of a perfect romance where the two finally get together and kiss. I know, I'm a sap, but I do write fiction and need to get my ideas from somewhere;). You better hurry though, in different parts of the country, like where I live, Fall can be very short. In fact, we are supposed to get snow this Thursday. Don't worry, it usually snows and then melts before actual Winter hits. Making plenty of time for you to check off this adorable Fall checklist! Other Fun Activities for Fall Riding horseTrying new recipesHave people over for dinnerCut firewoodCarve a pumpkinTail gaitingGo huntingHarvesting your gardenCanning/freezing veggies (some think this is work, but I enjoy it ;).Riding bikeAttend a Fall festDecorate your yard See what fun Fall can be! Great gift idea! My friends and I just swapped indoor starter plants today too. No price tag attached; just sharing creative ways to change things up. I also asked them what some of their favorite oil mixtures were to diffuse in the Fall. Here's what they said: An equal part of Thieves and orange or another citrus oil. Peppermint, citrus, and vanilla. PurificationHome for the Holidays Set. Heather Earles full false 6:49 168极速赛车 The Benefits of Turmeric For Your Skin https://heatherearles.com/turmeric-for-your-skin/ Fri, 04 Oct 2019 01:13:21 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=64 turmeric mask Turmeric offers a wide range of healing benefits and is something every person should use or take. I know this article is about skin, but here is a quick look into other areas in which turmeric can help. What about the skin? The skin internally will benefit greatly if you are consistent and take 1 teaspoon of turmeric each day. But, we don't just want results that we can't see, we want something that will help us now. Turmeric masks can help stop signs of aging and leaves your skin soft and supple, improving your overall complexion. Don't believe me, then take a look below. This is me. I am one of those people who was not born with flawless skin. In my teens, I tried a plethora of things from natural dieting, doctor prescribed prescriptions, and ointment you get over the counter. The dieting helped but at my young age, I was not consistent and as to the others there were so many side effects I eventually stopped using anything. Now, however, I use turmeric masks and my skin has never looked better. A golden mask, as I like to call it, is like having a chemical burn, but natural and without the peeling. Your face will turn red and be sensitive but not to the point that you will cry out in pain. The beauty of it is you can adjust the dosage to fit your skin. If it burnt a little too much simply lower your dosage for the next time. The end result is beyond anything I had hoped for in a natural and cheep ingredient. Beauty doesn't need to be expensive. You simply need the knowledge. Knowedge I'm going to give you right now. Turmeric Face Mask ingredients List of Ingredients and How They Help Turmeric- Curcumin is the main ingredient, and is an antiviral, antibacterial, antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, and antifungal. For your skin, it will help with anti-aging, inflammation, that pesky thing we call acne, and the brightening of your skin.Gram (or chickpea) flour- Will help prevent the yellow color of turmeric from staining your skin. It also sloughs off dead skin cells and will help absorb the extra oil on your face.Yogurt- The lactic acid helps with the removal of dead skin cells. The zinc in yogurt helps with acne; it is gentle and won't dry out your skin, leaving it soft and supple.Milk- Is used to slow down or retard the forming of wrinkles and also firms the skin.Honey- Anti-aging, helps with acne, soothes and softens your skin, and is also antibacterial. You will use a combination of these ingredients for each mask. Recipe #1 1 Tablespoon Gram (or chickpea) flour1/4 teaspoon turmeric2 teaspoons of whole milk Directions Mix the ingredients and smooth onto dampened skin. Leave on for 10 minutes or until the mask is dried. Gently wipe off your face with wet figure tips and wash the rest with warm water.Remember to get it all off, so no orange residue remains. Blot face until dry. Recipe #2 1 Tablespoon honey (organic is preferred)1 teaspoon turmeric Directions Mix both ingredients together and apply to clean face. Leave on for 15 min. and rinse off with lukewarm water.Pat dry. Recipe #3 1 Tablespoon plain yogurt1/4 teaspoon turmeric2 teaspoons milk Directions Mix all the ingredients and apply to a clean face. Leave on for 10 - 15 minutes or until the mask is dried. Gently wipe off with fingertips and warm water. Use a washcloth if needed.Pat dry. Note: If you are using food grade turmeric, there will be some staining on your face, especially for people with fair skin. Be sure to use an old t-shirt or washcloth when using to wipe your face clean. It's best to use the mask at night and then rewash your face in the morning. This way, you won't have to worry about going in public with a tinted face :). If the spice burns your face apply aloe gel or snip off a piece of an aloe plant, from home. The next time you use the mask, lower the amount of turmeric. Enjoy the benefits and feel free to share your before... turmeric mask Turmeric offers a wide range of healing benefits and is something every person should use or take. I know this article is about skin, but here is a quick look into other areas in which turmeric can help. turmeric mask Turmeric offers a wide range of healing benefits and is something every person should use or take. I know this article is about skin, but here is a quick look into other areas in which turmeric can help. What about the skin? The skin internally will benefit greatly if you are consistent and take 1 teaspoon of turmeric each day. But, we don't just want results that we can't see, we want something that will help us now. Turmeric masks can help stop signs of aging and leaves your skin soft and supple, improving your overall complexion. Don't believe me, then take a look below. This is me. I am one of those people who was not born with flawless skin. In my teens, I tried a plethora of things from natural dieting, doctor prescribed prescriptions, and ointment you get over the counter. The dieting helped but at my young age, I was not consistent and as to the others there were so many side effects I eventually stopped using anything. Now, however, I use turmeric masks and my skin has never looked better. A golden mask, as I like to call it, is like having a chemical burn, but natural and without the peeling. Your face will turn red and be sensitive but not to the point that you will cry out in pain. The beauty of it is you can adjust the dosage to fit your skin. If it burnt a little too much simply lower your dosage for the next time. The end result is beyond anything I had hoped for in a natural and cheep ingredient. Beauty doesn't need to be expensive. You simply need the knowledge. Knowedge I'm going to give you right now. Turmeric Face Mask ingredients List of Ingredients and How They Help Turmeric- Curcumin is the main ingredient, and is an antiviral, antibacterial, antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, and antifungal. For your skin, it will help with anti-aging, inflammation, that pesky thing we call acne, and the brightening of your skin.Gram (or chickpea) flour- Will help prevent the yellow color of turmeric from staining your skin. It also sloughs off dead skin cells and will help absorb the extra oil on your face.Yogurt- The lactic acid helps with the removal of dead skin cells. The zinc in yogurt helps with acne; it is gentle and won't dry out your skin, leaving it soft and supple.Milk- Is used to slow down or retard the forming of wrinkles and also firms the skin.Honey- Anti-aging, helps with acne, soothes and softens your skin, and is also antibacterial. You will use a combination of these ingredients for each mask. Recipe #1 1 Tablespoon Gram (or chickpea) flour1/4 teaspoon turmeric2 teaspoons of whole milk Directions Mix the ingredients and smooth onto dampened skin. Leave on for 10 minutes or until the mask is dried. Gently wipe off your face with wet figure tips and wash the rest with warm water.Remember to get it all off, so no orange residue remains. Blot face until dry. Recipe #2 1 Tablespoon honey (organic is preferred)1 teaspoon turmeric Directions Mix both ingredients together and apply to clean face. Leave on for 15 min. and rinse off with lukewarm water.Pat dry. Recipe #3 1 Tablespoon plain yogurt1/4 teaspoon turmeric2 teaspoons milk Directions Mix all the ingredients and apply to a clean fa... Heather Earles full false 8:28 168极速赛车 Natural, Wise, and Healthy Decisions https://heatherearles.com/natural-wise-and-healthy/ Fri, 27 Sep 2019 04:33:21 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004573 This week I'm diving into the Wisdom side of Herb 'N Wisdom™. The majority of us try each day to live in a way that will add to who we are. We also try to live a healthy or natural type of life to preserve and take care of our bodies. This doesn't mean we're bunny huggers or radical individuals; it merely means we live simple and use natural or homemade products. We are staying true to the land and what we believe is right for us. Life should be lived so you can stay true to yourself. After all, you are the one in control and making the decisions. Every decision you make in life has consequences allowing you to take one step closer or farther away from the person you long to be. For instance, If you decide to make homemade soap, you are adding to your health, and also reducing your stress because you're not worried about ingredients in regular soap that could cause cancer. Same with where you live. Do you live by a chemical plant or, have you chosen to move to a safer environment? Where do you work? Do you work where you breathe in solvents or other harmful vapors, or have you decided to change positions? Asking yourself these questions and changing where you work or live doesn't mean you're a nut; it means you care about your health and the health of your family. I love making soap, canning and freezing veggies we grow, using products like almond oil to remove eye makeup, and milking a cow. They make me happy but also relax and release stress because: I love hard work.Everything is homegrown or natural, andIt brings me joy when I can do something for my family, that adds to their overall life and health. Now, because of the world we are living in today, we have the opportunity to live natural, simple, and pure, as far as foods or products, but then still reach people through blogging, podcasts, newspapers, writing, or any other way that shares and helps others. I live a wholesome and natural life, but I also choose to use technology to teach and share what I know with my neighbors, friends, and strangers. You can do the same. You don't have to be one thing. I live organic but teach through technology. Some stay away from technology, don't share their knowledge but yet are incredibly health-conscious, and there's nothing wrong with that. There isn't a one size fits all format as to how a person can or should live. The point is to live to the best of your ability never taking for granted what you eat, what products you use, where you live, or what profession you choose. Health is many things beyond food or products. Health is physical and mental happiness. What are you reading, eating, listening to, or teaching? Never underestimate that every part of your life has a significant impact on you and therefore must be considered. Every part to include hobbies, exercise, what you watch, who your friends are, what you read, and so on. Who are you? Why have you chosen this for your life, and does it make you feel good about yourself Some might call this a rant, but I call it essential to one's life. Living true to WHO YOU ARE while creating the best atmosphere is one of the keys to being fruitful and enjoying the moments you have. Don't waste your time making bad decisions. Choose to live a natural, and healthy life making wise decisions all along the way. Cheers Y'all -Heather Earles This week I'm diving into the Wisdom side of Herb 'N Wisdom™. The majority of us try each day to live in a way that will add to who we are. We also try to live a healthy or natural type of life to preserve and take care of our bodies. This week I'm diving into the Wisdom side of Herb 'N Wisdom™. The majority of us try each day to live in a way that will add to who we are. We also try to live a healthy or natural type of life to preserve and take care of our bodies. This doesn't mean we're bunny huggers or radical individuals; it merely means we live simple and use natural or homemade products. We are staying true to the land and what we believe is right for us. Life should be lived so you can stay true to yourself. After all, you are the one in control and making the decisions. Every decision you make in life has consequences allowing you to take one step closer or farther away from the person you long to be. For instance, If you decide to make homemade soap, you are adding to your health, and also reducing your stress because you're not worried about ingredients in regular soap that could cause cancer. Same with where you live. Do you live by a chemical plant or, have you chosen to move to a safer environment? Where do you work? Do you work where you breathe in solvents or other harmful vapors, or have you decided to change positions? Asking yourself these questions and changing where you work or live doesn't mean you're a nut; it means you care about your health and the health of your family. I love making soap, canning and freezing veggies we grow, using products like almond oil to remove eye makeup, and milking a cow. They make me happy but also relax and release stress because: I love hard work.Everything is homegrown or natural, andIt brings me joy when I can do something for my family, that adds to their overall life and health. Now, because of the world we are living in today, we have the opportunity to live natural, simple, and pure, as far as foods or products, but then still reach people through blogging, podcasts, newspapers, writing, or any other way that shares and helps others. I live a wholesome and natural life, but I also choose to use technology to teach and share what I know with my neighbors, friends, and strangers. You can do the same. You don't have to be one thing. I live organic but teach through technology. Some stay away from technology, don't share their knowledge but yet are incredibly health-conscious, and there's nothing wrong with that. There isn't a one size fits all format as to how a person can or should live. The point is to live to the best of your ability never taking for granted what you eat, what products you use, where you live, or what profession you choose. Health is many things beyond food or products. Health is physical and mental happiness. What are you reading, eating, listening to, or teaching? Never underestimate that every part of your life has a significant impact on you and therefore must be considered. Every part to include hobbies, exercise, what you watch, who your friends are, what you read, and so on. Who are you? Why have you chosen this for your life, and does it make you feel good about yourself Some might call this a rant, but I call it essential to one's life. Living true to WHO YOU ARE while creating the best atmosphere is one of the keys to being fruitful and enjoying the moments you have. Don't waste your time making bad decisions. Choose to live a natural, and healthy life making wise decisions all along the way. Cheers Y'all -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 5:08 168极速赛车 Easy Recipe for Homemade Hot Cocoa https://heatherearles.com/hot-cocoa/ Fri, 20 Sep 2019 04:28:32 +0000 https://heatherearles.com/?p=2004552 Adult or child, everyone loves hot cocoa. I remember coming home from the farm, frozen fingers, a cherry nose but that didn't matter; mom had a cup of hot chocolate waiting. I cherished those good times and happy memories and wanted to continue the tradition when I had my own family. Now, I start a batch of homemade hot cocoa for my kids. When they head out in the frozen north and after chores or building forts and snowman, they hurry inside in anticipation. Their cheeks are freezing but not their spirits. Ladling the steamy drink each adds marshmallows dipping them in and out until the savory drink has cooled enough to sip. Oh, my taste buds are going crazy thinking about it. As everyone loves cocoa but doesn't have their own recipe, I thought I would share mine. Simple yet satisfying, this recipe is for any level of cook. But first things first. Here are the directions to make your mix. To make your mix take organic cocoa and organic coconut sugar. Now, add and mix them until you have just the right taste. You can even add the turmeric and ground black pepper to your mix. However, I like to add them separately because sometimes I want a stronger turmeric flavor and sometimes I don't. The choice is yours. List of ingredients: Organic cocoa mixFresh milk (please don't ruin the recipe by using soymilk :(.TurmericGround pepper Items needed: Medium sized potStirring spoonLadleMugs Step #1 Heat your milk in a medium saucepan on medium heat to low heat. Add a dash of pepper and stir constantly. Pepper helps to enhance the taste and opens up your capillaries. Step #2 Add your homemade cocoa mix. I add a Tablespoon at a time until the flavor is just right. Stir. Step #3 Add about a 1/2 to 1 tsp of turmeric. Stir. Step #4 Heat until you have reached the desired temperature. Ladle into your mug and serve. How easy was that? Not pictured are the marshmallows, but I'm sure you can figure out how many to add to each cup;). Enjoy Friends, and we'll talk to you next week. -Heather Earles Adult or child, everyone loves hot cocoa. I remember coming home from the farm, frozen fingers, a cherry nose but that didn't matter; mom had a cup of hot chocolate waiting. I cherished those good times and happy memories and wanted to continue ... Adult or child, everyone loves hot cocoa. I remember coming home from the farm, frozen fingers, a cherry nose but that didn't matter; mom had a cup of hot chocolate waiting. I cherished those good times and happy memories and wanted to continue the tradition when I had my own family. Now, I start a batch of homemade hot cocoa for my kids. When they head out in the frozen north and after chores or building forts and snowman, they hurry inside in anticipation. Their cheeks are freezing but not their spirits. Ladling the steamy drink each adds marshmallows dipping them in and out until the savory drink has cooled enough to sip. Oh, my taste buds are going crazy thinking about it. As everyone loves cocoa but doesn't have their own recipe, I thought I would share mine. Simple yet satisfying, this recipe is for any level of cook. But first things first. Here are the directions to make your mix. To make your mix take organic cocoa and organic coconut sugar. Now, add and mix them until you have just the right taste. You can even add the turmeric and ground black pepper to your mix. However, I like to add them separately because sometimes I want a stronger turmeric flavor and sometimes I don't. The choice is yours. List of ingredients: Organic cocoa mixFresh milk (please don't ruin the recipe by using soymilk :(.TurmericGround pepper Items needed: Medium sized potStirring spoonLadleMugs Step #1 Heat your milk in a medium saucepan on medium heat to low heat. Add a dash of pepper and stir constantly. Pepper helps to enhance the taste and opens up your capillaries. Step #2 Add your homemade cocoa mix. I add a Tablespoon at a time until the flavor is just right. Stir. Step #3 Add about a 1/2 to 1 tsp of turmeric. Stir. Step #4 Heat until you have reached the desired temperature. Ladle into your mug and serve. How easy was that? Not pictured are the marshmallows, but I'm sure you can figure out how many to add to each cup;). Enjoy Friends, and we'll talk to you next week. -Heather Earles Heather Earles full false 4:12